Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

33rd Annual Convention; San Diego, CA; 2007

CE by Type: BACB


Manage My Personal Schedule

 

Symposium #14
CE Offered: BACB
Agency-Based Training: Can We Get There from Here?
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
America's Cup AB
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Discussant: James F. McGimsey (AdvoServ)
CE Instructor: Pamela G. Osnes, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Most individuals who are providing behavioral services are likely to receive more of their training in their agencies than they received in pre-service training. In some instances, agency-based training is the only training that the service providers will receive. In spite of this state of affairs, there is precious little attention given to how that training is delivered. There are often significant constraints on training that result in poorly designed training. If we accept that training is a method for skill acquisition then the training should be designed in ways that increase the probability of skill acquisition. This symposium will address the various issues associated with staff training as it is commonly practiced, propose a template for guiding training decisions, and provide an example of staff training done well.

 
Agency-Based Behavior Analysis Training (ABBAT): Trials and Tribulations.
PAMELA G. OSNES (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: In 2004, the Education Board of the Association for Behavior Analysis began discussions about an apparent gap in training experiences for professionals who are employed in agencies who dispense behavior analysis services but who are not Board Certified Behavior Analysts. While BACB certification provides standards and requirements for continuing education for BCBAs, there are many individuals practicing behavior analysis in agencies who are not part of the certification process who “fall between the cracks” in terms of receiving regular, in-service training opportunities to continue to hone their behavior analytic skills. In response to this identified area of critical need, the Education Board undertook an initiative to assemble practitioners from well-known and long-established behavior analysis agencies in the United States to develop a template of potential “best practices” for in-service training to make available for use in agencies. This presentation will disseminate the broad issues related to training that were identified by the ABBAT members, and will provide opportunities for audience discussion.
 
A Decision Matrix for Designing Staff Training.
RONNIE DETRICH (Wing Institute)
Abstract: Staff training is one solution for addressing performance but is not the only one. Often training becomes the default option even when it is not likely to be the most effective method for improving performance. The first part of this paper will propose a decision matrix for determining a method for improving performance. If staff training is selected as the best option a number of decisions have to be made in order to maximize the impact of training. The first decision to make is how will content be delivered. The most common form of delivery is a didactic format but depending of the skill being taught this may not be the most effective. Once decisions about delivery have been made, then it is necessary to determine how performance will be evaluated. The most common forms of evaluation are either role-plays or some type of paper/pencil test. Again, depending on the skill being trained these may or may not be appropriate methods for assuming that performance in the actual setting will reflect training. The decision matrix proposed in this paper will highlight the various options for content delivery and performance evaluation, suggesting the benefits of each as well as their limitations. This matrix should help trainers more effectively design training in agencies in which there are limits on resources and time for training.
 
Teaching and Learning the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction.
LIBBY M. STREET (Central Washington University), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Morningside Academy forms partnerships with public and private schools that want to implement our Generative Instruction model in their reading, writing and mathematics general education classrooms. I will describe Morningside Academy’s system for teaching teachers and other school personnel the model. Our system includes 3 phases: Prototypical/generic education, program-specific training, and in-classroom coaching. In phase 1, generic education, teachers learn our conceptual Generative Instruction model. Our consultants present slideshows, videoclips, and live demonstrations of principles and procedures. Participants are given many practice opportunities to learn the model. Mastery is demonstrated through (a) intraverbal behavior, including definitions, descriptions, and identification of written examples and nonexamples, and (b) demonstrations of the generic principles and procedures. In phase 2, program-specific training, teachers learn how to implement specific instructional programs and practice routines, consistent with the generic model. Mastery of phase 2 is also demonstrated by intraverbal behavior and demonstrations. In phase 3, in-classroom coaching, Morningside consultants provide hands-on assistance to teachers while they are implementing the programs with their students. Specifically, consultants provide interventions of increasing intrusiveness, beginning with signals, then tips and quips, then live demonstrations with their students, then requests that teachers videotape their lessons so that consultants can review them, frame by frame if necessary, with the teacher.
 
 
Symposium #19
CE Offered: BACB
Empirical Investigations of Precision Teaching with Students and Adults with Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Douglas A
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sandra L. Harris (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Sandra L. Harris (Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Marlene Cohen, Ed.D.
Abstract:

While there is general consensus among Precision Teachers regarding the desired outcomes these procedures for building behavior frequency, standard practice varies with regard to certain procedural aspects. Very little published comparative evidence exists to guide instructors when making such methodological decisions. While a description, analysis and comparison of all these variations in clinical practice of Precision Teaching is beyond the scope of this symposium, an attempt will be made to continue to address a few of these procedural questions.

 
Evaluating the Maintenance of Skills Built to Fluency.
DANIA L. MATTHEWS (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Mary Jane Weiss (Rutgers University), Meredith Bamond (Rutgers University), Jacqueline J. Wright (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Maintenance of acquired skills has always been a concern for behavior analysts working with individuals with autism. It is well known that many individuals with autism lose skills over time or require regular practice to prevent the loss of skills. Some behavior analysts have suggested that building skills to fluency (through rate-building) may protect learners from this type of skill loss. In this presentation, we will present data on the retention of skills taught through rate-building. Specifically, we will present data on retention checks. Data will be presented on a wide variety of learners and on a wide variety of skills. Data form one-month, two-month, three-month, and six-month retention checks will be presented. Implications of the data will be discussed.
 
The Effects of Precision Teaching with Frequency Building of Fine Motor Skills on the Performance of Functional Life Skills: Examining the Effects of Established Aims.
MARLENE COHEN (Rutgers University), Donna L. Sloan (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Carl V. Binder (Binder Riha Associates)
Abstract: In the field of Applied Behavior Analysis, much focus is placed on the intense training needs of young children with autism. Many educators believe that adolescents and adults with autism are less likely to make significant strides than their younger counterparts. Precision Teaching with frequency building procedures is one method that holds promise as an efficient and effective means of instruction for older learners. The current research is the attempt to replicate previous clinical demonstrations of the profound impact of Precision Teaching with frequency building procedures on the functional use of fine motor skills in adolescents and adults with autism during activities of daily living. Further, this research explores whether instruction of component motor skills should end when minimum frequency aims are initially achieved, or if continuing instruction of component skills to higher frequencies of performance will yield greater, positive effects on performance of functional composite skills. In addition, this paper will begin to examine whether maximum improvement is seen when component skills that are addressed in teaching are directly related to the movements involved in composite skills, or whether more generalized improvements in adaptive skills can be seen in skills that are not topographically related to the trained component skills.
 
Fluency Isn’t Just about Stuttering Anymore: An Examination of the Effects of Frequency Building of Component Language Skills on Students with Autism.
MARY SENS-AZARA AZARA (Rutgers University), Marlene Cohen (Rutgers University)
Abstract: A skill is fluent when a high rate of accurate responding is demonstrated (Lindsley, 1972), response rate and accuracy are maintained over time (Haughton, 1972; Binder, 1987, 1988), responses are readily available to the selecting environment for linking and combining with other skills (Johnson & Layng, 1992), and stability, endurance, application and retention of the skill has been validated (Fabrizio & Moors, 2003). All of these criteria are desirable outcomes of successful intervention in a speech and language program. This paper will examine the outcome of timed practice or frequency building as it might relate to speech therapy practices. Methods for teaching a skill to fluency as it pertains to speech and language programs will be discussed. Material will be of interest to speech pathologists and trainers with some knowledge of verbal behavior programs.
 
 
Symposium #20
CE Offered: BACB
Extensions of Functional Analysis Methodology at a Residential Treatment Center
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Elizabeth DE
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Robert F. Littleton Jr. (Evergreen Center)
Discussant: Ann Filer (BEACON Services)
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional assessment procedures are the gold standard used to assess the causes of a wide range of maladaptive behaviors. Over the past several years, researchers have assessed the influence of a myriad of variables that could influence functional analysis results. By doing so, client treatment has improved in quality. This symposium reports the results of several extensions of functional analysis methodology and suggests clinical implications of the findings.

 
What is the Effect of Medications on Long-Term Functional Analysis Results?
THOMAS L. ZANE (Evergreen Center), Lawrence L. Lockwood (Evergreen Center), Tara-Lynn Burbee (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: Research has documented that functional analysis results are influenced by several variables. For example, brief versus extended functional analyses sometimes differ in results. The influence of establishing operations (e.g., pre-session attention) can reduce the occurrence of behavior during functional analysis sessions. The question addressed in the current research was to what extent (if any) did medication changes influence functional analysis results. The subjects were several students attending a residential treatment center. These subjects engaged in maladaptive behaviors to the extent that psychotropic medication was given. Before changes in medication (either increase, decrease, starting, or stopping) took place, staff performed extended functional analysis sessions the week prior to the change, and a week after the medication would be at eventual strength (or totally eliminated from the bloodstream). FA results before and after the medication change were compared to determine any difference. Results were discussed in terms of clinical implications and suggestions for conducting functional analyses.
 
To What Extent Can Functional Analysis Procedures Determine the Function of Obsessive-Compulsive Behaviors?
TARA-LYNN BURBEE (Evergreen Center), Lawrence L. Lockwood (Evergreen Center), Thomas L. Zane (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: Functional analysis methodology has been used successfully to determine the operant cause of a variety of behaviors, including noncompliance, aggression, self-injury, and self-stimulation. There is little research on using functional analysis procedures with behaviors thought of to be more psychiatric in nature, such as obsessive-compulsive. The purpose of this study was to conduct a functional analysis of classic obsessive-compulsive behavior. Students at a residential treatment center with such a diagnosis served as subjects. Teachers used analog environments to create conditions that would prompt the obsessive-compulsive chain of behaviors. Within that context, the classic functional analysis conditions were employed. Results were provided showing the extent to which there were differentiated results. Comments about possible modification of functional analysis procedures were made.
 
An Analysis of the Reinforcing Effects of Different Components of Attention.
LAWRENCE L. LOCKWOOD (Evergreen Center), Tara-Lynn Burbee (Evergreen Center), Thomas L. Zane (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: Many maladaptive behaviors are determined, through functional analysis methodology, to be caused by attention. This is not surprising. However, often the attention provided by another person is multifaceted in nature. That is, there are several components of attention, including eye contact, touch, and tone of voice. It is not clear in many situations exactly what attention an individual is seeking by engaging in maladaptive responses. The purpose of this study was to systematically vary components of attention for attention-maintained behavior, to determine, per subject, what component(s) were and were not reinforcing. Students attending a residential treatment facility served as subjects. After standard functional analysis sessions were conducted to experimentally verify that the maladaptive behaviors were indeed a function of attention, customized sessions were run testing the effect of attention components (i.e., eye contact, touch, and verbalizations) on each subject, utilizing an alternating treatments design. Results showed that subjects varied on the type of attention influenced targeted behaviors. Results were discussed in terms of clinical implications and suggestions for functional analysis methodology.
 
 
Symposium #21
CE Offered: BACB
Factors Affecting Treatment Success II: Parent and Staff Training
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Annie AB
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Dennis H. Reid (Carolina Behavior Analysis & Support Center, Ltd.)
CE Instructor: Sung Woo Kahng, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral interventions have proven to be effective in reducing problem behaviors exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities. Despite the efficacy of this technology, there continue to be barriers to long-term treatment success. One such barrier is effective parent and staff or teacher training. The purpose of this symposium is to present research in recent advances in parent/staff training. The goal is to facilitate a meaningful discussion of training, which we hope will promote a growth of research in this area.

 
Evaluation of an Outpatient Parent Training Service for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders and Their Families.
BRITT WINTER (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Increasingly, parents of children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) are integrally involved in the delivery of behavioral intervention services to their affected child (Koegel, Symons, & Koegel, 2002; Schreibman, 1988). The purpose of this program evaluation was to examine the effects of an outpatient clinic serving children with ASDs in the form of parent training in implementation of behavioral acquisition procedures (e.g., chaining, incidental teaching) and general contingency management systems (e.g., token economy). Parents were taught the procedures using a behavioral skills training model (BST) and implementation was assessed with their child for at least one behavioral target. Data from all families served in a 2-year period will be presented on: a) target areas identified by parents and clinicians, b) interventions recommended by clinicians, c) rate of acquisition by parents, d) procedural integrity of parent implementation during rehearsal and implementation with the target child, and e) child acquisition data for the targeted skill.
 
Further Evaluation of an Intensive Teacher Training Model.
DOROTHEA C. LERMAN (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Alyson N. Hovanetz (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Margaret J. Strobel (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Allison Serra Tetreault (Texas Young Autism Project), Joanie Garro (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Alice A. Keyl (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Angela Mahmood (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Shelley Mullin (University of Houston, Clear Lake)
Abstract: The successful transfer of applied technologies to public school settings requires efficient teacher preparation models. The purpose of this study was to further evaluate the outcomes of a model program that was designed to train current teachers of children with autism. Drawn from the extensive literature on caregiver training, this relatively comprehensive program was intended to be feasible within the constraints of typical school settings. Nine certified special education teachers participated in an intensive 5-day summer program that incorporated both didactic and performance-based instruction. The teachers were taught a relatively large number of specific skills within two areas that have been the focus of extensive study for children with developmental disabilities (preference assessment and direct teaching). The summer training was designed to promote generalization of those skills into their classrooms during the subsequent academic year. Data were collected on teachers’ correct implementation of the skills. Results showed that the teachers met the mastery criteria for all of the skills during the summer training. Follow-up observations of the teachers up to 3 months after the training suggested that the skills generalized to their classrooms. Performance maintained across repeated observations with brief feedback only.
 
The Effects of Conversational versus Technical Language on Treatment Preference and Treatment Integrity.
DAVID P. JARMOLOWICZ (West Virginia University), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Youngstown State University), Richard A. Goysovich (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rebecca Heggemeyer (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan Gregory (University of Florida)
Abstract: Training direct line staff to effectively implement behavioral interventions is one of the key factors to long-term treatment success. In some cases, behavioral plans can consist of technical language that may be beyond the training level of some staff. Therefore, this study compared the effects of behavior plans written in conversational versus technical language on treatment preference and integrity. The results showed that staff preferred treatments written in conversational language. Furthermore, staff had higher levels of treatment integrity when following behavior plans written in conversational language. These data suggest that, at least for front line staff, using behavior plans written in simpler language may improve staff performance.
 
 
Symposium #24
CE Offered: BACB
Further Analysis of Parents as Behavior Change Agents
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Ford AB
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Discussant: William L. Holcomb (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Michele D. Wallace, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Teaching parent to be effective behavior change agents can be a difficult process. This sysmposium will further the current literature on parent training in a number of ways. The first paper successfully demonstrated that they were able to teach 14 parents of preschool children with autism to conduct paired stimulus preference assessments within a 90 min training session. The second paper evaluated the effect of training parents on principles of Applied Behavior Analysis with respect to their treatment integrity as well as their level of acceptablity of the behavior plan. The third paper assessed the efficacy of various parent training components in an addivitve fashion in an effort to identify the most necessary training component. Finally, the papers will be synthesized with respect to their collection implications for training parents as behavior change agents, the merits of each of the research projects, and with respect to future directions.

 
Teaching Parents of Children with Autism to Conduct Paired-Stimulus Preference.
JENNIFER KERAS (New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Over the past 20 years, a great deal of literature has been published on assessing preferences and identifying reinforcers with individuals with disabilities. It is not clear how well this research has translated to practice, however, and it seems unlikely that parents frequently conduct systematic preference assessments with their own children with disabilities. In this study, 14 parents of preschool children with autism were taught to conduct paired stimulus preference assessments. Prior to training, a pretest was given to assess parents’ knowledge of preference and reinforcement; mean accuracy was 52.6% (range, 21% to 87%). Parents then received 90 min of training on conducting preference assessments that involved lecture, demonstration, and practice. Following the training, mean accuracy on posttests increased to 80.6% (range, 64% to 100%). The following week, parents conducted a paired-stimulus assessment in their home with their child, and a trained observer was present to collect interobserver agreement (IOA) and procedural integrity (PI) data on at least 50% of trials. Interobserver agreement and PI data indicated that parents accurately conducted preference assessment procedures and accurately recorded data on 98% of trials, suggesting that parents can learn some aspects of behavior analytic technology in relatively short periods of time.
 
An ABA Parent Training Program in an Outpatient Setting: Pilot Data.
ANDREA M. BEGOTKA (Children's Hospital of Wisconsin), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University, Dept. of Psychology), Melanie DuBard (Children's Hospital of Philadelphia)
Abstract: For children with developmental disabilities and severe behavior disorders, complex behavioral interventions are often necessary for managing child behavior. Such interventions cannot be successful without properly training caregivers to implement the various treatment components and to generalize their training to the natural environment. However, treatment integrity often diminishes when the consultant is no longer present (Noell et al., 2005). One possible explanation is that caregivers do not understand the rationale behind the treatment components. In an effort to improve treatment integrity, caregivers in the present study received specific training on principles of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in conjuction with training on individualized treatment components. ABA training sessions were conducted in the home concurrently with assessment and treatment sessions in an outpatient clinic. Training included didactic training, modeling, roleplay, feedback, quizzes and parental demonstration. Data were collected on parent implementation and generalization across settings. Pre and post training data were collected on caregiver’s knowledge of behavioral principles and treatment acceptability. Inter-observer agreement averaged over 80%. Following training there was an increase in caregiver’s knowledge of ABA principles and caregivers rated the behavior plan as highly acceptable. On follow-up, caregivers continue to implement the treatment strategies 6 months post discharge.
 
An Evaluation of Different Parent Training Methodologies.
EDWIN DYER (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: Parent training interventions typically consist of a combination of multiple training components such as verbal instructions, written instructions, modeling, feedback, and role playing. This study assessed the efficacy of these components in an additive fashion, such that the relation of these components to parental efficacy as a whole was assessed. In addition, this study tested an intervention that ciircumvented the need for direct trainer/trainee interactions, and took geographic constraints into consideration as well. Results indicated that no one component in particular was responsible for behavior change. Results will be discussed with respect to empowering parents as behavior change agents.
 
 
Symposium #30
CE Offered: BACB
Suicidal and Parasuicidal Behavior in Adults with Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Gregory AB
Area: CSE/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: James M. Sperry (The May Institute)
Discussant: John Stokes (Simmons College)
CE Instructor: John Stokes, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium will present three papers dealing with suicidal behavior in adults with developmental disabilities. The first paper is an overview of the prevalance of suicidal behavior in adults with developmental disabilities. The second paper is a case study of an adult male with Developmental Disabilities, and a lengthy history of suicidal behavior. Treatment approaches are reviewed along with data from the interventions. The third paper is a case study of an adult female with developmental disabilities and a lengthy history of suicidal behavior. Treatment approaches are reviewed along with analysis of the data from the interventions.

 
Prevalence of Suicidal Behavior in Adults with Developmental Disabilities.
JAMES M. SPERRY (The May Institute), Christine M. Magee (The May Institute), Mark J. Hauser (The May Institute)
Abstract: This paper examines the existing literature concerning suicidal and parasuicidal behavior within the population of adults with developmental disabilities. Prevelance data are examined, and comparisons are made between adults with developmental disabilities and concurrent psychiatric disabilities, and those with developmental disabilities without concurrent psychiatric disabilities, and the general population.
 
Treatment of Suicidal Behavior in a Man with Developmental Disabilities and Depression with Psychotic Features.
CHRISTINE M. MAGEE (The May Institute), James M. Sperry (The May Institute), James K. Luiselli (The May Institute)
Abstract: This paper presents a case study of an adult male with developmental disabilities and depression with psychotic features. This individual has a lengthy history of suicidal behavior which has led to failed residential placements, and multiple psychiatric hospitalizations. Treatment approaches will be examined including behavioral and psychopharmacological interventions.
 
Treatment of Suicidal Behavior in a Woman with Developmental Disabilities and Borderline Personality Disorder.
MICHELLE J. GRAHAM (The May Institute), Christine M. Magee (The May Institute), James M. Sperry (The May Institute), James K. Luiselli (The May Institute)
Abstract: This paper will present a case study of a 42 year old woman with developmental disabilities and borderline personality disorder, who has had a lifelong history of self-harming behavior. This behavior has historically led to failed placements, and multiple medical and psychiatric hospitalizations. Treatment approaches are examined and analyzed.
 
 
Symposium #32
CE Offered: BACB
The Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP): Field-Test Data from Typical Children and Children with Autism.
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Elizabeth A
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates)
CE Instructor: Mark L. Sundberg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The VB-MAPP is designed to assess the verbal and social repertoires of a child with autism or other developmental disabilities in a brief and efficient manner. This assessment tool is based on Skinners analysis of verbal behavior, typical language developmental milestones, and field-test data from over 60 typically developing children and over 100 children with autism. The VB-MAPP contains 150 verbal behavior milestones across 3 levels and 14 different skill areas, as well as a more detailed task analysis and progress scoring system for each verbal operant. The results from the VB-MAPP assessment will suggest specific IEP goals, where to place a child in the verbal behavior curriculum, and will correspond with the specific intervention procedures designed to teach the absent or defective repertoires. The current symposium will present the basic components of the VB-MAPP as well as field-data from typical children, and children with autism.

 
The VB-MAPP: An Overview and Field-Test Data from Oregon and California.
MARK L. SUNDBERG (Sundberg and Associates), Lisa M. Hale (Seattle, OR)
Abstract: The basic structure of the VB-MAPP will be presented and how it can be used to place a child in a verbal behavior intervention program. Data from typically developing children will be presented to demonstrate how various items were sequenced. In addition, data will be presented from children with autism who have been assessed and placed by using the VB-MAPP.
 
A Description of a Preliminary Sample of the VB-MAPP as an Outcome Measure.
MICHAEL MIKLOS (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network)
Abstract: This presentation will review outcome results for administration of the VB-MAPP with a sample of students presenting autism. VB-MAPP scores will be compared with other assessment findings compiled for the sample. The presentation will include a discussion of validity issues in terms of target behavior definition and functional levels across verbal operant categories. Data on approximately 30 students will be presented and will be compared with individual student functional levels on other language and developmental assessments. The presentation will address the question: Does the VB-MAPP identify levels of language functioning that are consistent with socially acceptable standards, while allowing for pin-pointed selection of target skills?
 
Programming with the VB-MAPP in the Pennsylvania VB Project.
WILLIAM A. GALBRAITH (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network)
Abstract: A preliminary report of measured change in repertoires of verbal operants using the VB-MAPP for participating students will be presented. The changes in repertoires will be discussed in relation to instructional programming derived from the VB-MAPP protocol. Assessment protocols and teaching programs for several students will be reviewed.
 
Field-Test Data on the VB-MAPP from the Verbal Behavior Center for Autism, Indianapolis, IN.
CARL T. SUNDBERG (Verbal Behavior Center for Autism)
Abstract: The VB-MAPP was used to assess a variety of children with autism to determine their current levels of language and social skills. These children were then placed in a verbal behavior intervention program and outcome measures were obtained. Various aspects of the VB-MAPP as a tool for language and social assessment will be discussed along with recommendations for adjustments in the program.
 
 
Symposium #33
CE Offered: BACB
Toward an Analysis of Variables that Affect Preference and Reinforcer Assessment Outcomes: Part 2
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Edward D
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Gary M. Pace (The May Institute)
CE Instructor: Gary M. Pace, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The identification of potent reinforcers is a critical component of any behavior change program. Systematic investigations of the variables that affect preference and reinforcer assessment outcomes continue to be an active area research, and a topic of interest to many practiceners of applied behavior analysis. The papers in this symposium assess the effects of several procedures on the outcome of preference and reinforcer assessments. These variables include delayed selection, characteristics of reinforcers (quality, magitude and delay), time since preference assessment, and the combination of preference and reinforcer assessments. The papers utilize a variety of participants including individuals with developmental disabilities, preschoolers, and individuals with Prader-Willi Syndrome. These studies serve to highlight the range of variables, within several populations, that can affect the outcome of preference and reinforcer assessments.

 
The Effects of Delayed and Probabilistic Outcomes on the Preferences of Individual Preschools' Preferences in a Group Context.
STACY A. LAYER (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas), Nicole Heal (University of Kansas), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Effective methods for determining individuals's preferences for both discrete items (foods, toys) and contexts (interventions, teaching practices) are administered to children one at a time, thus prohibiting an important application of preference assessment methodology - to simultaneously determine preferences of multiple children. This study sought to determine the accuracy and efficiency of an assessment format in which selection outcomes were delayed and probalistic, unavoidable features of an assessment designed to simultaneously determine context preferences of multiple children. During the single arrangement, preference hierarchies were established by having a child repeatedly select from among several foods and sequentially restricting preferred items from the array. After being taught the associations between colored stickers and the same food item, group assessments were conducted with 3 children simultaneously, in which each child chose a sticker, and all children received the food correlated with a randomly selected sticker. Interobserver agreement data were collected on 100% of sessions and averaged 97.6%. Data analysis revealed that variability was not imposed on preference hierarchies by the group arrangement, and that the group assessment was associated with less selection variability for most of the participants. Thus, the group assessment is posited as an accurate and efficient arrangement for determining preferences.
 
Effects of Quality, Magnitude, and Delay on Selection of Food Reinforcers in Individuals with Prader-Willi Syndrome.
JESSICA L. THOMASON (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Florida), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Florida)
Abstract: One of the most prominent behavioral characteristics of the Prader-Willi Syndrome (PWS) is hyperphagia, which leads to morbid obesity and a number of related health problems. Some reports have suggested that the food preferences of individuals with PWS differ from those of individuals with other developmental disabilities. The current study compares the relative influence of reinforcer characteristics such as quality, magnitude, and the delay to delivery on choices made by individuals diagnosed with PWS and those diagnosed with other developmental disabilities. First, an assessment is conducted to determine which reinforcer characteristic (quality, magnitude, or delay) is most influential over choices among concurrently-available vocational or academic tasks. Next, reinforcer characteristics are manipulated in an attempt to shift preference toward another reinforcer dimention. For example, response allocation towards immediately-available reinforcers might be shifted by gradually increasing delays to reinforcer delivery. Results are discussed in terms of (a) similarities and differences among the controlling variables of choice in individuals with and without PWS, and (b) the implications for the assessment and treatment of dietary management and food-related problem behaviors.
 
Do Changes in Preference Predict Changes in Performance?
CARRIE M. DEMPSEY (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Jennifer Lynn Hammond (University of Florida)
Abstract: Results from several studies have shown that preference for reinforcers may vary over time, but the extent to which changes in preference and performance are correlated has not been well established. We examined whether initial preferences established through a paired-stimulus procedure changed during probes (using a multiple-stimulus without replacement [MSWO] procedure) and, if so, whether changes in preference were reflected in performance under single- and concurrent-reinforcement schedules. Results showed that preference changed frequently on a daily basis; nevertheless, responding for the originally preferred stimulus remained high under single-schedule conditions. More surprising was the fact that participants consistently allocated more responding to the originally preferred stimulus than to the daily preferred stimulus under the concurrent schedule in spite of several manipulations designed to shift response allocation. Potential reasons for and implications of these results will be discussed.
 
Identifying Reinforcers: Preference-Plus Reinforcer Assessment versus Progressive Ratio Assessment.
ANGIE CHRISTINE QUERIM (University of Florida), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services), Gary M. Pace (The May Institute), Daniel Gould (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Preference and reinforcer assessments are essential to identifying reinforcers to be used in behavior change procedures. In addition, progressive ratio schedules can be used to examine the reinforcing properties of a particular reinforcer by thinning the schedule of reinforcement. Two developmentally disabled adolescents participated in 4 phases of preference and reinforcer assessments. After establishing a preference hierarchy using an 8-item paired stimulus preference assessment, the two highest preferred and 2 lowest preferred edible items were examined in a single-operant reinforcer assessment. The same 4 items were then examined in a concurrent operants reinforcer assessment and compared to the traditional method of conducting a preference assessment followed by a reinforcer assessment. In the last phase another concurrent operants reinforcer assessment was conducted, during which the schedule requirements were increased contingent on responding. The concurrent operant and reinforcer assessments results were similar to that of the preference assessment and single operant reinforcer assessment. During the progressive ratio schedule of reinforcement response, allocation was higher toward the more highly preferred items as the schedules increased. The data from this study suggest that a concurrent reinforcer assessment may be more efficient in determining reinforcers and progressive ratio schedules may be useful in determining the efficacy of a particular reinforcer.
 
 
Symposium #34
CE Offered: BACB
Use of Behavioral Interventions in Community Early Intervention Programs for Children with Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Elizabeth F
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Laura Schreibman (University of California, San Diego)
Discussant: Gail G. McGee (Emory University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Brooke Ingersoll, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Although behavioral treatment methods have been established as efficacious for children with autism in laboratory settings, research examining their translation into service systems is virtually nonexistent. This symposium will present current research on how evidence-based interventions are used in education programs for children with autism. First, we will present an examination of the use of behavioral techniques by 80 early intervention providers. Their understanding of evidence-based practices and their adaptation of techniques will be discussed. Ninety-one percent reported using at least one behavioral technique in their programs; providers typically combined up to seven methods, and modified techniques based on child, personal and external factors. Next, we will present results of a study examining fidelity of teacher use of a specific behavioral intervention, Pivotal Response Training (PRT). Teachers received either traditional training or training specifically designed for classroom settings. Fidelity of implementation of PRT varied with the amount and type of training teachers received. Finally, we will discuss the incorporation of behaviorally-based parent training programs into community educational services, including how it is "working" in the real world (e.g., how many districts & families served, consumer satisfaction). Recommendations for improving effective translation of behavioral methods into community settings will be presented.

 
Use of Behavioral Interventions in Community Early Intervention Programs
AUBYN C. STAHMER (Rady Children's Hospital, San Diego)
Abstract: Although behavioral treatment methods have been established as efficacious for children with autism in laboratory settings, research examining their translation into service systems is virtually nonexistent. The current study examines the use of evidence-based behavioral interventions (e.g., Discrete Trial, Pivotal Response, PECS) in applied community settings. Eighty early intervention providers in Southern California were surveyed about specific techniques used in their programs, their understanding of evidence-based practices and their adaptation of techniques. Providers represent 80% of the eligible programs contacted for participation. Test/Retest reliability for the survey was 90%. Descriptive analysis comparing behavioral technique use across home and school-based programs was conducted. Ninety-one percent of providers report using at least one behavioral technique in their programs. However providers typically combine up to seven methods, and modify these techniques based on child, personal and external factors. Sixty-five percent use only parts of their main technique. Most providers (55%) chose a technique based on the belief that it was effective; while only 9% chose a technique based on research evidence. All of the providers had concerns about limited training in the specific techniques. Methods of using usual care data to inform behavioral intervention research and increase effective translation to community settings will be discussed.
 
Adapting a Behavioral Intervention Training Protocol for Classroom Teachers.
JESSICA B. SUHRHEINRICH (University of California, San Diego), Laura Schreibman (University of California, San Diego)
Abstract: Pivotal Response Training (PRT) is a naturalistic behavioral intervention that has been shown to increase language, play and social skills in children with autism. Teachers report using PRT in their classroom; however, there has been no systematic examination of how well they use PRT. Additionally, no research-based protocol exists for training and monitoring teachers using PRT in a classroom environment. Two studies will be presented. The first study measured the effectiveness of training that teachers currently receive in PRT. Ten special-education teachers, who previously received some training in PRT, participated. None of the participants met the criterion for fidelity of implementation of PRT skills, however all teachers successfully met criterion for at least one of the skills. Teachers’ implementation of PRT systematically differed according to specific skill and the level of training they had received. The second study investigated the effectiveness of a training model for instructing teachers to use PRT in the classroom setting. Ten special-education teachers attended a 6-hour training workshop and received follow-up visits to their classrooms. These findings support the effectiveness of a training model that included both a workshop and follow-up visits in each teacher’s classroom.
 
Research to Practice: Training Teachers to Provide Parent Education.
BROOKE INGERSOLL (Lewis & Clark College), Anna Dvortcsak (Child Development and Rehabilitation Center, Oregon Health and Science University)
Abstract: Parent training has been shown to be a very effective method for promoting generalization and maintenance of skills in children with autism. However, despite its well-established benefits, few public school programs include parent training as part of the early childhood special education (ECSE) curriculum. Barriers to the provision of parent training include the need for parent education models which can be easily implemented in ECSE programs and the lack of preparation for special educators in parent education strategies. This presentation will describe an evidence-based behavioral parent training model for children with autism developed for use in ECSE programs. The implementation of the program, teacher preparation, and preliminary outcomes and challenges will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #36
CE Offered: BACB
What Does an Educational System Require to be Successful?
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
America's Cup C
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Ernest A. Vargas (B. F. Skinner Foundation)
Discussant: Jose A. Martinez-Diaz (Florida Institute of Technology & ABA Tech)
CE Instructor: Vicci Tucci, M.A.
Abstract:

"A common cliche is that education is a complex endeavor. We examine at least a portion of this complexity in a number of ways. In its overall operation what does an educational system require in order to be successful? It requires a proper organizational structure as well as the proper science from which successful engineering practices can be drawn. It requires as well more than just a statement of the requirement. It requires a long-term demonstration of a successful model of instruction over a sufficiently diverse set of students and schools to provide a factual basis for evaluation of that success, and as important, for evaluation as to how to move beyond current gains. It also requires an analysis of the historical background by which such a model was set in place. Each of the participantsTucci, Scutta, and Vargasaddress each of these requirements separately, and to some degree, address the considerations pertinent to one across to the others."

 
The Competent Learner Model and the Triad Model of Education.
ERNEST A. VARGAS (B. F. Skinner Foundation)
Abstract: Most attempts to enhance student performances concentrate on instructional technology. But instructional technology is only a small piece of the large puzzle of achieving success in the educational setting. Also relevant is the proper scientific base for what should be an engineering effort, not merely a technological one. And also important, and typically overlooked, is the organizational structure which operates the engineering effort. This paper features the integration of the Competent Learner Model with the Triad Model of Education to illustrate the synergy of the two.
 
Instructional Technology Required for the Implementation of Best Practices.
VICCI TUCCI (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.)
Abstract: In this aspect of the symposium, we will briefly describe the Competent Learner Model (CLM). CLM was designed to equip naïve learners with the core repertoires (e.g., Problem Solver) to act effectively in “novel” circumstances. We will illustrate the components of the CLM (i.e., Learning Solutions) and delineate its phases of implementation.
 
Dissemination of "Best Practices" in Skinner's Home State of Pennsylvania.
CATHY SCUTTA (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network)
Abstract: In this part of the symposium, we describe the state-wide organizational structures required to implement the Competent Learner Model and also report the preliminary data of the ÇLM's effects.
 
 
Symposium #37
CE Offered: BACB
When Foster Care Fails: Behavioral Programming in Residential Facilities for Troubled Youth
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Edward C
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Hewitt B. Clark (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Brandon F. Greene, Ph.D.
Abstract:

N/a

 
The Design of Behavior Management and Incentive Systems in Congregate Residential Care: Past and Present.
BRANDON F. GREENE (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis has been at the forefront in the design of incentive systems to develop and manage behavior in variious settings. Examples include The Token Economy (1966) in which Azrin and Allyon demonstrated the motivating power of a token system with chronically mentally ill patients. The Teaching Family model also provided an example of the benefits of a complex, but well managed point system, for developing the adaptive behavior of troubled youth. Although such systems are viable in the hands of skilled practitioners, their use in congregate care settings by less skilled direct-care staff is questionable. Indeed, in such a context, "best practice" may not be feasible. This presentation will describe essential characteristics of a motivational system that may represent the best feasible practice. Data on its impact in a residential facilty for troubled youth will be described in the symposium.
 
Issues of Implementation and Impact of a Humane Incentive Systems for Challenging Youth in a Residential Facility.
AUTUMN KAUFMAN (Southern Illinois University), Courtney L. Deal (Southern Illinois University), Anne S. King (Hoyleton Youth & Family Services), Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The adminstrators of a residential facility for troubled youth enlisted the assistance of behavioral consultants in the re-design of its behavior management and treatment system. A key component of the original system was a multi-tiered rating system that required youth to refrain from engaging in "behavioral incidents" -- essentially any transgression (e.g., cussing, yelling, and more serious offenses) that direct-care staff regarded worthy of documenting. The "rewards" the system offered were limited and included preferred snacks and brief periods of one-to-one contact with favored staff. The system was replaced by one which offered a broader and more age-typical array of opporunties for the youth (e.g., "dates" and other contact with the opposite sex) and limited the basis for restricting such opportunities to serious behavioral offenses (aggressions, property destruction, runnibng away). The impact of these changes are described in this presentation.
 
Video Modeling and Virtual Self-Modeling to Teach Cooking and Golfing to Challenging Youth in a Residential Facility.
BEAU LAUGHLIN (Southern Illinois University), Ashley E. Welch (Southern Illinois University), Anne S. King (Hoyleton Youth & Family Services), Chris Cox (Hoyleton Youth & Family Services), Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: There are inherent restrictions on youth in resdiential facilities to experience age-typical opportunities. These include the "simple" opportuntities to learn basic cooking and lesiure skills. Therefore, to acquire these skills, such youth often require direct hands-on instruction by caregivers whose skills at providing such instruction may be limited. However, it may be possible to supplement or supplant such instruction by developing digital video in which instructors or peers demonstrate such skills. In fact, digital video technology affords the opportunity to make it appear as if the student him/herself is performing the skill (i.e., virtual self-modelng). This presentation will describe the development and evaluation of instructional and virtual self-modeling videos to teach cooking and leisure skills among challenging youth in a residential facility.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #38
CE Offered: BACB

The Brain behind Behavior: Etiologies of Social Dysfunction in Autism

Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Douglas C
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Karen Pierce, Ph.D.
Chair: Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
KAREN PIERCE (University of California, San Diego)
Dr. Karen Pierce One of the most striking features of autism is the failure to develop or to understand complex social relationships. The overarching goal of Dr. Pierce’s research program is to elucidate the neural underpinnings of these social deficits in patients with autism. Her studies have utilized several approaches, including functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI), electroencephalography (EEG), and behavioral assays. Dr. Pierce has been awarded several research grants including those from National Institute of Mental Health and the Organization for Autism Research. She has also received an Autism Society of America Research Award and a University of California, San Diego Chancellors Research Award in recognition of her outstanding work. Dr. Pierce serves as an ad-hoc reviewer for well-regarded journals such as Archives of General Psychiatry and Brain. Dr. Pierce has published extensively in a wide range of areas from behavioral treatment to brain dynamics in autism. Her functional imaging work was previously highlighted in Time Magazine (May, 2002). She is an invited speaker, both nationally and internationally, as an expert on the pathogenesis of autism. Her current research interests include studies aimed at detecting autism at the earliest ages possible. Such studies will bring the field of autism research closer to finding a cure.
Abstract:

New research has shown that a baby that will eventually develop autism begins the first months of his life with seemingly normal social behavior; he smiles and coos and appears indistinguishable from other children. In fact, two new prospective studies followed infants at risk for autism (by virtue of having an older sibling with the disorder) from birth into toddlerhood and found no differences in social or language behavior from normally developing infants during the first six months of life (Zwaigenbaum, et al., 2005; Landa, et al., 2006). By the time infants were one year old, however, signs of autism that included increased passivity and abnormal attention and language development were in evidence. These findings are consistent with retrospective studies that have shown reduced responding to name and abnormal social interaction skills at the first birthday parties of infants later diagnosed as autistic. What has gone wrong in the developing brains of children with autism? Despite over 60 years of close scientific scrutiny, this essential question remains unanswered. While social behavior is complex and relies on the normal development of a host of systems relating to attention, language, and emotion processing, it also relies heavily on the normal development of face processing. Functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) is a non-invasive technique that capitalizes on the fact that rates of blood flow change in the brain when humans engage in a particular task (e.g., a math problem) or activity (e.g., daydreaming). fMRI as a research tool has been used extensively to study face processing in autism. Most studies focus on the fusiform gyrus, a brain region in the temporal lobe that contains an area in the middle lateral portion that responds strongly to faces (i.e., the Fusiform Face Area, or FFA). If functional responding in the fusiform appears abnormal in autism, it would not be surprising that higher-order cognitive functions that rely on the ability to interpret a face, such as theory of mind and emotion perception, would also be impaired. It is thus essential that this first step in understanding the social mind of autistic individuals, that is, testing the ability to decode information from a face, be tested thoroughly. This presentation will discuss the following: 1. The development of social behavior, particularly face perception, in normally developing infants and children; 2. Face processing fMRI research with adults and children with auti

 
 
Symposium #43
CE Offered: BACB
Effective Treatment of Students with Severe Behavior Disorders Who Failed to Respond to Traditional Positive-Only Treatment Programs
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
Randle D
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Patricia Rivera (Judge Rotenberg Center)
CE Instructor: Nathan Blenkush, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will address effective treatment of students with severe behavior disorders who have a history of not responding to traditional positive-only programs. The first presenter will present various case studies of specific students. A review of the students treatment histories will also be discussed and behavioral charts will be shown to document the students behavioral improvement. The second presenter will discuss the implementation of contingent skin shock as a supplement to positive behavior programming for students with significant histories of severe behavior disorders. Safeguards to ensure the proper implementation of the skin shock will also be discussed. A demonstration of the Graduated Electronic Decelerator (GED) used at the Judge Rotenberg Center will be provided. The third presentation will include the effects of sudden fading of the contingent skin shock device. Case studies will be discussed and behavioral charts presented documenting the behavioral regressions when the GED is faded abruptly. Finally, case studies will be presented showing the successful fading of the GED.

 
Successful Treatment of Students Who Have Failed Positive-Only Programs.
RACHEL NICOLLE MATTHEWS (Judge Rotenberg Center), Christine Chiudina (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract: Historically, some students have been enrolled at the Judge Rotenberg Center (JRC) after other, positive-only programs, have failed to contain, manage or modify their most problematic and severe behaviors. For most students, JRC is not their first residential placement and must come out of necessity when other treatment facilities either refuse to accept them or discharge them from their program due to an inability to provide successful treatment. Students who once required multiple staff and daily emergency restraints at other programs are now engaging in consistent academic completion in a classroom with peers and require no additional staff or emergency restraint. The Judge Rotenberg Center is not only able to contain severe aggressive and self-injurious behaviors; they are able to provide a better quality of life for these students, often free of psychotropic medication.
 
Approval Process for the Use of Contingent Skin Shock and Subsequent Monitoring.
ROBERT VON HEYN (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract: The process of getting approval to use contingent skin shock and the safeguards of its use will be presented. The first step is getting signed consent from the parent/guardian and approval from the funding agency. Next a detailed, individualized proposal is prepared by a doctoral level clinician and submitted to the court. The court then assigns an attorney to represent the individual who, in most cases, hires an expert to review the proposed treatment plan. An independent clinician also reviews the plan and writes their recommendations to the court. A hearing is scheduled and a judge decides whether he/she believes this proposed treatment is the most effective, least intrusive treatment available for that individual. Peer Review and Human Rights Committees must grant their approval before the plan can be implemented. All treatment is monitored across school, residence and during transportation by a digital video recording system which is also live monitored 24 hours a day. Quarterly reports are sent to the guardian, court and funding agencies and plans are reviewed yearly. A demonstration of the skin shock device used at JRC will be given.
 
Successful Fading of Contingent Skin Shock when Combined with Positive Behavioral Programming.
PATRICIA RIVERA (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract: Students in residential treatment with severe behavior disorders may require some type of aversive interventions to supplement positive behavioral programming when positive programming alone has not proved to be successful in reducing the frequency of dangerous behaviors. Case studies will be presented showing the course of treatment for some of these students from the Judge Rotenberg Center including the successful fading of contingent skin shock. Case histories will be presented along with behavioral charts documenting the success of the fading program. Academic progress and transitional planning will also be addressed.
 
The Effect of Abruptly Removing an Aversive Intervention.
NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract: In June of 2006, JRC was forced to remove interventions that had proven extremely effective in eliminating or significantly reducing the occurrence of severe problem behaviors for over 50 students who had not responded to positive-only interventions. After a Federal court order in September of 2006, these treatments were reinstated. In this presentation, we (a) discuss the effects of the abrupt removal in comparison with our gradual fading plan (b) present charts that describe the changes and (c) discuss clinical implications of abruptly removing an effective punishment contingency.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #52
CE Offered: BACB
Tutorial: The Evolution of Skinner's Thinking about Verbal Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Douglas B
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Julie S. Vargas, Ph.D.
Chair: Matthew P. Normand (Florida Institute of Technology)
Presenting Authors: : JULIE S. VARGAS (B. F. Skinner Foundation), Ernest A. Vargas (B. F. Skinner Foundation)
Abstract:

B. F. Skinner took over 20 years to complete his book Verbal Behavior. In this talk, we address the development of his analysis. Our sources include major life events, publications, and notes Skinner wrote over the years, especially those written for his 1947 William James Lectures. We discuss the notes he made after the books publication in 1957. As with any evolutionary development, we also point to the effect of his analysis and to some of the directions in which it is now going.

 
JULIE S. VARGAS (B. F. Skinner Foundation), Ernest A. Vargas (B. F. Skinner Foundation)
Dr. Julie S. Vargas is currently president of the B. F. Skinner Foundation and a former president of the Association for Behavior Analysis. She has taught at all levels from third grade to university graduate courses. Dr. Vargas is author of three books as well as articles, chapters, and encyclopedia entries. Her interests include instructional design, the life and work of B. F. Skinner, and verbal behavior.
 
 
Symposium #55
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Parent Training in Child Welfare: Program Evaluation, Replications, and Methodological Issues
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Edward C
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Han-Leong Goh (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Han-Leong Goh, Ph.D.
Abstract:

These four presentations focus on behavioral training with parents of children in the child welfare system. Two presentations focus on the SafeCare model parenting program. The first presentation discusses the efficacy of the model in preventing child maltreatment, replications of the model in other areas of the country, and implications on staff training. The second presentation focuses on replication of the SafeCare model for assessment and training in home-based and clinic-based settings. The final 2 presentations focus on a parent training curriculum designed to increase parenting skills. One presentation focuses on evaluating potential effects of the curriculum on skill acquisition; repeated administration of quizzes showed systematic acquisition as a function of specific skills taught. The other presentation discusses methods to evaluate placement stability, such as duration and rate of placement changes, and the implications of these measures on evaluating potential effectiveness of the training curriculum. In general, all presentations discuss models of extending applied behavior analysis in parent training; specifically in child welfare. Furthermore, all presentations show therapeutic effects of training with this unique population, with discussions on methodological issues, outcomes, and future directions for research.

 
Multimodal Replications of the SafeCare Model.
ANNA EDWARDS (The Marcus Institute), John R. Lutzker (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: Recently, there have been a number of replications of the SafeCare model parenting program (Lutzker & Bigelow, 2002) which has been greatly expanded to reach a variety of settings and professionals. Currently, the Marcus Center for Child Well-Treatment in Atlanta, GA is providing the SafeCare model parenting services program for the secondary prevention of child maltreatment in two urban Georgia counties through federal grant funds. These services are being implemented by Bachelors-level home visitors, all whom have social service experience. Additionally, the Marcus Center for Child Well-Treatment holds a contract with the Georgia Department of Public Health to train Nurse Home Visitors to implement primary prevention. Also, training will occur for caseworkers in California. Other locations have recently received grant funding to examine aspects of SafeCare, including an NIH funded statewide trial in Oklahoma and CDC grants designed to examine SafeCare with technology enhancements (e.g., cell phones, computer training). These multimodal replications will be discussed, including the primary and secondary prevention populations that are being served by them, the variety of professionals who are providing these services, and the implications for staff training and implementation of the model.
 
Behavioral Parent Training for Parents with Intellectual Disabilities.
JENNIFER L. CROCKETT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Susan A. Parks (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cathy Small (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Olivia Hird (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Children of parents with Intellectual Disabilities are at risk of behavior problems and placement disruption. Parents with Intellectual Disabilities are often assumed to have insufficient parenting skills, frequently leading to the removal of their children based on their intellectual functioning rather than their parenting. We evaluated the effectiveness of Behavioral Skills Training for four parents with Intellectual Disabilities. The behavioral skills training included both clinic-based and home-based assessment and training. We used a modification of Parent Child Interaction Therapy for the clinic-based training and the Home Accident Prevention Inventory-Revised (HAPI-R) and Checklist for Living Environments to Assess Neglect (CLEAN) from Project SafeCare for the home-based training. We will present data on the successes and challenges with working with this unique population of parents and children. We will provide additional information on attrition, Child-Protective Services involvement, and social supports necessary for maintenance of treatment gains. Data indicate that some of the parents with intellectual disabilities made great improvements in their parent-child interaction, effective behavior management skills, and the safety of their homes. Data further show that parents with intellectual disabilities maintain higher ‘show rates’ than typical for outpatient behavioral services.
 
Evaluating the Effectiveness of a Positive Parenting Curriculum: A Multiple Probe Analysis of Acquisition of Key Skills.
KERRI P. BERARD (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Donnie M. Staff (University of North Texas), Allison Jones (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The effectiveness of a program designed to teach parents who exhibit risk factors for child maltreatment to use a set of positive parenting skills was evaluated. Seven skills were taught to parents over a five-week series of three hour classes. A written quiz was administered to participants before the series of classes, immediately following each class, and after completion of all classes. The quiz contained questions corresponding to component skills taught in each class; therefore, repeated administration of the quiz permitted an analysis of component skill acquisition as those skills entered the repertoire. The results indicated that the participants showed improvements in test components as the curriculum components were introduced. There was also a relationship seen between curriculum components which permitted systematic and targeted evaluation of course materials and procedures.
 
Evaluating Placement Stability in Foster Care: Methodological Issues and Implications for Program Evaluation.
CAROLE M. VAN CAMP (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Stabilizing children's placements in foster homes is a primary goal of foster care agencies for children who have not been reunified with their parents or have not been adopted. In this presentation, we will discuss several methods of measuring placement stability, including calculating duration of placements and rate of placement changes. Placement data from over 300 foster parents calculated using several methods will be presented. Results indicate that factors such as the capacity of a foster home (i.e., how many foster children reside there at any given time) may also impact calculations of placement change rate. In addition, implications of these measurement issues on evaluating the effectiveness of a state-wide program to increase placement stability will be discussed. Placement data from over 200 foster caregivers who received behavioral parent training will be presented, with an emphasis on how each calculation method impacted the results of the program evaluation.
 
 
Symposium #56
CE Offered: BACB
Decreasing the Intrusiveness of Protective Physical Holds and Confinement Time-Out
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Ford AB
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Allen J. Karsina, M.S.
Abstract:

Physically holding an individual and using confinement timeout are common procedures used with individuals who exhibit severe aggression and self injury to ensure that they do not hurt themselves or others. It is incumbent upon clinicians to make sure the intrusiveness of these procedures is minimized without compromizing safety. The presentations in this symposium involve emprical evaluations of decreasing the intrusiveness of protective procedures while taking into account the behavioral effects of these procedures.

 
Reducing the Duration of Protective Hold Procedures.
NANCY A. PERHOT (New England Center for Children), Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The effects of reducing the intrusiveness of a physical restraint procedure with a 10 year-old participant diagnosed with autism were examined. A functional analysis of the participant’s aggressions indicated that escape from demands maintained the participant’s aggressions. An extinction treatment package was implemented for the aggression; physical restraints were used to safely manage dangerous aggressions. Physical restraints were initially implemented for 5 minutes duration, then systematically reduced to 3 minutes in duration, and finally 2 minutes. The frequency of holds did not increase, nor did the frequency of aggressions.
 
The Effects of Decreasing the Intrusiveness of Physical Interventions on the Rate of Intervention.
SHAWN E. KENYON (New England Center for Children), Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (New England Center for Children), Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The effects of reducing the intrusiveness of a physical restraint procedure with a 14 year-old participant with developmental disabilities were examined. A functional analysis of the participant’s self-injury indicated that the behavior was maintained by non-social variables. A multi-element treatment package was implemented for the self-injury; physical restraints were used to safely manage dangerous self-injury. Physical restraints were done on the floor and required multiple trained personnel to implement safely, and lasted between 2 to 4 minutes each. The intrusiveness of the restraint procedure was reduced by replacing the procedure with a sitting or standing hands-held procedure implemented by one person holding the hands and a second person protecting against bite attempts. The duration of the hands held procedure was 15 seconds. Frequency of holds decreased significantly immediately, and frequency of self-injury did not increase.
 
Reducing Intrusiveness of Time-Out Procedures Used to Manage Dangerous Behavior.
MAGDA M. STROPNIK (New England Center for Children), Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Jody M. Steinhilber (New England Center for Children), Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The effects of reducing the intrusiveness of a confinement time-out procedure with a 15 year-old participant diagnosed with autism were examined. A functional analysis of the participant’s aggressions yielded undifferentiated results, and confinement time-out was used to safely manage dangerous behavior while a multi-component treatment package was implemented. A ‘break’ area, similar in size to the confinement time-out room but without a door, was used in place of a confinement time-out sequentially across two settings. Frequency of aggression did not increase with implementation of the break area, and use of the confinement time-out room was decreased.
 
Reducing the Frequency of Physically Guiding a Client to a Time-Out Room.
SARAH BUCKINGHAM (New England Center for Children), Britta Wehmann-Bell (New England Center for Children), Kimberly Keogh (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The effects of reducing the frequency of physically guiding a 14 year old participant with developmental disabilities to a timeout room were examined. For this participant, physical restraint was often required to ensure his and staff safety during movement to timeout. Descriptive analysis data suggested that escape from demands and denied access to tangibles were related to the participant’s aggression and environmental destruction. A systematic treatment package was successful in increasing independent walking to timeout thus producing a decrease in manual guidance and physical restraint.
 
 
Symposium #57
CE Offered: BACB
Effects of Treatment Integrity on Behavioral Interventions
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Elizabeth DE
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Claire C St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Claire C St. Peter, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Mistakes made during the implementation of treatments (frequently called "treatment integrity failures") can lead to decreases in treatment efficacy. The research presented in this symposium examines the impact of treatment integrity failures on common components of behavioral interventions for persons with disabilities. These interventions include both response-acquisition and response-reduction procedures. Weiss, Libby, and Paquette examine the effects of degradations in procedural integrity on acquisition of a novel, arbitrary response with 3 participants with autism. Two papers examine the effects of integrity failures on response-reduction procedures. Pabico, Roane, and Kelley examine the effects of a particular type of integrity failure, delay, in a punishment procedure. Finally, St. Peter Pipkin and Vollmer used a non-clinical population (college students) to determine possible effects of treatment integrity failures on DRA treatments. All three papers showed some detrimental impact of treatment integrity failures on intervention outcome. Results will be discussed in terms of the potential effects of treatment integrity failures on treatment outcome.

 
Variations of Procedural Integrity and its Effects on Task Acquisition within Chains.
JULIE S. WEISS (New England Center for Children), Myrna E. Libby (New England Center for Children), Gregory Paquette (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: This study compared the effects of variations of procedural integrity in delivering prompts on task acquisition within chains. Three participants diagnosed with autism learned to put together two 8-step arbitrary Lego figures in a forward chaining sequence with most-to-least prompting. An alternating treatments design was used to compare the effects of two prompting conditions, 100% procedural integrity with no programmed errors and 70% procedural integrity with errors programmed on 30% of trials. After acquisition, generalization probes were implemented with novel teachers and in a different environment. All sessions were videotaped. IOA was collected during 40% of sessions and averaged over 90%. All participants achieved independence in building the figures in the 100% procedural integrity condition. Participants either did not acquire in the 70% procedural integrity condition or acquired in the 70% condition but at a slower rate than the 100% condition Thus, degradations in procedural integrity interfered with skill acquisition. All participants generalized performance across teachers and environments.
 
An Evaluation of a Delayed Time-Out Procedure in the Treatment of Problem Behavior.
ROBERT-RYAN S. PABICO (The Marcus Institute), Henry S. Roane (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University)
Abstract: The use of reinforcement-based procedures (e.g., functional communication training) alone may not be always effective in decreasing levels of problem behavior (e.g., aggression, SIB, and pica) to clinically acceptable levels. Thus, the use of punishment-based procedures may be warranted. Previous literature on the use of punishment indicates that in order for punishment to be effective the procedure must be delivered following every occurrence of the response. Given this, in a child’s natural environment the delivery of a punishment procedure may not be practical to implement following every occurrence of problem behavior. For example, the parent may provide multiple warnings prior to placing the child in time-out or the child may attempt to avoid application of the punishment procedure. Thus, there are conditions in a child’s natural environment that may lead to delivery of the punisher on an intermittent or delayed schedule. In the current investigation, we evaluated the use of a delayed time-out procedure to decrease levels of problem behavior. Throughout all analyses, reliability data were collected on at least 25% of sessions. These results will be discussed in terms of examining the use of delayed time-out interventions that can be transferred to naturalistic settings.
 
Effects of Treatment Integrity Failures on DRA: A Laboratory Study.
CLAIRE C ST. PETER (West Virginia University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) is commonly used as a treatment for problem behavior. Although DRA procedures are typically straightforward, they may not be consistently implemented as designed. We assessed the effects of failures to deliver earned reinforcers (omission errors), inappropriate reinforcer delivery (commission errors), and blended omission and commission errors on DRA, using a controlled laboratory preparation with non-clinical participants. Seventeen undergraduates participated. Treatment integrity levels varied from 100% to 20% integrity. Results showed that omission errors did not result in increases in analog problem behavior, while commission errors and blended errors resulted in increases in analog problem behavior and decreases in analog appropriate behavior at 40% and 20% integrity. These outcomes demonstrate that certain types or levels of integrity failure are more detrimental than others. Additionally, results suggest that DRA is relatively robust during integrity failures, but that those failures can still lead to loss of treatment effects when they occur frequently.
 
 
Symposium #65
CE Offered: BACB
Training Parents to Implement Academic Interventions
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
America's Cup AB
Area: EDC/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Keith D. Allen, Ph.D.
Abstract:

When children are struggling academically, it is not uncommon for their parents to be involved with assisting homework or providing extra tutoring. Effective tutoring requires time, resources, knowledge and skill in instructional techniques that many parents may not posses. In such cases, parents may benefit from training in individualized instructional strategies developed to improve their childs academic progress. This symposium presents information and research regarding training parents to implement academic interventions to improve childrens academic progress. Clinical and school-based cases will be presented detailing procedures for training parents to implement academic interventions. Data will be presented regarding the identification of effective instructional strategies for individual children using brief experimental analysis procedures. Data on parents implementation of academic interventions and childrens academic progress will be presented. Information in this symposium will link directly with research literature on parent training, brief experimental analysis of academic interventions, and effective instruction. Participants will acquire practical knowledge and ideas for future research on training parents to implement academic interventions and innovative strategies for using brief experimental analysis to identify effective academic interventions.

 
Training Parents of Children with Disabilities to Implement Academic Interventions.
MARK D. SHRIVER (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Parents of children with disabilities are often at a loss as to how to work with their children to improve academic functioning. Most tutoring agencies are not skilled at working with children with disabilities such as mental retardation, autism, neurological injury and other types of neurodevelopmental disabilities. Most special educators are not trained to teach parents how to implement academic interventions at home. This presentation provides an overview of a clinic developed to train parents of children with disabilities to implement academic interventions at home. Individualized assessments, including brief experimental analysis of academic interventions, are conducted to identify and develop effective interventions. Behavioral skills training utilizing instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and immediate feedback is utilized to teach parents how to implement academic interventions. Parents are taught how to monitor progress and are assisted in making data-based decisions regarding changes in academic interventions. Issues regarding training parents to implement academic interventions at home will be discussed. Data gathered from children and families seen in the clinic will be provided. Data from individual cases will be presented to illustrate specific points. Research derived from clinic cases will be presented.
 
Improving Reading Outcomes Using Brief Experimental Analysis to Develop Parent Training Interventions.
VALERIE J. GORTMAKER (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Learning to read is critical for a child’s current and future well-being. Yet approximately one-fifth of the population suffers from a reading disability. This problem is compounded by the summer in which children with disabilities are subject to even greater declines in academic performance. The present study assessed the effects of summer parent tutoring on three children with learning disabilities using empirically derived reading interventions. Brief experimental analysis methods were used to identify customized reading fluency interventions. Parents were trained to use the intervention strategies with their children. Parents implemented the procedures during parent-tutoring sessions at home and results were measured continuously in high word overlap and low word overlap passages in order to determine whether generalization of effects occurred. Parent and child satisfaction with the procedures was assessed. Results demonstrated generalized increases in reading fluency in both high word overlap and low word overlap passages as a function of parent tutoring. Also, acceptability ratings by children and their parents indicated that they viewed the interventions as acceptable and effective. Results are discussed in terms of structuring reading fluency interventions that promote generalization and maintenance of treatment effects.
 
Training Parents to Match Student Needs with Effective Academic Intervention.
GARY L. CATES (Illinois State University)
Abstract: This presentation describes parent training in academic interventions across three students. The three students were demonstrating skills deficits in mathematics, reading, and early literacy respectively. Specifically, student one exhibited low math accuracy in subtraction. Student one’s parents were instructed how to utilize an intervention and develop new intervention materials as the student’s skills progressed. Student two was a home-schooled teen age student who exhibited low reading fluency. Student two’s parents were instructed on how to complete a brief experimental analysis of reading fluency interventions in an attempt to replicate clinic analyses. Finally student three demonstrated low letter identification accuracy. Due to slow weekly progress in the clinic setting, student three’s parents were instructed on how to perform discrete trial training in the home. Results are discussed with regard to potential variables affecting intervention integrity including stage of skill development, intervention complexity, and intervention acceptability. Discussion will also focus on potential directions for future research.
 
 
Symposium #66
CE Offered: BACB
Using the Science of Applied Behavior Analysis to Develop Methodologies to Improve Language and Social Skills in Children with Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Elizabeth F
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jane S. Howard (California State University, Stanislaus)
CE Instructor: Jane S. Howard, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will present four studies involving attending, social responsiveness, and/or advanced language skills in children with autism. Methods for assessing and then addressing difficulties in acquiring advanced language response forms, responding to sophisticated mands by the speaker, as well as improving responsiveness to common environmental stimuli are discussed. Implications of these deficits and a rationale for these treatment protocols as they relate to improving the functioning for children with autism will be presented. This information may suggest methods which should assist BCBAs who are working with children and young adults in these skill areas.

 
Developing Complex Language: Teaching Syntax to Children with Autism.
JENNY FISCHER (The Kendall School), Jane S. Howard (California State University, Stanislaus), Coleen Sparkman (Therapeutic PATHWAYS, Inc.)
Abstract: Behavior analytic research and early intensive behavioral treatment programs have identified methods to improve language skills in individuals with autism. However, research to increase length of utterance and bring verbalizations under the subtle stimulus control which correspond to syntax is limited. The Fokes Sentence Builder is a program designed for use by speech and language pathologists to teach sentence structure to language delayed children. The effectiveness of the Fokes Sentence Builder, with modifications to enhance stimulus discrimination and generalization, was studied. Preschool-aged children with autism in an intensive behavioral treatment program were taught two target sentence structures. The children were successfully trained to produce the target sentences using the Fokes cards, and generalization of the target sentence structures to novel pictures was demonstrated.
 
Teaching Children with Autism to Respond to "Hidden Mands" during Conversation.
BRIDGET DENEAU (The Kendall School), Christina Sutyak (The Kendall School), Jane S. Howard (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract: Even those individuals with autism who acquire age appropriate vocabulary may not become effective listeners or communicative partners. While research has indicated the potential utility of Skinner's elementary operants to improve language skills in children with autism, there is an absence of research on more complex forms such as “hidden mands" or "impure tacts". A behavior skills training program was designed to teach young children with autism to make responses to “hidden mands" during conversations. Results from suggest that Skinner’s proposed "hidden mands" may be distinct type of functional communication that can be taught to children with autism.
 
Measurement of Responses to Auditory Environmental Events of Children with Autism and Those without Developmental Delay.
CYNTHIA L. ROSS-OWENS (The Kendall School), Devon M. Cavagnaro (The Kendall School), Jane S. Howard (California State University, Stanislaus), Brittany Leah Sheets (The Kendall School)
Abstract: Clinicians and researchers have noted that children with autism exhibit lower levels of attending to auditory social stimuli and other stimuli which often evoke joint attention in children without disability (e.g., MacDonald et al, 2006). A protocol designed to measure attention by children to common environmental noises was developed in order to generate a comparison of response profiles to such stimuli by children diagnosed with autism as well as those without developmental delay. Implications of these differences will be discussed.
 
Improving the Responsiveness of Children with Autism to Auditory Environmental Sounds
JANE S. HOWARD (California State University, Stanislaus), Mette Madsen (The Kendall School), Coleen Sparkman (Therapeutic PATHWAYS, Inc.)
Abstract: Both clinicians and researchers have noted that children with autism exhibit lower patterns of attending to social stimuli (e.g., Dawson et al, 1998). This lack of responsiveness likely limits a child’s interactions with others, as well as precluding other types of learning opportunities. A preliminary treatment protocol designed to improve attending to such events will be desribed in the context of a single subject nonconcurrent multiple baseline across with preschool- and kindergarten aged children. Preimlinary data indicate maintenance and generalization of these responses to untrained situations and stimuli.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #71
CE Offered: BACB

A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Fortune.

Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:20 PM
Douglas C
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Henry S. Pennypacker, Ph.D.
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
HENRY S. PENNYPACKER (University of Florida)
Dr. Henry S. Pennypacker, Professor Emeritus at the University of Florida, received his Ph.D. in Psychology from Duke University in 1962. He is the author or co-author of six books, 21 book chapters, and over 60 scholarly publications, including the seminal Strategies and Tactics of Behavioral Research with James M. Johnston. The focus of Dr. Pennypacker’s career has been the development and dissemination of behavioral technologies that offer measurably superior benefits when compared to traditional practices. In particular, his work in the area of manual detection of breast cancer serves as an excellent example of behavior analysis providing a novel procedure that has been successfully transferred to medical practice around the world. From 1977 to 1981, he served as Principal Investigator on a National Cancer Institute grant that supported the basic research. In 1981, Dr. Pennypacker became President of the Mammatech Corporation, which has since managed the dissemination of MammaCare, the resulting technology. Dr. Pennypacker has also served as President of the Florida Association for Behavior Analysis and the Association for Behavior Analysis. Since 2001, Dr. Pennypacker has been Chairman of the Board of the Cambridge Center for Behavior Studies.
Abstract:

In 1974, it occurred to us that if fingers could be taught to read Braille, they could be taught to detect breast lumps smaller than golf balls. For the next seven years, we conducted basic research that was a mixture of classical psychophysics and operant conditioning as we learned about the sensory system involved in pressure sensation and put that knowledge to use in building a more sensitive procedure for palpating breast tissue. In 1981, we formed the Mammatech Corporation for the purpose of disseminating the resulting technology with as little degradation as possible. The ensuing 25 years have taught us more than we really wanted to know about running a public company, interacting with large organizations like the American Cancer Society, and surviving in the hostile world of the medical marketplace. We have also learned that there is no substitute for precise measurement to maintain the integrity of any technology and that financial contingencies can be arranged to insure this outcome. Some highlights of this journey will be presented along with advice to budding behavioral entrepreneurs.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #72
CE Offered: BACB
Tutorial: Separating the Wheat from the Chaff: Autism and Feeding.
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:20 PM
Douglas B
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: William H. Ahearn, Ph.D.
Chair: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University)
Presenting Authors: : WILLIAM H. AHEARN (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Feeding problems are common among children diagnosed with autism and developmental disabilities. The feeding difficulties of these children potentially stem from and are maintained by numerous biological and environmental factors. This presentation will begin by providing an overview of factors that may trigger feeding difficulties with a particular focus on common problems encountered in children with autism. The presentation will also address empirical evidence for the gut theory of autism and the potentially harmful implications of arranging dietary restrictions as treatment for autism. Feeding assessments for classifying feeding difficulties will be discussed and evidence will be presented suggesting that the most common feeding problem for children with autism is food selectivity. Behavioral interventions for selective intake will then be reviewed. Systematically presenting previously rejected and/or novel foods will be illustrated as an initial step in the treatment process. Then an antecedent manipulation, the simultaneous presentation of rejected/novel and preferred foods exposure, will be described. Two effective differential consequence procedures, reinforcing acceptance/ignoring refusal-related responses and escape prevention, will be reviewed.

 
WILLIAM H. AHEARN (New England Center for Children)
Dr. William H. Ahearn is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst who serves as the Director of Research at the New England Center for Children and a Clinical Assistant Professor in the Master’s in Applied Behavior Analysis (MABA) Program at Northeastern University. He is also Past-President of the Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy (BABAT). Bill received his doctorate at Temple University in 1992 and subsequently completed a post-doctoral fellowship in the Department of Behavioral Psychology at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. Dr. Ahearn then served as program manager for the Inpatient Pediatric Feeding Program at the Children’s Seashore House in Philadelphia before moving to the New England Center for Children in 1996. Bill has written a book chapter on managing feeding problems in children with autism and has published studies that have appeared in the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, Behavior Modification, Animal Learning and Behavior, The Lancet, Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, The Behavior Analyst, and Behavioral Interventions. Dr. Ahearn currently serves on the Board of Editors for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and provides service to ABA, the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, and the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies.
 
 
Symposium #75
CE Offered: BACB
Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention: Main Findings from the Multisite Young Autism Project
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Douglas A
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tristram Smith (University of Rochester Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Tristram Smith, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Multisite Young Autism Project (MYAP) was designed to evaluate early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) for children with autism who are under 3 years old at the onset of treatment. Two sites (Wisconsin Early Autism Project and Central Valley Young Autism Project) have published outcome reports from this project. Sallows and Amerine-Dickens will present long-term follow-up data as well as results from new cohorts at these sites. Larsson will present the results of an A-B-A reversal study at another site (Pittsburgh Young Autism Project) that compared the efficacy of 40 hours per week of treatment to 10 hours or 20 hours. Smith and Eldevik will summarize the full MYAP dataset and describe a meta-analysis of published EIBI studies.

 
Outcomes in the Central Valley Autism Project and the Wisconsin Early Autism Project.
MILA A. AMERINE-DICKENS (Central Valley Autism Project, Inc.), Glen O. Sallows (Wisconsin Early Autism Project), Howard G. Cohen (Valley Mountain Regional Center), Tamlynn Sallows (Wisconsin Early Autism Project)
Abstract: Extending the studies reported by Sallows and Graupner (2005, AJMR) and Cohen, Amerine-Dickens, and Smith (2006, JDBP), we report three sets of new findings. First, data from new cohorts seen at the Wisconsin and Central Valley sites are presented and shown to have made improvements comparable to those reported in published studies. Second, follow-ups that were conducted 5 years after the onset of EIBI at the Central Valley site are described. Data indicate that the EIBI group (n = 21) continued to have more favorable outcomes than the comparison group (n = 21). Eight of the EIBI children were fully included in general education (compared to 6 at the Year 3 follow-up), and an additional 2 received only minimal supports. Finally, children who entered EIBI after the age of 3 1/2 years (n = 21) are compared to age- and IQ-matched children who received community services (n = 21), with the EIBI group making larger gains than the comparison group.
 
Studies of Intensity of Intervention in Replication of the U.C.L.A. Young Autism Project.
ERIC V. LARSSON (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Kara L. Riedesel (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Charryse M. Fouquette (Lovaas Institute Midwest/University of Kansas), Melissa J. Gard (Lovaas Institute Midwest)
Abstract: Not only do traditional between-group designs yield substantial support for the efficacy of intensive early intervention for autism. Single-subject research also readily supports the value of intensive treatment. Within the field of ABA, there is a great deal of conceptual validity for consistent 24-hour schedules of reinforcement, as opposed to periodic interventions. The present study is of 10 children, each of whom had their weekly hours of treatment systematically manipulated to evaluate the effect of intensity upon various measures of treatment progress. In all measures, acquisition rate, levels of target behavior, rates of appropriate play behavior, and social validity measures, treatment intensity showed a substantial effect. Further replications of this variable, when extended into the 24-hour day through parent-training, continue to substantiate the importance of intensity of treatment in remediating the symptoms of autism.
 
Overall Results from the Multisite Young Autism Project.
TRISTRAM SMITH (University of Rochester Medical Center)
Abstract: Eleven sites provided data for the Multisite Young Autism Project. Across sites, a total of 151 children with autism received EIBI and were compared in a quasi-experimental design to 53 age- and IQ-matched children who received community services. Preliminary data analyses indicate that, three years after the onset of treatment, the mean IQ of the EIBI group was 21 points higher than in the comparison group and that the EIBI group also obtained significantly higher scores on measures of adaptive behavior and language. These results add to the evidence base for EIBI and indicate that this intervention can be replicated across sites.
 
Prediction of Outcome of Early Behavioral Treatment for Children with Autism: A Meta-Analysis.
SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Center for Early Intervention, Oslo, Norway)
Abstract: Intensity of treatment, age and IQ at intake have all been related to outcome of early behavioral treatment for children with autism. In a quantitative review of the literature these variables were correlated against the IQ-change reported after ca 2 years of behavioral treatment. Data from 14 studies with a total of 222 children were included in the analysis. Studies in which children received the highest number of treatment hours obtained far greater IQ change than other studies. There was a moderate positive correlation between mean IQ at intake and IQ change, but no relationship between age at intake and IQ-change was found. No significant correlations were obtained when using data from individual subjects in the analysis.
 
 
Symposium #76
CE Offered: BACB
Exploring Behavioral Economic Variables in Individuals with Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Maggie
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Iser Guillermo DeLeon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In behavioral economics, reinforcement contingencies are viewed as transactions in which work is exchanged for a commodity (a reinforcer). Overall consumption of a commodity is determined as a function of its price (work or response requirements), often in relation to the availability and price of concurrently available commodities. Investigators have recently begun to explore behavioral economic relations in the response allocation of individuals with developmental disabilities, most notably with the aim of interpreting responding under various experimental constraints related to enhancing habilitation efforts. The present symposium will further examine ongoing research in translating behavioral economic theory into practical application for individuals with developmental disabilities. Among other things, the presentations will collectively examine: a) how increases in price can clarify differences in reinforcer value, b) the correspondence between steady-state performance on variable ratio schedules and progressive ratio schedules, c) how changes in consumption of a reinforcer are influenced by the manner in which that reinforcer is delivered in applied settings, and d) how environmental constraints related to access (i.e. open vs. closed economy) and stimulus similarity can interact to influence consumption.

 
Evaluation of Relative Reinforcer Potency as Predicted by Reinforcer Preference.
NICOLE M. TROSCLAIR-LASSERRE (Louisiana State University), Nathan Call (The Marcus Institute), Amanda M. Dahir (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Previous research has evaluated the relationship between reinforcer value and treatment efficacy for behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement (e.g., Roane, Lerman, & Vorndran, 2001). Results indicated that high, medium, and low preference items yielded differences in reinforcer value and the most valuable reinforcer produced greatest treatment outcomes. In the present study, the relationship between reinforcer preference and reinforcer value was further examined. Six stimuli were ranked using a paired stimulus (PS) preference assessment and changes in preference during the course of the investigation were monitored via multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments. A progressive ratio (PR) reinforcer assessment (Roane et al.) was then used to establish the relative reinforcer value of each item. Reliability data were collected for at least 25% of sessions and reliability coefficients exceeded 80% for each participant. Results indicate that (a) preference may not be stable across multiple assessments, (b) preference may predict relative reinforcer value as established by PS preference assessments, and (c) relative reinforcer value differences between stimuli appears to emerge only as schedule requirements increase.
 
Behavioral Economic Analyses of the Effects of Reinforcers of Differing Quality.
JASON C. BOURRET (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center), Lauren Abraham (E.K. Shriver Center), Lindsay C. Peters (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Behavioral economic analyses typically involve examinations of responding maintained by, and consumption of, reinforcers at a range of “prices” with price equated with response requirement. In this presentation, we discuss a series of analyses of responding on variable-ratio (VR) and progressive-ratio (PR) schedules of reinforcement maintained by reinforcers identified to differ in terms of reinforcing efficacy in a paired-stimulus preference assessment (Fisher et al., 1992). Reinforcers were initially characterized as being of high, moderate, and low preference. Steady state levels of responding maintained by each reinforcer were then obtained on a series of VR schedules. These data were compared to those obtained for responding maintained by each reinforcer on PR schedules. Responding on concurrent VR schedules in which high- and moderate-preference reinforcers, and moderate- and low-preference reinforcers, were arranged in competition and in which selective responding to one of the response options resulted in escalation of the schedule requirement for that option was examined. A final analysis involved a comparison of the effects of effort manipulations on responding maintained by qualitatively different reinforcers on PR schedules.
 
Examining Shifts in Demand Curves as a Function of Intervening Exposure to Varying Earning Requirements.
MELISSA J. ALLMAN (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan Gregory (University of Florida), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Demand curves have been used as an index of the effects of increases in price (response requirements) on total consumption of a reinforcer. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the sensitivity of demand curves to changes in reinforcer value following three sorts of exposure to stimuli: contingent access, noncontingent access, and total restriction. Three moderately preferred stimuli, identified via a paired stimulus preference assessment, were included in the analysis for each of 6 participants. Each stimulus was randomly assigned to one of three conditions. The stimulus assigned to condition A was delivered on an FR1 schedule for completion of an academic task for several weeks. The stimulus assigned to condition B was delivered noncontingently on a schedule yoked to the delivery of the stimulus in condition A. The stimulus assigned to condition C was totally restricted between the first and second demand curve analyses. Demand functions were derived for each stimulus prior to and after the manipulations. Results indicated that demand for the stimulus delivered noncontingently was generally more elastic following the manipulation than prior to the manipulation, whereas consumption generally remained constant for the stimuli in the other conditions.
 
Variables that Influence Responding under Open and Closed Economies.
TIFFANY KODAK (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Henry S. Roane (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Christopher E. Bullock (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nathan Call (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: The results of basic experimentation have identified two types of economic systems that may affect responding during reinforcement-based programs. In a closed economy, participants are only able to access reinforcement through interaction with the experimental environment, whereas in an open economy, participants are able to access reinforcers by interacting with the experimental environment and can access additional (free) reinforcers following completion of the session. Generally speaking, higher response rates occur under closed economies relative to open economies. To date there have been few applied examinations of the relative effects of open and closed economic systems on adaptive responding. In the current presentation, we present two cases in which responding under open and closed economies were affected by various experimental constraints. In the first case, no differences in responding were observed under either condition when a single reinforcer was delivered. However, when responding resulted in access to multiple reinforcers, response rates increased under both open and closed economies. In the second case we parametrically varied the similarity of items provided during and following sessions to evaluate the conditions under which open economies influence within-session behavior. Reliability data were collected on at least 33% of all sessions and averaged over 90% for both cases. Results are discussed in terms of factors that may influence responding during reinforcement-based skill acquisition programs for individuals with developmental disabilities.
 
 
Symposium #77
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing Verbal Behavior in Children with Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Elizabeth C
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tamara S. Kasper (Private Practice)
Discussant: Tamara S. Kasper (Private Practice)
CE Instructor: Kelle Wood, None
Abstract:

These studies compare relative effectiveness of procedures to improve Verbal Behavior in children with autism. The first study compares the Effects of Mimetic-Tact versus Intraverbal-Tact training on the Acquisition of Sign Tacts in two Children with Autism. Similar to results obtained by Partington, Sundberg, Newhouse, & Spengler (1994), the subjects acquired more tacts via intraverbal-tact transfer while acquiring fewer via mimetic-tact transfer demonstrating the superiority of intraverbal-tact transfer. The second study, Increasing Vocal Behavior in a Young Adult With Autism via Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing adds to current literature on stimulus stimulus pairing procedures and assists in appropriate candidate selection for these procedures. The last study, Comparison of two errorless teaching procedures for promoting independent responding in children with autism: Transfer of stimulus control with and without a probe following a time delay compares the relative effectiveness of two nearly errorless procedures for developing independent responses. Results across twenty- five subjects are compared in regard to the literature on errorless teaching. (Touchette and Howard, 1984,, Touchette, P.E. 1968, Terrace, H. 1963)

 
Increasing Vocal Behavior in a Young Adult with Autism via Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing.
ANGIE B. KEITH (Early Autism Project, Inc.), Tamara S. Kasper (Private Practice), Christie M. Penland (Early Autism Project, Inc.)
Abstract: Many children and young adults with autism do not imitate adult vocalizations, an essential skill for establishing functional vocal verbal behavior. Research suggests that procedures which utilize pairing of an instructor’s vocal model with delivery of a putative reinforcer may condition that sound or sound combination as a reinforcer when produced by the individual (Sundberg, et. al., 1996; Yoon & Bennet, 2000; Miguel, Carr, & Michael, 2002; Carbone; 2005, Lugo, et. al., 2005). Stimulus-stimulus pairing procedures have been used to increase free operant vocalizations and in some cases transfer these vocalizations to other operants (echoic, mand, tact). One study (Esch, Carr, & Michael, 2005) suggested that direct reinforcement may be necessary to establish durable vocal behavior and further recommended identification of variables that influence the effectiveness of the stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure. The current study extends previous findings by evaluating the effectiveness of a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure on vowel, consonant-vowel and consonant-vowel-consonant-vowel combinations of a young adult with autism, previously considered non-vocal and non-verbal. Baseline, pairing, and post-pairing data were obtained. During the pre-pairing condition, the subject’s free operant vocalizations were recorded. During the pairing condition, the experimenter’s vocal model was paired with the delivery of the putative reinforcer. Results revealed an increase in target sounds/syllables for the participant as well as durable transfer to the echoic repertoire. Several vocalizations also transferred to mands. This study adds to current literature and assists in appropriate candidate selection for stimulus-stimulus pairing procedures.
 
Effects of Mimetic-Tact versus Intraverbal-Tact Training on the Acquisition of Tacts in Two Individuals with Autism.
STEPHANIE BURCHFIELD BURGESS (Early Autism Project, Inc.), Michael Meyers (Early Autism Project, Inc.), Jenn Godwin (Early Autism Project, Inc.), Tamara S. Kasper (Private Practice)
Abstract: Development of verbal repertoires in children with autism and limited vocal repertoires is the focus of many intensive behavior programs. For children who are non-verbal, manual sign language has been encouraged as an effective response form (Carr, 1979; Fulwiler & Fouts, 1976, Brady & Smouse, 1992; Layton, 1988). Many have examined procedures to facilitate the tacting repertoire. Carroll & Hesse (1987) and Arntzen & Almas (2002) examined the effects of mand-tact and tact-only training procedures on the acquisition of tact performance and demonstrated that fewer trials were needed to learn tacts in the mand-tact condition. Partington, Sundberg, Newhouse, & Spengler (1994) used procedures to transfer stimulus control from verbal to nonverbal stimuli in a subject who has an established mand repertoire and the subject was able to quickly acquire a total of 18 tacts. The current study extends these findings.
 
Comparison of Two “Errorless” Teaching Procedures for Promoting Independent Responding in Children with Autism: Transfer of Stimulus Control with and without a Probe following a Time Delay.
ANN D. ELDRIDGE (Early Autism Project, Inc.), Jenn Godwin (Early Autism Project, Inc.), Amy Watford, M.A.T. (Early Autism Project, Inc.), Jennifer Lacinak (Early Autism Project, Inc.), Abigail M. Gonzalez (Early Autism Project, Inc.), Samantha C. Apple (Early Autism Project, Inc.)
Abstract: One method of nearly errorless teaching has been advocated by various behavior analysts (Carbone, 2003; Sundberg, 1998; Zecchin & Wood, 2006; Godwin & Kasper, 2006). This method of instruction has also been used in several studies (Carbone et al., 2006; Keith et al., 2005) For some subjects and treatment teams, due to methodological issues and learner variability, this method of training appeared to result in errors for the subjects and may have resulted in delay in acquisition of skills. This study compared the relative effectiveness of two procedures for developing independent responses; quick transfer of stimulus control with and without a probe following a time delay. In procedure I, the subjects were taught to correctly and independently respond to a demand (tact or intraverbal) via quick transfer of stimulus control in which the subjects were presented with an Sd, immediately prompted to respond and then presented with another opportunity to respond independent of the prompt. During procedure II, the subjects were presented with an Sd, immediately prompted to respond and then presented with another opportunity to respond independent of the prompt. A time delay during which the subject was presented with two high probability motor imitation trials was instituted, followed by a probe of the target item. Results across twenty- five subjects are compared in regard to the literature on errorless teaching. (Touchette and Howard, 1984,, Touchette, P.E. 1968, Terrace, H. 1963)
 
 
Symposium #81
CE Offered: BACB
Practical Applications of Token Systems, Visual Schedules, Behavior Plans, and ABA Consultation
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Randle D
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Melissa J. Andretta (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Melissa J. Andretta, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium includes presentations that focus on the practical applications of using the science of behavior for the educational needs of students with autism and other developmental disabilities. Practical issues and suggestions for an ABA Consultant is applicable to individuals who provide ABA consultation services, as well as owners of companies that provide ABA consultation services. Practical applications and examples of: token-based motivational systems will focus on using motivational systems to increase habilitative responses (academically, behaviorally, and socially). Practical applications and examples of behavior plans/contracts will focus on developing and implementing behavior plans/behavior contracts, based on the results of a functional analysis. Practical applications and examples of visual schedules will focus on using various schedules to promote independence, social interactions, communication skills, as an instructional tool, and to replace inappropriate behaviors with habilitative responses. Examples of specific token systems, behavior plans, and activity schedules, as well as visual representations of the corresponding data, will be shown during the presentation.

 
Practical Issues for an ABA Consultant Working in School-Based and Home-Based Educational Programs.
MELISSA J. ANDRETTA (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Allison Cellura (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Jennifer Folbert (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Sandy Eggeling (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Cindy Mulstay (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: This presentation will focus on practical issues that an ABA consultant may face when proving services to children with autism. While there will be reference to specific interventions, this presentation is designed to illustrate components, and concerns, that can be applied by a consultant who is a behavior analyst. This presentation will cover topics that are applicable to individuals who provide ABA consultation services, privately, as well as topics that are relevant to owners of companies that provide ABA consultation services. Specific examples of the application of behavior analysis to consultation services will be discussed, and visual representations of any materials or data will be provided.
 
Practical Applications and Examples of Token-Based Motivational Systems.
JENNIFER FOLBERT (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Melissa J. Andretta (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Allison Cellura (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Cindy Mulstay (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Sandy Eggeling (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: This presentation will focus on practical applications of using token systems with children with autism, to increase habilitative responses (academically, behaviorally, and socially). Data systems will be discussed in terms of creating data sheets, visually representing data, and using that data to determine if a change in the token system is necessary, (on a continuous basis). Examples of specific token boards used with each student, as well as visual representations of the corresponding data for each student, will be shown during the presentation.
 
Practical Applications and Examples of Behavior Intervention Plans Used by Children with Autism.
MELISSA J. ANDRETTA (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Allison Cellura (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Jennifer Folbert (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Sandy Eggeling (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Cindy Mulstay (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: This presentation will focus on practical applications of developing and implementing behavior intervention plans/behavior contracts. Methods for determining the function of target behavior will be discussed, and examples will be provided as necessary. There will be a focus on how to develop a behavior plan based on the results of the functional analysis. Data systems will be discussed in terms of: analyzing the function of the inappropriate behavior, visually representing data, and using that data to determine if a change in the token system is necessary, on a continuous basis. Examples of specific behavior plans used with each student, as well as visual representations of the corresponding data for each student, will be shown during the presentation.
 
Practical Applications and Examples of Using Visual Activity Schedules.
JENNIFER FOLBERT (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Melissa J. Andretta (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Allison Cellura (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Cindy Mulstay (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Sandy Eggeling (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: The presentation will focus on practical applications of visual activity schedules used by children with autism, to promote independence, social interactions, communication skills, as an instructional tool, and to decrease inappropriate behaviors and replace them with habilitative responses. Methods to create an initial schedule, for students on various levels (a reader, a pre-reader, a writer, etc.), as well as for different purposes (a play schedule vs. an instructional schedule, vs. an academic schedule, etc.) will be discussed, and examples of such schedules will be presented. Examples of specific visual schedules used with each student will be presented.
 
 
Special Event #82
CE Offered: BACB
Symposium in Honor of Sidney W. Bijou: Scientist, Clinician, Humanitarian
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Molly AB
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory
Chair: Gary D. Novak (California State University, Stanislaus)
CE Instructor: Gary D. Novak, Ph.D.
Abstract:

At the age of 98, Sidney Bijou continues to be an inspiration to generations of behavior analysts all over the world. For more than 60 years, Sidney W. Bijou helped found and foster two major movements in behavior analysis: a behavior analysis of child development, and applied behavior analysis with children with special needs. This symposium will chronicle the distinguished career of Bijou from his recruitment by Skinner to the Psychology Department at Indiana through his days at the University of Nevada Reno. Additionally, Bijous influence on the internationalization of behavior analysis will be described. As well as documenting the individuals influencing and influenced by Bijou, the speakers will also present many of the methodological, theoretical, and clinical contributions Sidney Bijou has made over his long and distinguished career.

 
The Early Contributions of Bijou: The Development of Behavioral Development.
HAYNE W. REESE (West Virginia University)
Abstract: After receiving his doctorate from Iowa, Bijou was recruited by Skinner to direct a new clinical psychology program at Indiana. My paper will look at Bijou’s career at Indiana and Washington. I will describe the important personal, scientific, and clinical experiences that led to development of methodology for the study of functional relationships and contributions to the theory of behavioral development and applied behavior analysis.
 
Sidney W. Bijou: The Illinois Years, 1965-1975.
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas)
Abstract: This paper describes Sidney W. Bijou’s (b. 1908) activities, accomplishments, and contributions during his tenure at the University of Illinois between 1965 and 1975. While there, he was a professor in the Department of Psychology, a member of the Institute for Research on Exceptional Children, and the director of his own Child Behavior Laboratory (CBL). The CBL housed two laboratory preschools, a center for teaching and research, and offices for students and staff. Among his scholarly and professional activities, Bijou directed the laboratory preschools, refined behavioral assessment tools and procedures, advanced behavioral interventions with children, elaborated his behavior-analytic theory of development, and contributed to the international dissemination of behavior analysis (e.g., to Mexico, Japan). Among the particulars, this paper reviews Bijou’s contributions to the literatures in child development and behavior analysis (e.g., books, articles), his service and leadership roles in both fields (e.g., founding and editing the Journal of Experimental Child Psychology), and his teaching and mentoring (e.g., courses, graduate advisees). Bijou retired from the University of Illinois in 1975 as a professor emeritus.
 
Tales from the Desert: Sid’s Time at Arizona and Nevada.
PATRICK M. GHEZZI (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This paper is given to reflections on my personal and professional relationship with Sid Bijou at The University of Arizona (1984-1992) and the University of Nevada (1994-2000). The development of a method for studying linguistic behavior from an interbehavioral point of view highlighted our professional activities at Arizona. During this time, Arizona basketball ascended to national prominence, giving Sid an outlet for his passion for sport and giving me the opportunity to spoof him in a most memorable way. Sid’s professional activities at Nevada centered on his role as the co-founder of UNR’s Early Childhood Autism Program. His resurgence as a clinician exposed the reasons why he choose a career in psychology in the first place, why he was so successful at it, and why it’s never too late to have a second childhood.
 
Bijou's Influence on the Study of Child Development in Mexico and His Kantorian Notion of Setting Factors.
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University)
Abstract: This paper I will first provide a brief historical account of Bijou's influence on the study of behavior analysis of child development in Mexico and his publications in Spanish language. Second, I will elaborate on Kantor's (1959) influence on Bijou's notion of setting factors in behavior analysis of human development and the diverse categories they identified. I will end with some clarifications on the meaning of behavior analysis of child development.
 
 
Symposium #83
CE Offered: BACB
International Symposium - Three Diverse Applications of Teaching with Acoustical Guidance (TAG): Caregivers, Juvenile Delinquents, and Gymnasts
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Betsy B
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Janet L. Montgomery (University of Florida, Behavior Analysis Services Program)
Discussant: Ragnar S. Ragnarsson (ICEABA)
CE Instructor: Janet L. Montgomery, M.S.
Abstract:

Three pilot studies using TAG showed promising outcomes. Floridas Behavior Analyses Services Program (BASP) conducted two types of follow-up trainings (video, video with TAG) for caregivers who completed a 30-hour parenting course. Two skill components were compared after having been retrained with the video or the video with TAG. Average improvement scores for both components after video training were 29%. Average improvement scores after TAG were 50% for both components. Twenty-two juvenile delinquent youth participated in eighteen sessions utilizing TAG for a task analyzed list of components such as fighting and fight negotiation. This study showed skill enhancement and participants viewed TAG as socially acceptable as measured by positive verbalizations. Five gymnasts were taught four skills using either conventional training (verbal praise, encouragement, verbal correction for errors) or TAG (a specific behavior marked with a click with no verbal correction). Baseline was measured via three trials of four skills per gymnast. Behaviors were scored as 1 or 0 with total scores averaged across groups over three trials. Conventional training scores increased over baseline from 7% to 25% while TAG scores increased over baseline from 61% to 67%. Additional data collection is in process to support these preliminary outcomes.

 
Feedback via Auditory Marker to Improve Task Analyzed Components of Caregiver Skills.
VICTORIA FOGEL (University of Florida), Janet L. Montgomery (University of Florida, Behavior Analysis Services Program), Judith A. Kosarek (University of Florida), Tony Manzolillo (University of Florida), Vanessa Magdalena Bracero (formerly Burgos) (University of Florida), Angela M. Howland (University of Florida)
Abstract: The University of Florida and University of South Florida’s Behavior Analysis Services Program (BASP) teaches behavioral parenting skills to caregivers. Although BASP’s curriculum has produced improvements in caregiver’s skills, some skill components have not been performed correctly by large percentages of caregivers. This study was conducted to determine whether Teaching with Acoustical Guidance (TAG) would improve performance on components of the BASP caregiver curriculum that have typically been performed with low accuracy. Preliminary unpublished studies show that TAG may improve the accuracy of other skills, such as those used in golf and gymnastics, but has not been evaluated in a classroom setting such as BASP’s training. Two types of brief follow-up trainings were conducted (standard video and standard video with TAG) for caregivers who had completed a 30-hour parenting course. Two skill components were compared after having been retrained with either the standard video or the standard video with TAG. Average improvement scores for both components after receiving the standard video follow-up training were 29%. Average improvement scores after the TAG training were 50% for both components. Additional data are being collected on the use of TAG in the 30-hour class.
 
Teaching with Acoustical Guidance: Effects with the Juvenile Delinquent Population.
KERI GORMAN (TAGteach)
Abstract: This study applied Teaching with Acoustical Guidance (TAG) technology to juveniles involved in the court system. The Juvenile Detention Center manager identified the negative behaviors of negative verbalizations and low rates of chore completion, but due to unique features of this population, the social acceptance of TAG (using an auditory marker as feedback) was questioned. Twenty-two youth involved in the county court system and six staff members participated in eighteen, 30 to 60 minute sessions. TAG was shown on video, described, and modeled followed by participants practicing in role-plays. Next, the youths tagged each other on “fun” activities (e.g., rock climbing, magic trick, ball pass) to enhance skill competency. Tagging was paired with reinforcement (candy) on a variable interval schedule. Finally tagging as an enhancement to living and social skills was introduced with participants required to tag for a task analyzed list of components such as “making a room” and also for “fighting and fight negotiation”. This study showed skill enhancement in skills taught and all participants taught via this method viewed TAG teaching as socially acceptable in this setting as measured by positive verbalizations regarding this method. This outcome provides an open door for ongoing teaching with this population.
 
Teaching Gymnastic Skills with an Acoustical Marker.
THERESA MCKEON (TAGteach International)
Abstract: Clicker training effects with animals are documented, however, few studies have discussed Teaching with Acoustical Guidance (TAG) with humans. Study 1 involved teaching two groups of five artistic gymnasts of normal intelligence four skills. Two skills were taught using conventional training methods (verbal praise. encouragement, verbal correction for errors). Two additional skills were taught using TAG where gymnasts were told which task analyzed component would be marked with a click and no verbal corrections were used. Baseline was measured via three trials of four skills per gymnast. Skill elements were scored as “1” or “0” and total scores were averaged across groups over three trials. Conventional training methods produced scores ranging from 7% to 25% increase over baseline while TAG training scores increased over baseline from 61% to 67%. Study 2 assessed TAG with three mentally challenged rhythmic gymnasts across three unmastered skills. The changes noted from baseline to post-TAG training were from 0% to 75% accuracy in 8.5 minutes, from 0% to 100% accuracy in 5 minutes, and from 25% to 100% accuracy in 1.2 minutes. Both Studies 1 and 2 showed positive results and all athletes reported greater satisfaction with TAG teaching than with conventional methods of teaching.
 
 
Panel #98
CE Offered: BACB
The Efficacy of Positive ABA Approaches with the Most Challenging Behaviors: A Review of the Empirical Evidence
Saturday, May 26, 2007
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Elizabeth DE
Area: DDA/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Gary W. LaVigna, Ph.D.
Chair: Thomas J. Willis (Institute For Applied Behavior Analysis)
GARY W. LAVIGNA (Institute For Applied Behavior Analysis)
THOMAS J. WILLIS (Institute For Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

This panel first reviews the literature that demonstrates the efficacy of Positive ABA Behavior Supports in addressing the most severe and challenging behavior. Additional Type III case studies are then presented that add to this evidence base. The target behaviors addressed include severe physical aggression, self-injury, and property destruction. In each case, behavior problems were brought under control, both in terms of occurrence and episodic severity. Each person's quality of life was also measureably improved. These results were achieved through the implementation of positive, multi-element behavior support plans based on comprehensive functional assessments. Further, the results have been lasting, indicating the generalization of treatment effects over time. Finally, given the existing and growing evidence of PBS efficacy, a number of explanations are offered as to the challenges Positive Behavior Supports continue to face. An important perspective for Behavior Analysts is to recognize is that if a positive ABA approach is equally or more effective than an aversive approach, ethics require the use of the less restrictive alternative.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #135
CE Offered: BACB
Tutorial: Behavior-Analytic Strategies for Introducing Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 27, 2007
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Douglas B
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Philip N. Hineline, Ph.D.
Chair: Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College)
Presenting Authors: : PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University)
Abstract:

We frequently encounter difficulty in gaining acceptance for effective behaviorally-based interventions or educational practices; similar difficulty arises in gaining or maintaining a place for behavior analysis within academic curricula. Simply arguing the merits of the case by appealing to the practical effectiveness or the conceptual coherence and relevance of our approach often does not work. In the applied domain, a partial remedy is to improve the aesthetic characteristics of the strategies and techniques that we propose. In the domain of persuasion, we could better apply our own principles, as well as some techniques from other disciplines. For example, in place of confrontation, our principle of shaping suggests that we begin with a potential allys current repertoires and attempt gradual change. In the field of rhetoric and persuasion, a key strategy is to initially establish bases of agreement or commonality before attempting to persuade. Coupled with these should be a concern to discriminate which of the differences matter, between ones own and the position of others and especially to discriminate when those differences matter. My objective in all this is to address these issues in a principled way, thus understanding our own approach more effectively even while introducing it to others.

 
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University)
Dr. Philip N. Hineline With a B.A. from Hamilton College and Ph.D. from Harvard University, Philip N. Hineline spent three years at the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research before moving to Temple University, where he is now a professor. Teaching at both basic and advanced levels, he has received several awards for excellence in teaching, including Temple's university-wide Great Teacher Award and the Distinguished Teacher Award from the College of Arts and sciences. Outside the university, he served first as Associate Editor, as Editor, and then as Review Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He has been President of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABA), as well as of Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. In 1995, he received the award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis from ABA, and in 2002, the Award for Outstanding Contributions to Basic Research from Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. His conceptual writing has focused upon the characteristics of explanatory language and the role of those characteristics in the controversies that have confronted behavior analysis. His empirical research has contained a consistent theme: to develop an understanding of behavioral and psychological processes as extended in time.
 
 
Panel #136
CE Offered: BACB
ACT and ABA: Natural Progression or Conceptual Regression?
Sunday, May 27, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Cunningham AB
Area: TPC/CBM; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Daniel J. Moran, Ph.D.
Chair: Daniel J. Moran (Trinity Services)
DANIEL J. MORAN (Trinity Services)
KURT SALZINGER (Hofstra University)
STEVEN C. HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
RICHARD M. O'BRIEN (Hofstra University)
Abstract:

Proponents of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and its theoretical foundation Relational Frame Theory have described this approach as the basis for a third wave of Behavior Therapy. Skeptical observers view the ACT/RFT third wave as only waving goodbye to the scientific basis of Behavior Analysis. In this Panel Discussion, Steven C. Hayes, a developer of the ACT/RFT model and Daniel J. Moran will present ACT as a necessary extension of behavior analysis. They see ACT as giving greater breadth to the clinical field and filling a gap in the behavioral account of complex behaviors. But some behavior analysts are not convinced that the cognitively oriented approach embodied in ACT and Mindfulness is the direction that the field should take. Kurt Salzinger will discuss the ACT/RFT model from the perspective of traditional behavior analysis. Richard M. OBrien will review some of the core concepts of ACT/RFT as positive additions to the behavioral model or digressions from it with the goal of bringing this approach solidly within applied behavior analysis.

 
 
Symposium #139
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Approaches to the Study of Social Interactions in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 27, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Elizabeth G
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson (Auburn University)
Discussant: Raymond G. Romanczyk (Institute for Child Development)
CE Instructor: Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Social interactions primarily consist of approach (i.e., initiations and response to initiations) or avoidance behavior between individuals. Social interactions involve complex nonverbal, verbal, and behavioral cues that typically influences an individuals behavior in some predictable ways. The hallmark deficit in children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) is the social impairment, which involves a significant difficulty with social interactions. Measurement procedures for social interactions varies across studies in our field, with many research studies using parent or teacher reports as well as standardized assessments, to describe a childs social skills and interactions. The first paper in this symposium will present results from a study that conducted a parametric analysis of some of the variables involved in a social interaction in young children with ASD. In addition, a new behavioral assessment, the Social Interaction Inventory-Revised (SII-R) that was developed to quantify social interactions will be introduced. The second paper presented will share results from a study that included typically developing children for the purposes of providing normative data for the SII-R. The third paper will present results from a study that included children with ASD and a follow-up assessment to determine if the SII-R is sensitive to changes in social interactions in children with ASD.

 
Examining Factors that Affect Social Behavior among Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders.
ROSE F. EAGLE (Institute for Child Development), Raymond G. Romanczyk (Institute for Child Development)
Abstract: This study investied factors that affect the social behavior of children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASDs). The effects of two types of adult-initiated social behavior on the social behavior of two groups of children with ASDs were examined. The two groups included were 1) children with minimal language, and 2) children with some communicative language. The participants experienced two conditions: 1) “Passive Behavior” in which an unfamiliar adult sat quietly without making any social initiations, and 2) “Social Behavior” in which an unfamiliar adult made frequent social initiations. There was no significant difference between the two conditions or the two groups on the measures of interpersonal distance. Measures of socialization behaviors and symptom severity were significantly correlated with frequency of social initiations. A large proportion of participants (10 of 22) did not respond to the manipulation (i.e. remained inactive). Thus, differences between the inactive children and the active children were examined. The active children, though further away from the adults, made significantly more social initiations. Implications are discussed in terms of behavioral subtypes in ASDs.
 
The Social Interaction Inventory, Revised: The Development of Norms for a New Measure of Social Behavior.
EMILY HUBER CALLAHAN (Institute for Child Development), Raymond G. Romanczyk (Institute for Child Development)
Abstract: A qualitative impairment in social interactions is one of the core components of autistic disorder as defined in the DSM-IV-TR. Most programs developed for individuals with autism include social skills instruction or training and growing attention has been directed at the development of effective interventions (Koegel, Koegel & MeNerney, 2001; Strain & Hoyson, 2000; Hestenes, & Carroll, 2000). However, there are limited tools available to assess social skills and even fewer designed to assess improvements in social behavior. While there are some measures that are useful for identifying children who may be displaying deficits or delays in social functioning, they do not provide information about the specific nature of a child’s social difficulties and were not designed to track behavior change. The focus of the current study was to use the Social Interaction Inventory-Revised (SII-R) (Gillis, Romanczyk & Lockshin, 2005) to assess social interactions in typically developing children 2- to 5-years of age to establish a set of norms. Furthermore, patterns of age differences in social competence and development were examined using this measure. Age was not significantly related to scores obtained on the SII-R. However, a significant positive relationship was observed between social initiations made by the participant and a participant’s responses to the initiations of the examiner suggesting that the development of these two skills are coordinated in typically developing children, and that these skills develop very early.
 
The Social Interaction Inventory, Revised: An ASD Sample and Six-Month Follow-Up.
JENNIFER M. GILLIS MATTSON (Auburn University)
Abstract: An accurate assessment tool is crucial in the identification, evaluation, and treatment of children with deficits in social development. While many tests rely on self and/or third party questionnaires, the Social Interaction Inventory- Revised (SII-R) is unique in that it utilizes direct observations of social interaction in a controlled clinical setting. The SII-R attempts to assess skills in two domains of social interaction: Social Initiation and Social Responsivity. In the present study, the SII-R was administered to a sample of children diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (N=40). The children with ASD scored significantly lower than typical children in both domains. These results are consistent with the impairments in social skills typically seen in individuals with ASD. Six months after the first administration, a second administration of the SII-R was conducted with the same sample of children. Scores are compared with progress on social skills goals for each child, while attending an applied behavioral analysis day school program. The results are discussed in terms of utility of the SII-R as a behavioral measure of social competence for young children with ASD and as a measure of change of social competence over time.
 
 
Symposium #146
CE Offered: BACB
Extensions of Functional Analysis Methodology for Clarifying Ambiguous Outcomes
Sunday, May 27, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Ford AB
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Eileen M. Roscoe, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The four papers included in this symposium discuss various extensions of functional analysis methodology that may facilitate clear outcomes. In the first paper, Jeffrey Tiger will describe a modified functional analysis that included the delivery of consequences by the participants sibling. In the second paper, Sacha Pence will present data showing that the inclusion of modified social positive test conditions facilitated clear determination of function for two participants. In the third paper, Tiffany Kodak will describe an assessment for identifying various forms of attention for inclusion in a functional analysis. In the forth paper, Lynlea Longworth will present data on an empirically-based method for identifying tasks for inclusion during the demand condition of a functional analysis.

 
Functional Analysis and Treatment of the Sibling-Directed Aggression of Two Brothers Diagnosed with Autism.
JEFFREY H. TIGER (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tiffany Kodak (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nitasha Dickes (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Darrel Moreland (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Christopher E. Bullock (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kelly J. Bouxsein (Georgia State University, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: This data set provides a case example of an idiosyncratic application of functional analysis methodology. Two adolescent brothers, both diagnosed with autism, were referred for the treatment of aggression. Individual functional analyses were conducted with each brother. The results for the younger brother indicated that his aggression was maintained by escape from social interaction, however, the results for the older brother were inconclusive (i.e., near-zero rates of aggression across conditions). An additional functional analysis was conducted in which both brothers were present during the assessment, but social consequences were provided only upon the older brother’s aggression. The results of this analysis suggested that the older brother’s aggression was maintained independent of therapist mediated consequences, and was likely maintained by his younger brother’s reaction to aggression (i.e., return aggression). Function-based treatments were then implemented for each brother, including: (a) an enriched-environment for the older brother to compete with the stimulation produced by aggression and (b) functional communication training for the younger brother, to strengthen an alternative response that would result in the termination of social interaction. These treatments were evaluated in reversal designs.
 
Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior Maintained by Idiosyncratic Forms of Social Positive Reinforcement.
AIMEE GILES (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), Sacha T. Pence (New England Center for Children), Arianne Kindle (New England Center for Children), Griffin Rooker (New England Center for Children), Amanda M. Mahoney (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: In this study, results of initial functional analyses were inconclusive for two individuals diagnosed with autism who exhibited aggression and/or self-injury. Based upon staff report that their problem behavior was maintained by an idiosyncratic form of attention (participant 1) or by an idiosyncratic form of edible (participant 2), modifications to an attention condition and a tangible condition were evaluated, respectively. For participant 1, a modified attention condition, involving the delivery of preferred conversational topics contingent upon behavior, was included in an extended functional analysis. For participant 2, a modified tangible condition, involving frequent delivery of the statement “You can’t have that now” and delivery of a specific type of edible contingent on problem behavior, was evaluated. Results showed that inclusion of these modified conditions led to identification of an idiosyncratic form of social positive reinforcement, access to preferred conversational topics (participant 1) or access to specific edibles (participant 2). For participant 1, a differential-reinforcement of alternative behavior treatment matched to the maintaining variable identified was conducted and found effective in decreasing problem behavior.
 
An Evaluation of the Types of Attention Maintaining Problem Behavior.
TIFFANY KODAK (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), John A. Northup (University of Iowa), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University), Laura L. Grow (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Previous research indicates that certain types of attention (i.e., statements related to behavior, tickles) may have greater reinforcement value than other types for certain individuals (Fisher, Ninness, Piazza, & Owen-DeSchryver, 1996; Piazza, Bowman, Contrucci, Delia, Adelinis, & Goh, 1999), although only one or two forms of attention are typically provided contingent on problem behavior during the attention condition of the functional analysis (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1982/1994). Various other forms of attention that are not typically assessed during functional analyses may be responsible for behavioral maintenance in the natural environment (e.g., eye contact, tickles), and further research is warranted to identify additional forms of attention that may influence the occurrence of problem behavior. In this investigation, three participants diagnosed with developmental disabilities and/or autism were referred for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. Various forms of attention were provided contingent on problem behavior to identify the influence of each form of attention. Results indicated that the attention forms affected problem behavior differently; these outcomes are discussed in terms of their implications for assessment and treatment procedures.
 
Assessing the Utility of a Demand Assessment for Functional Analysis.
LYNLEA J. LONGWORTH (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), Griffin Rooker (New England Center for Children), Sacha T. Pence (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: In the current study, we evaluated the utility of conducting an empirically-based demand assessment prior to conducting a functional analysis (FA) to identify appropriate tasks for inclusion during the demand condition. Three individuals, diagnosed with autism, who exhibited aggression or self injury, participated. During the demand assessment, a variety of tasks were singly presented, and problem behavior and compliance were measured. From this assessment, low-probability (low-p) demands (those associated with either low levels of compliance or high levels of problem behavior) and high-probability (high-p) demands (those associated with either high levels of compliance and low levels of problem behavior) were identified. During the functional analysis, alone, attention, play, low-p demand, and high-p demand conditions were conducted. Two separate functional analysis graphs were created, one with all conditions included except the low-p demand condition, and one with all conditions included except the high-p demand condition. Results showed that clearer outcomes were obtained for two of the three participants when the low-p demand condition was included rather than the high-p demand condition.
 
 
Symposium #147
CE Offered: BACB
Factors Affecting Treatment Success I: Treatment Integrity
Sunday, May 27, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Elizabeth DE
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Sung Woo Kahng, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral interventions have proven to be effective in reducing problem behaviors exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities. Despite the efficacy of this technology, there continue to be barriers to long-term treatment success. One such barrier is treatment integrity, which is the extent to which an intervention is implemented as designed. The purpose of this symposium is to present research in treatment integrity. The goal is to facilitate a meaningful discussion of treatment follow through, which we hope will promote a growth of research in this area.

 
Evaluating Delayed Reinforcement as a Treatment Challenge in Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior.
MELISSA M. SHULLEETA (University of Maryland, Baltimore Co.), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Keith MacWhorter (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: In the field of applied behavior analysis, research is conducted using controlled experimentation. However, in an applied setting, effects of treatments may be challenged by integrity failures. The current study introduced a methodology where an initially successful differential reinforcement-based treatment was faced with delayed reinforcement. Specifically, varying delays to reinforcement were evaluated to investigate how long the treatment effects were maintained. For one participant, results suggested that treatment gains were not compromised with less than full implementation. However, with robust changes in delays to reinforcement, problem behavior eventually increased for another participant. Results may aid in planning treatment generalization, while future research may be conducted to assess manipulations of additional variables that constitute full treatment implementation.
 
A Parametric Evaluation of the Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior Procedure.
ELIZABETH S. ATHENS (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) is a commonly used treatment for problem behavior. Usually with DRA problem behavior is placed on extinction while an alternative, more appropriate behavior, is reinforced. In some cases, however, the targeted problem behavior is too disruptive or dangerous to place on extinction. The purpose of the current study, therefore, is to evaluate a variation of the DRA procedure designed to provide more immediate, longer duration, and higher quality reinforcers for appropriate behavior relative to reinforcers for problem behavior. To do this, we differentially manipulated the parameters of reinforcement along several dimensions. Specifically, for the appropriate response (relative to the inappropriate response) we made a) reinforcement following this behavior more immediate b) the duration of reinforcement greater c) increased the quality of reinforcement or d) a combination of these parameters. Under such manipulations, for several participants, differential reinforcement effects were obtained. The procedure is conceptualized as differential reinforcement insofar as reinforcement parameters differentially favored appropriate behavior.
 
Direct Observations of Treatment Integrity: Assessing Observer Reactivity.
ROBIN CODDING (University of Massachusetts, Boston), Gary M. Pace (The May Institute), Andrew Livanis (Long Island University)
Abstract: Performance feedback enhances the implementation of individual behavior support plans. In order to effectively provide performance feedback to classroom teachers a viable method of assessment must be identified. Both direct and indirect assessment techniques have been employed. Although direct observations may have the advantage of providing more specific feedback to teachers, this method of assessment has been criticized as evoking reactivity from participants. That is, the individual observed may employ an intervention as intended simply because the observer is present. The present study describes a study that assessed the effects of observer presence on teacher performance before and following performance feedback. Observations were conducted by a support professional for three public middle school teachers working in a classroom designated for children with behavior disorders. Following an alternating treatments design, teacher observations were conducted either inside the classroom or from behind a one-way mirror on a variable-interval schedule. Results from a multiple-baseline design demonstrated that staff performance was unaffected by the presence of an observer, and, that performance feedback lead to improved treatment implementation. These results suggest that direct observations do represent a viable method of assessment of treatment integrity.
 
 
Symposium #149
CE Offered: BACB
How to be Successful Using Headsprout Early Reading with Diverse Populations
Sunday, May 27, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
America's Cup AB
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Betty Hanson (Private Tutor)
Discussant: David W. Anderson (Headsprout)
CE Instructor: Mary Huffstetter, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Headsprout Early Reading is a demonstrably effective program at teaching elementary school children how to read. Its eighty on-line lessons take a beginning reader from being a non-reader to a reader performing at about the mid second grade level in approximately thirty hours of instruction. Since its inception, however, creative educators have crafted implementation strategies, additional materials, and clever models of use to bring the benefits of Headsprout Early reading to an even broader audience. This symposium highlights applications and implementation support for users not typically well served with traditional educational approaches to the teaching of reading.

 
Using Headsprout Early Reading to Build a Culture of Reading.
JOHN E. HUMPHREY (Cedar Rapids Schools)
Abstract: When Headsprout Early Reading becomes part of the everyday routine of students and school faculty it can be a major influence on building a culture of reading. While Headsprout Early Reading has continued to be supplemental, the school has embraced a way to use Headsprout so that not only are students learning to read via the computer and in a classroom, but also they are becoming confident readers so that when paired with older students everyone is working together to learn and be successful. Included are data, videos, war stories, and thoughts from working with over 100 students with Headsprout.
 
Using Headsprout Early Reading with Pre-K and Struggling Older Learners.
MARY HUFFSTETTER (Literacy Launchers)
Abstract: This presentation describes the use of Headsprout Early Reading with both pre-k at risk learners and with older struggling readers. The presentation will provide summative evaluation data from randomized controlled studies and work performed by the author in developing effective implementation strategies that can help ensure success with these types of learners.
 
Using Headsprout Early Reading with Difficult to Teach Special Education Populations.
SUSAN O. SMETHURST (Toronto Schools)
Abstract: Special education has often been characterized by creative uses of curricular and other materials to teach hard to reach learners. This presentation will demonstrate how Headsprout Early Reading can be augmented to reach students who have not been helped by other methods. The presentation will provide case studies in the customized use of Headsprout Early Reading with their difficult to teach learners.
 
 
Symposium #150
CE Offered: BACB
Innovative Parenting Practices: Teaching Parents to Become Effective Teachers
Sunday, May 27, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Mohsen AB
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lynn Yuan (Fred S. Keller School)
Discussant: Susan Mariano-Lapidus (CABAS)
CE Instructor: Lynn Yuan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The proposed symposium is consisted of four papers that used behavioral techniques to teach parenting skills. The first study examined the effects of parent education training on their childrens learning achievements in school. Dependent variable included standardized assessment and the criterion-referenced assessment on thirty preschoolers. The independent variable consisted of parent education training package that included: (a) parent education workshop and (b) individual parent session. The second study evaluated the effect of a parent-training curriculum on parents positive teaching interactions. Specifically, the number of accurate tacts and positive responses to situations were measured. The third study investigated the effectiveness of a parent training package which emphasized teaching parents to identify appropriate skills of a target repertoire for their child to test for a) how many appropriate behaviors of particular target skill the parents could identify, (b) children's mastery of the appropriate behaviors within a particular target skill, and (c) parents generalization of identifying appropriate skills across other target behaviors. The fourth study examined specific skill such as increasing rates of childs compliance through the use of unflawed antecedent commands and contingent consequations. Results are discussed in terms of parents understanding of three-term-contingencies, observational learning, and effective parenting repertoires.

 
The Relationship between Children's Achievements in School and a Parent Education Curriculum.
LYNN YUAN (Fred S. Keller School), Gina DiLeo (Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract: The study examined the effects of parent education training on their children’s learning achievements in school. Fifteen parents who participated in a parent education program were randomly assigned to the experimental group and fifteen parents who never received parent education training were randomly assigned to the control group. Dependent variable measures included Preschool Language Scale and Preschool Inventory of Repertoire for Kindergarten on thirty preschoolers between the ages of three-year to five-year olds. The independent variable consisted of parent education training package that included: (a) biweekly parent education workshop and (b) weekly individual parent session. Results are discussed in terms of parents’ involvement in their children’s learning across settings, components in parent training curriculum, and parenting repertoires.
 
The Effects of a Parent Education Training Package on the Acquisition of Parenting Skills and Their Children’s Learning.
BARBARA KIMMEL (Fred S. Keller School), Lynn Yuan (Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract: The effectiveness of a parent training package which emphasized teaching parents to identify appropriate skills of a target repertoire for students with developmental disabilities was investigated. The training package included parents’ mastery of correct observation of teacher’s delivery of instruction in classrooms and mastery of identifying three-term contingencies via videotape of a parent delivering instruction at home. After the mastery of the training package, post-experimental probe was conducted on: a) How many appropriate behaviors of particular target skill the parents could identify, (b) children's mastery of the appropriate behaviors within a particular target skill, and (c) parents’ generalization of identifying appropriate skills across other target behaviors. Results are discussed in terms of parents’ understanding of three-term-contingencies, observational learning, and effective parenting repertoires.
 
CABAS Parent Education: Increasing Child Compliance via Parental Emission of Unflawed Commands and Contingent Consequations.
ARA J. BAHADOURIAN (Lehman College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School)
Abstract: This study examined the efficacy of the parent education/training program of the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) model in increasing rates of child compliance. Five parents of children attending a CABAS special needs preschool received both didactic instruction and home-based in vivo training in the use of unflawed antecedent commands and contingent consequations (including verbal and physical positive reinforcement, planned ignoring, and physical follow-through) during weekly toy playing, sharing and clean up sessions with their siblings. The study incorporated a multiple probe design using five parents who started receiving parent training on different days, resulting in a variation of a delayed multiple baseline across subjects design. Results indicated that rates of child compliance increased for all five children as a function of parental expertise in emitting unflawed commands and providing contingent consequations for their children.
 
 
Symposium #160
CE Offered: BACB
Translational Research on Choice Responding
Sunday, May 27, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Betsy A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Wayne W. Fisher, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Choice responding refers to the manner in which individuals allocate their responding among available response options. In this symposium, a series of translational studies ranging from basic to applied are presented that show how variables that affect choice responding, such as reinforcement rate, immediacy, and quality, can be quantified and manipulated to improve our understanding of behavior and inform clinical assessments and interventions.

 
Human Risky Choice in an Adjusting-Delay Procedure.
CHRISTOPHER E. BULLOCK (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida), Patrick S. Johnson (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Participants were exposed to a discrete-trial choice procedure in which responding on either of two response options produced 30 s of video access after some delay. For one option (risky choice), the video was delivered after a delay, the length of which was randomly selected from 2 preset values. For the other option, the video was delivered after a delay that was set at 1 s at the beginning of a condition and was thereafter adjusted as a function of choice. Sessions consisted of 20 trials, arranged in blocks of 4. The first 2 trials of each block were comprised of forced exposure to each option followed by 2 choice trials. If the risky-choice option was selected twice, the delay to the adjusting option decreased by 2 s for the following block of trials. If the adjusting option was chosen twice, then the delay produced by this option increased by 2 s for the following block of trials. If each option was chosen once, the delay to the adjusting option was not changed. That is, within a condition the delay value of the adjusting option varied while the risky-choice delays were held constant. However, across conditions the delay values of the risky-choice option were varied (1, 59; 10, 50; 20, 40; 30, 30) while holding the arithmetic average constant. The value of the adjusting delay at which a participant was indifferent between the two options depended on the specific delay values that comprised the risky option. In some cases the delay at which indifference occurred was ordered with respect to the smaller delay of the risky-choice option. The data are discussed in terms of the feasibility of hyperbolic-delay discounting to account for the findings.
 
Applied Explorations on the Relation between Effort and Relative Stimulus Value.
ISER GUILLERMO DELEON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Gregory A. Lieving (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa J. Allman (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Lisa M. Toole (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David M. Richman (University of Illinois)
Abstract: Recent research with non-humans has suggested that the relative value of stimuli can be influenced by the effort required to earn reinforcers associated with those stimuli (Clement & Zentall, 2003; Friedrich & Zentall, 2004). Generally, these studies have observed a shift in preference towards stimuli (e.g., key colors, feeder locations) associated with reinforcers earned through greater effort over stimuli associated with reinforcers earned through lesser effort when relative effort is later equated during preference tests. The current series of studies was designed to explore this phenomenon in relation to (1) preferences for qualitatively distinct reinforcers themselves rather than the stimuli associated with those reinforcers, in children with developmental disabilities; and (2) sensitivity to response cost (i.e., contingent loss of reinforcers) for stimuli earned through greater versus lesser effort in college students. In Experiment 1, children’s preferences for reinforcers, as measured by standard preference assessments, generally increased as a function of effort required to obtain them and decreased when those reinforcers required no effort to obtain them. In Experiment 2, a similar preparation was used to alter food preferences for a child with highly selective eating patterns. In Experiment 3, college students’ sensitivity to loss of stimuli exchangeable for money was an increasing function of the effort required to earn them. The results from these experiments extend the basic findings to humans in more naturalistic settings and stimuli. Taken together, the results have broad applied and conceptual significance in the characterization of the dynamics between behavior and consequences.
 
Examination of Choice Responding in the Development of Treatments for Destructive Behavior.
HENRY S. ROANE (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ashley C. Glover (The Marcus Institute), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: Translational research involves the extension of laboratory findings to clinical populations and problems. One such extension is the use of concurrent-operant arrangements to evaluate preference for different reinforcers (Fisher & Mazur, 1997). Most reinforcement-based treatments for destructive behavior can be interpreted as a choice paradigm in which response allocation is based upon factors such as response effort, the schedule of reinforcement, and the quality of reinforcement. In this presentation, we will present cases in which treatments for destructive behavior were conceptualized as a choice arrangement (i.e., appropriate behavior and destructive behavior resulted in different reinforcers). Each case will be discussed in terms of the variables that affected response allocation. For all datasets, reliability data were collected with two independent observers for over 30% of sessions and was over 90%. Results will suggest the manner in which the availability of multiple reinforcers in a choice paradigm affects the efficacy of reinforcement-based interventions for destructive behavior. These results will be discussed in terms of practical considerations that are associated with the use of multiple reinforcers when developing treatments.
 
Competition between Positive and Negative Reinforcement.
WAYNE W. FISHER (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Joanna Lomas (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University)
Abstract: Results of previous studies (e.g., Lalli et al., 1999) showing that participants chose alternative behavior maintained by positive reinforcement over destructive behavior maintained by negative reinforcement may have been due to (a) a preference for positive over negative reinforcement or (b) the positive reinforcer acting as an motivating operation (MO) that altered the aversiveness of the demands. In Experiment 1 of the current investigation, we maintained an escape contingency while introducing and withdrawing a concurrent schedule of noncontingent positive reinforcement (food delivered on an FT schedule). For both participants, noncontingent positive reinforcement acted as an MO and lowered escape-reinforced destructive behavior. In Experiment 2, we compared the relative effects of positive and negative reinforcement using equivalent communication responses under both a restricted-choice condition (in which participants could choose positive or negative reinforcement, but not both) and an unrestricted-choice condition (in which the participants could choose one or both reinforcers). Both participants chose positive over negative reinforcement in the restricted-choice condition (indicating a preference for positive reinforcement). However, in the unrestricted-choice condition (in which participants could choose one or both reinforcers), one participant chose both reinforcers, indicating that motivation for escape was not abolished. In contrast, the other primarily chose only positive reinforcement, indicating that for this participant, the positive reinforcer acted primarily as an MO and lessened the effectiveness of the escape contingency. Results are discussed in terms of the effects of positive reinforcement on escape-reinforced problem behavior.
 
 
Symposium #161
CE Offered: BACB
Treatment Outcome for Children with Autism: A 15-Year Longitudinal Study
Sunday, May 27, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Douglas A
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
CE Instructor: Marjorie H. Charlop, Ph.D.
Abstract:

To date, there are few studies that report the long-term effects of applied behavior analysis treatment with children with autism ( e.g. Lovaas, 1987; Mceachin et al., 1993; Harris & Handleman, 2000; Sallows & Groupner, 2005).These studies have focused on variables such as classroom placement, IQ scores from standardized tests, and other such measures to infer treatment efficacy. There is little information on behavioral variables of treatment outcome for children with autism. In addition, few studies have provided a longitudinal analysis of treatment efficacy with follow-up many years after treatment completion. The present study presents preliminary findings of longitudinal evaluation of treatment outcome of 10 children with autism over a span of 15 years. Data were collected on behavioral measures, four appropriate behaviors and four inappropriate behaviors, during six month intervals on the waiting list for treatment at the Claremont Autism Center, during treatment, and after treatment for up to 15 years post-treatment. Thus, a multiple baseline design across children was used to assess the efficacy of the behavioral treatment at the Center, and the children who started their treatment at under 6 years of age were followed well into their 20s. In this symposium, we will present the importance of longitudinal analysis with children with autism, our methodology and treatment efficacy variables, and findings from our initial 10 children analyzed in terms of concrete behavioral measures.

 
Longitudinal Treatment Outcome Analysis: Where’s the Data?
KARI BERQUIST (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College), Sarah Kuriakose (Pomona College), Melanie Jira (Claremont Graduate University)
Abstract: From a perspective of treating children with autism, only one treatment approach has provided the field with hard data to show treatment efficacy; this is the approach of applied behavior analysis. While this is the case (e.g Lovaas, 1987; Mceachin et al., 1993; Harris & Handleman, 2000; Sallows & Groupner, 2005), it has only been recently that applied behavior analysis has proliferated the autism treatment world. There are few studies that have actually been done evaluating general treatment effectiveness of the ABA approach. If ABA is going to continue to propose its superiority in the treatment world due to empirical investigation, then we are going to need to provide the treatment world with more than a few major large scale studies providing our evidence. In this presentation, the importance of evaluation of treatment outcome is emphasized. As well, the ease of adding an infrastructure to treatment programs to provide such evaluation variables is provided.
 
A Cost Efficient Way to Do Longitudinal Treatment Outcome Evaluation.
GINA T. CHANG (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College), Sarah Kuriakose (Pomona College), Melanie Jira (Claremont Graduate University)
Abstract: Over the course of 20 years, data have been collected in order to analyze treatment efficacy of a treatment program designed for children with autism and their families. The treatment facility provided direct one-on-one and small group behavioral services as well as incidental teaching procedures. Parent training was a part of the program. The treatment evaluation began while the families were on the waiting list for the program. The target child was video taped in various conditions with various family members and clinic personnel every sex months during the waiting list pretreatment time, during treatment, and after termination of treatment until the child was around 25 years old. Independent measures and dependent measures will be presented in this part of the symposium. Operational definitions of our measures will be explained. Reliability observer training will be discussed and reliability coefficients will be presented.
 
Some Longitudinal Treatment Outcomes: A Preliminary Report on the Progression of Speech and Play in Children with Autism over 15 Years.
SARAH KURIAKOSE (Pomona College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College), Melanie Jira (Claremont Graduate University)
Abstract: Ten children who participated in an ABA treatment program beginning at the age of 5 or 6 for approximately 3 years had follow-up data collected for up to 15 years post-treatment. During this time, the children were videotaped in several conditions every 6 months to determine the course their treatment had on their behaviors. During the no treatment waiting list, the children had low frequencies of both play and speech. During treatment, gains in both speech and play were made. Of interest, is the course of the treatment gains of speech and play. Initially, the majority of the 10 children made the most progress in play, with more subtle progress in speech. However, when speech was acquired, it began to take the place of play, and as the child aged, the child demonstrated higher frequencies of speech and lower frequencies of play. We believe this crossover of speech and play demonstrates an age appropriate phenomonon. The results are discussed in terms of covariation of behaviors over time.
 
Additional Longitudinal Treatment Outcomes: A Preliminary Look at the Occurrence of Four Appropriate and Four Inappropriate Behaviors of Ten Children with Autism over 15 Years.
DEBRA BERRY MALMBERG (Claremont Graduate University), Sarah Kuriakose (Pomona College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College), Melanie Jira (Claremont Graduate University)
Abstract: This symposium was designed to present the rationale, the method, and some early findings of our 20 program evaluation of our treatment program or children with autism and their families. We are presenting initial results obtained from scoring video tapes of the first 10 children who participated in treatment center. This specific presentation will present an overview of some early findings. Specifically, four appropriate and four inappropriate behaviors will be tracked for 10 children with autism before, during, and after their treatment. These results will be helpful for us to learn about the long term effects of treatment as well as some of the implications. Discussion of the limitations of the method used will also be provided.
 
 
Symposium #163
CE Offered: BACB
Using Self-Monitoring to Improve Safety and Health-Related Behaviors
Sunday, May 27, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Emma AB
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nicole E. Gravina (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Eric J. Fox (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: John Austin, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Three data-based research studies examining the use of self monitoring for improving health and safety related behaviors will be presented. The first two studies will each present data examining the parameters of self-monitoring as an intervention for improving postural safety. The last study will demonstrate the use of a self-monitoring program in an actual organization to improve the health and safety-related behaviors of long haul truck drivers. Finally, our discussant will discuss the potential behavioral mechanisms underlying self-monitoring from a relational frame theory perspective.

 
Improving Postural Safety Using Intensive Accuracy Training and Self-Monitoring.
SHANNON M. LOEWY (Western Michigan University), Nicole E. Gravina (Western Michigan University), John Austin (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The proposed presentation will discuss the data and results from a study that was a follow-up to the study completed by Gravina in 2006. Gravina obtained mixed results for the efficacy of self-monitoring of postural safety. The follow-up study sought to examine the effects of adding an intensive accuracy-training component to self-monitoring. A multiple baseline across behaviors design was used to evaluate the safety performance of three college undergraduate participants performing a typing and assembly task. Stronger and more consistent results were observed for all three participants compared to previous research. The findings, implications of these findings, and needs for further research will be discussed.
 
The Effects of Extending the Self-Monitoring Schedule to a More Reasonable Rate.
NICOLE E. GRAVINA (Western Michigan University), Yueng-hsiang (Emily) Huang (Liberty Mutual Research Institute for Safety), Michelle Robertson (Liberty Mutual Research Institute for Safety), Michael Blair (Liberty Mutual Research Institute for Safety), John Austin (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to extend the findings of the first study in the symposium to determine if self-monitoring would maintain improvements in postural safety when the self-monitoring schedule was extended to a more reasonable rate. This study took place in an analogue office setting and participants completed typing tasks for 30-minute blocks. Self-monitoring was evaluated using a multiple baseline design across participants. Results indicated that, for postures who improved during the initial 2 min self-monitoring schedule, improvements maintained when the schedule was extended to 15 min. Most participants reported that self-monitoring on a 15 min schedule was reasonable. Results, implications, and future research will be discussed.
 
Commercial Truck Drivers Increase Physical Activity Levels through Self-Management Activities.
RYAN B. OLSON (Oregon Health and Science University), Aubrey Buckert (Portland State University)
Abstract: Line-haul commercial truck drivers (n=9) participated in a self-management intervention to increase physical activity. Intervention components included health feedback, goal setting, self-monitoring steps, and self-reinforcement. Changes in physical activity were measured with omni-directional accelerometers (Actical by Minimitter) within a repeated measures AB design. Five of the nine drivers showed average improvements in dependent measures with group average increases of 89 kcals and 1525 steps per day (d gain = 0.6 and 1.1 respectively). Drivers’ reported perceived increases in physical activity and changes to non-targeted dietary behaviors, such as quitting soda consumption. The results are impressive due to drivers’ long work hours and limited physical activity options, and highlight the value of self-management activities and accelerometer methods within health promotion studies.
 
 
Symposium #164
CE Offered: BACB
Verbal Behavior: Experimental Evaluations and Conceptual Analyses
Sunday, May 27, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Elizabeth B
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Barbara E. Esch, None
Abstract:

This symposium presents two empirical studies and two conceptual papers on issues related to Skinners analysis of verbal behavior. Results are presented for (1) an investigation of procedural modifications of the stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure and the role of automatic reinforcement in establishing speech as a conditioned reinforcer and (2) a study on generalization of mands for information across establishing operations. A third paper presents a behavioral interpretation of the etiology and intervention for aphasia by providing a taxonomy of the disorder based upon observed deficit relations. The final paper discusses transfer of stimulus control across verbal operants, reviews variables that increase procedural efficiency, and concludes with a discussion of stimulus blocking and multiple control.

 
The Role of Automatic Reinforcement in Early Speech Acquisition.
BARBARA E. ESCH (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University), Laura L. Grow (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Children who emit few speech vocalizations and whose echoic repertoires are weak are at an instructional disadvantage for speech acquisition. Stimulus-stimulus pairing (SSP) has been shown to produce temporary increases, possibly attributable to automatic reinforcement, in post-pairing vocalizations (e.g., Yoon & Bennett, 2000), thus allowing subsequent direct reinforcement of these responses as verbal operants. Although the behavioral principles supporting an automatic reinforcement role in SSP are well established, empirical support for SSP is not robust (e.g., Esch, Carr, & Michael, 2005; Miguel, Carr, & Michael, 2002), calling into question the ability of SSP to establish speech as a conditioned reinforcer. This study presents empirical results of SSP procedural modifications that produced increases in within-session vocalizations that were subsequently directly reinforced as mands. The separate and combined contributions of these modifications are discussed in the context of the role of automatic reinforcement of speech responses.
 
Generalization of Mands for Information across Establishing Operations.
SARAH A. LECHAGO (Western Michigan University), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University), Laura L. Grow (Western Michigan University), Jessa R. Love (Western Michigan University), Season Almason (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism display significant impairments in communication, which can range from the total absence of vocal behavior to nonfunctional vocal behavior (e.g., echolalia). Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior articulates a number of operants, each under the control of a specific array of stimuli. The mand is verbal behavior under the control of the relevant establishing operation and which specifies its own reinforcer. For example, water deprivation serves as a relevant establishing operation for the mand for water. The state of water deprivation specifies water as the reinforcer. The ability to mand is important to an individual’s development for learning the names of stimuli and individuals, more effective interaction with the environment, and appropriate social interactions with others. This study seeks to extend the developing literature on teaching mands by systematically assessing whether they will generalize across different establishing operations. Each participant was taught to perform three behavior chains which all included a common response form (“Where is the cup?”) used for different purposes. An interrupted behavior chain procedure was used to contrive a different establishing operation for each. After a mand was taught during one interrupted chain, the remaining chains were interrupted to determine whether the mand generalized across different establishing operations. Data will be presented for mands for objects, as well as mands for information.
 
Conceptualizing Aphasia Using a Behavior Analytic Model.
JONATHAN C. BAKER (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University), Paige Raetz (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Aphasia is an acquired language impairment that affects over 2 million individuals, the majority of whom are over age 65 (Groher, 1989). This disorder has typically been conceptualized within a cognitive neuroscience framework, but a behavioral interpretation of the etiology and intervention for aphasia is also possible. Skinner’s (1957) book, Verbal Behavior, proposes a framework of verbal operants that we combine with Sidman’s work on stimulus equivalence in aphasia research to describe the language difficulties individuals with aphasia experience. Using this combination of models, we propose a new taxonomy of aphasia based on the observed deficit relations (i.e., stimulus/stimulus, stimulus/response, and response/response). Treatment implications based on this new taxonomy are discussed.
 
Transfer of Stimulus Control and Verbal Behavior.
TRACI M. CIHON (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Transfer of stimulus control can be used to establish a response under new stimulus control after it has been brought under discriminative control. This has been used as a mechanism for establishing verbal behavior under new sources of stimulus control. This paper reviews the basic research on transfer of stimulus control, noting the variables that increase the efficiency of the procedures. Articles that focus on transfer of stimulus control across verbal operants are emphasized. The review concludes with a discussion of stimulus blocking, multiple control, and suggestions for future research.
 
 
Panel #165
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analyst Certification Board: New Developments and Requirements
Sunday, May 27, 2007
9:30 AM–10:50 AM
Randle D
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Gerald L. Shook, Ph.D.
Chair: Gerald L. Shook (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
JAMES M. JOHNSTON (Auburn University)
GINA GREEN (San Diego State University)
GERALD L. SHOOK (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
CHRISTINE L. RATCLIFF (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract:

Behavior Analyst Certification Board: New Developments & Requirements The meeting will address important developments within the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) relating to growth and changes in the BACB including: new continuing education and recertification requirements, new professional experience and supervisor requirements, university coursework approval and new university practica approval, new examination administration procedures, new ethics requirements for certificants, new specialty credentials, and disciplinary standards. The presentation also will focus on development of the BACB in the future, particularly as it relates to International development, and will explore the possible role of BACB certifications and certificants in the US and abroad.

 
 
Symposium #174
CE Offered: BACB
Contributions of the Basic, Applied, and Conceptual Analysis of Behavior to Headsprout Program Design
Sunday, May 27, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
America's Cup AB
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
Chair: T. V. Joe Layng (Headsprout)
CE Instructor: T. V. Joe Layng, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will address how all aspects of the scientific study of behavior are utilized to build effective instructional programs. Though often thought of as applied work, designing effective instruction requires the application of experimentally derived principles from the laboratory, the application of useful techniques from applied settings, the direct experimental controlanalysis of behavior, and the interpretation and analysis of complex behavioral relations. Symposium participants will address a fundamental area important to Headsprout's success, and discuss the contribution of basic, applied, and conceptual analysis in each of the areas described.

 
Basic, Applied, and Conceptual Behavior Analysis Contributions to Instructional Content Analysis.
MARTA LEON (Headsprout), T. V. Joe Layng (Headsprout)
Abstract: The conceptual treatment of language and other aspects of behavior, as provided by Skinner, Wittgenstein, & Goldiamond, are crucial to Headsprout’s discovery of what is needed to be taught and how one might approach teaching it: a content analysis. The process by which we analyze the repertoires, contingencies, etc. involved in programming the acquisition/development of an intellectual or affective repertoire will be described and the ramifications for a more thorough contingency analytic approach to instructional design discussed.
 
Basic, Applied, and Conceptual Behavior Analysis Contributions to Instructional Design and Development.
MELINDA SOTA (Florida State University and Headsprout), T. V. Joe Layng (Headsprout)
Abstract: Instructional design at Headsprout draws directly from the literature of instructional design, with special emphasis on the contributions of Susan M. Markle and Philip W. Tiemann. Both their approaches to content analysis and instructional design inform the work done at Headsprout. Their foundation is in turn supplemented by a direct application of the laboratory investigation of errorless programing and transfer, selective attention, the analysis of alternative stimulus control topographies, psychophysics, instructional & abstractional control as described by Goldiamond (1966), and concept analysis, among others. How these coalesce to produce instructional strategies will be described and the implications for a comprehensive analysis of behavioral instruction discussed.
 
Basic, Applied, and Conceptual Behavior Analysis Contributions to User Testing.
APRIL HEIMLICH (Headsprout), Hirofumi Shimizu (Headsprout), Janet S. Twyman (Headsprout)
Abstract: User testing, also known as formative evaluation, at Headsprout occurs with one student at a time for extended periods of time. The similarities to the conditions often found in the operant laboratory are not coincidental. The goal of user testing is to provide experimental control–analysis data as a basis for program revision in order to provide the targeted guidance of learner behavior. Not only are program elements tested, but also the results may provide insights in the relationship of behavior to its environment. This of course overlaps the laboratory. Where it diverges from the laboratory is in its goal of providing procedures that as rapidly and effectively as possible build a repertoire to a target. These similarities and differences provide the topic of discussion for this presentation.
 
Basic, Applied, and Conceptual Behavior Analysis Contributions to Program Implementation.
JENNIFER D. CLAYTON (Headsprout), Brian Walton (Headsprout), Deborah Anne Haas (Headsprout), Janet S. Twyman (Headsprout)
Abstract: Careful program implementation is critical to the success of any instructional program. In the case of Headsprout's programs this includes the learner's behavior, the teacher (or parent's) behavior, and the behavior of those who may have an impact on the success of the program, including principals, reading coordinators, lab mangers, technical support staff, etc. No matter how well designed a program is, the role of these individuals cannot be overlooked if the the program is to be successful. This presentation will describe Headsprout's approach to encouraging the behaviors required to ensure a good implementation. This approach includes, a commitment to a simple easy-to-use program, carefully constructed job aids and user guides, proactive customer support, training & just-in-time professional development, and an ongoing contingency analysis that assumes that all stake-holder behaviors are sensible operants that are a function of the current alternative sets of contingencies operating to select those behaviors. Implementation strategies designed in accord with this approach will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #175
CE Offered: BACB
Enhancing Quality of Life among People with Severe Disabilities and Their Support Staff
Sunday, May 27, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Elizabeth DE
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Dennis H. Reid (Carolina Behavior Analysis and Support Center, Ltd.)
CE Instructor: Dennis H. Reid, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will present three studies on behavioral applications for enhancing quality of life among people with severe disabilities and their support staff. The first study will describe a systematic procedure for using verbal reports of support staff to identify indices of happiness and unhappiness among nonvocal adults with autism, and then observational and choice procedures to validate the reports. Results indicated the procedures reliably identified happiness/unhappiness indicators among adults with autism who lacked conventional means of expressing their emotions. The second study will describe a means of assessing nonpreferred work tasks among support staff, and then altering the tasks by pairing them with preferred activities to make the tasks more desirable. Results indicated the behavioral pairing procedures enhanced the preferred nature of disliked tasks among all four participating staff. The third study will describe a means of maintaining desired work behavior among staff by focusing on enhancing the self-reinforcing nature of the staffs appropriate work performance. Overall, results of three studies indicate how behavioral procedures can be applied in socially important areas such as quality of life that are often considered to be outside of the realm of applied behavior analysis.

 
Identifying and Validating Indices of Happiness and Unhappiness among Nonvocal Adults with Autism.
LINDSEY P. LATTIMORE (J. Iverson Riddle Center), Marsha B. Parsons (J. Iverson Riddle Center), Dennis H. Reid (Carolina Behavior Analysis and Support Center, Ltd.)
Abstract: An area of recent interest in behavior analysis is identifying indices of happiness among people with severe disabilities who cannot readily express the private states of happiness and unhappiness. This investigation evaluated use of behavioral indices of happiness developed in research with people with severe cognitive disabilities as a means of identifying happiness indices among people with severe autism in addition to cognitive disabilities. Following results showing the measures to inconsistently reflect the private state of happiness, a behavioral assessment procedure was evaluated specifically for adults with autism who have unique challenges with displaying emotional or affective behavior. The procedure, relying on opinions of familiar support staff, was validated by observing reported happiness and unhappiness indices during situations reported to promote the two types of indices respectively, and then providing choices of activities that occasioned happiness and unhappiness indices. Results indicated that participants consistently chose activities that were accompanied by happiness indices over activities accompanied by indices of unhappiness. These results suggest the behavioral assessment strategy reliably identified valid indicators of happiness and unhappiness, which in turn could be used to promote more happiness among adults with autism.
 
Enhancing Quality of Staff Work Life: Making Disliked Job Tasks More Preferred.
CAROLYN W. GREEN (J. Iverson Riddle Center), Dennis H. Reid (Carolina Behavior Analysis and Support Center, Ltd.)
Abstract: A procedure for making disliked work tasks more preferred for direct support staff was evaluated with four staff in a residential facility. Initially, staff preferences for specific work tasks that constituted their primary job duties were assessed through systematic preference assessments involving ratings and rankings of the tasks. Subsequently, the most nonpreferred task for each staff person was altered by pairing the task with preferred activities of each staff person. Results of a multiple probe design involving repeated preference assessments (staff ratings and rankings of work tasks) indicated the pairing procedure was accompanied by increased preferences for previously disliked work tasks for each of the participating staff persons. For two of the staff persons, the two most nonpreferred tasks became highly preferred following the pairing procedure. Results are discussed regarding means of enhancing one aspect of quality of work life among direct support staff, and the implications of improved work life on staff retention and overall service provision.
 
Living Quality Lives: A Methodology for Maintenance.
MARTIN THOMAS IVANCIC (J. Iverson Riddle Center)
Abstract: Direct contingencies used in training work skills to support staff may include a stimulus control that is inappropriate for maintaining acquired behavior outside of the presence of the staff supervisor. This presentation will describe research showing how indirect contingencies, that involve staff contact with appropriate work behavior outside the moment of its occurrence, can function to maintain newly trained work skills. Such contingencies (e.g., privately written comments, publicly posted comments, modeling, and talking about the behavior out loud) can increase staff contact with information about appropriate responding outside the presence of the supervisor. Supplementing training with indirect contingencies may not only promote maintenance of behavior change but also self-reinforcement through what is commonly referred to as personal or shared pride about work performance. Results of a multiple baseline design support such an interpretation by showing maintained staff performance using indirect contingencies. Results are discussed in regard to using indirect contingencies to impact desirable work performance and enhance staff quality of work life overall.
 
 
Symposium #176
CE Offered: BACB
Establishing Capacity for an RTI Model in the Inland Empire through Graduate Student Research
Sunday, May 27, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
America's Cup C
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Gretchen Jefferson (Quality Behavioral Outcomes)
Discussant: Mack D. Burke (Texas A&M University)
CE Instructor: Gretchen Jefferson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

School psychology trainers rely on collaboration with community schools to provide authentic field experiences to promote meaningful outcomes for candidates. As education administrators consider the assessment practice alternatives offered in IDEA 2004, school psychology candidates also serve as a resource for training educators, developing and managing student assessment data, and providing micro and macro level evaluations of student achievement outcomes. The findings from student research collaborations between the Eastern Washington University School Psychology Masters Program and area schools are presented in this symposium. The three studies presented support the utility of CBM in educational decisions in a rural elementary and middle school and an assessment of the degree to which educators utilize these data in daily practice. Replication studies of CBM Reading, Math Computation, and Written Expression quarterly performance as predictors of statewide achievement test performance in Washington State were conducted for elementary and middle schools in the same rural district. Results indicate that CBM was a significant predictor of performance on the Washington Assessment of Student Learning (WASL), with CBM Reading the most significant determinant of WASL success. The final study indicates that educators utilize CBM data regularly in screening and inclusion decisions and progress reporting situations.

 
CBM as a Predictor of WASL Performance for Rural Fourth Grade Students.
MICHELLE MACE (Eastern Washington University), Gretchen Jefferson (Quality Behavioral Outcomes), Greg Swartz (Deer Park School District)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether Curriculum-Based Measurement (CBM) performance predicted Washington Assessment of Student Learning (WASL) performance for Grade 4 students in a rural Inland Northwest elementary school. Participants included 673 Grade 4 students who were administered CBM Reading, Math Computation, Written Expression, and Spelling measures in Fall, Winter, and Spring of the 2003-2004 and 2004-2005 school years and who were administered the WASL in the Spring of those same years. Linear regression analyses indicated that CBM Reading, Math Computation, and Written Expression measures predicted performance on the corresponding WASL subtests. Chi-square analyses determined CBM cut scores for passing status on each WASL subtest. Findings are discussed in the context of current federal legislation mandating adequate academic progress for all students.
 
CBM as a Predictor of WASL Performance for Rural Middle School Students.
SARAH REIBER (Eastern Washington University/Sunnyside School District), Gretchen Jefferson (Quality Behavioral Outcomes), Greg Swartz (Deer Park School District)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to assess whether Curriculum-Based Measurement (CBM) performance predicted student performance on the Washington Assessment of Student Learning (WASL) for 360 seventh-grade students attending a rural middle school in the Inland Northwest. Linear and logistic regression analyses indicated that CBM Reading (WRC), Math Computation (CD), and Written Expression (CWS) measures were significant predictors of WASL Reading, Math, and Written Expression performance, respectively, during fall, winter, and spring quarters of the academic year. The predictive relation between CBM Written Expression (CWS) and WASL Writing was the strongest during each quarter.
 
Educator Perceptions of the Utility of CBM Normative Data.
JAMIE PETERSON (Mead School District), Gretchen Jefferson (Quality Behavioral Outcomes), Anna Fritts (Spokane Public Schools), Greg Swartz (Deer Park School District)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the extent to which general and special education teachers from three inland northwest schools understand Curriculum-Based Measurement (CBM) applications, use CBM norm data, and desire further training about the application of CBM data to make educational decisions for general and special education students. A cross-sectional survey design, yielding the frequency distributions and corresponding percentages of each answer, indicated that a significant percentage of teachers across these schools understand CBM applications and are regularly utilizing CBM normative data in classroom decision-making. In addition, the majority of teachers would be interested in receiving further training to learn how to use CBM in various ways to benefit their students.
 
 
Symposium #178
CE Offered: BACB
Extensions of Functional Analysis Methodology
Sunday, May 27, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Betsy A
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Brian A. Iwata, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Research presented in this symposium will illustrate methodological extensions of functional analysis procedures, including naturalistic (classroom) application and assessment of high-intensity and low-frequency problem behavior, as well as clinical extension to self-injurious behavior in a specific genetic disorder (Prader-Willi Syndrome).

 
Evaluation of a Trial-Based Approach to Functional Analysis in Classroom Settings.
SARAH ELIZABETH BLOOM (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Florida), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), Abbey Carreau (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Results of a previous study (Sigafoos & Saggers, 1995) suggested that a trial-based approach to functional analysis, which could be conducted in the classroom, might be a viable way to identify reinforcers that maintain problem behavior. However, due to the small N, the limited assessment conditions that were included, and the absence of a comparison with an acceptable standard, the generality of findings remains unclear. We evaluated a modified, trial based functional analysis (TBFA) by comparing its results with those of a more typical functional analysis in assessing problem behaviors exhibited by 10 students. Results indicated a 40%-70% correspondence rate (depending on how much data were taken during the TBFA) and suggest that the TBFA may be a viable assessment method when resources to conduct a standard functional analysis are unavailable.
 
An Empirical Approach for Identifying Precursors to Problem Behavior.
JENNIFER N. FRITZ (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Sarah Elizabeth Bloom (University of Florida), Jennifer Lynn Hammond (University of Florida), Carrie M. Dempsey (University of Florida)
Abstract: Results of several studies have shown that some individuals engage in multiple problem behavior and that some topographies reliably precede the occurrence of others (i.e., the responses are hierarchically ordered members of a response class). The initial identification of “precursor” behaviors, however, has been based on caregiver verbal report or informal observations, which may be prone to errors due to poor reliability, inadequate sampling, etc. We evaluated an empirical method for identifying precursors to problem behavior based on the use of descriptive analysis, whose strength is the identification of correlational relations. We developed a standard set of definitions for 7 clusters of potential precursors that accommodated a wide range of response topographies (approximately 20) in addition to the participant’s target behavior and collected data on the occurrence of all topographies under varied naturalistic conditions. Based on results of conditional probability analyses, functional analyses were conducted on selected “precursor” topographies and subsequently on the target problem behavior. Results indicated that problem behaviors were, in fact, typically preceded by specific response topographies, which shared the same function as the problem behavior.
 
Functional Analysis of Low-Rate Problem Behavior.
NATALIE ROLIDER (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Erin Camp (University of Florida), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Florida)
Abstract: Problem behavior that occurs rarely presents a special challenge for both assessment and treatment. We evaluated a model for altering standard functional analysis conditions after initial results yielded undifferentiated, low-rate responding. Variables that may increase low-rate behavior were identified and systematically manipulated during social-reinforcement sessions. (a) Noncontingent attention and tangible items were delivered to peer confederates during sessions while the participant was ignored (combined establishing operations). (b) Consequences were delivered for longer durations (enhanced reinforcer characteristics). (c) Participants were given access to attention and preferred tangibles during the escape interval of demand conditions (combined contingencies). (d) An additional manipulation involved conducting longer sessions (increased exposure to contingencies). Functional analysis sessions were conducted until differentiated rates of responding were observed in one or more of the modified conditions. In some cases, a further analysis of the idiosyncratic variables influencing participants’ responding was conducted. Results are discussed in terms of implications for the treatment of problem behavior that occurs at low rates.
 
Functional Analysis of Self-Injurious Behavior in the Prader-Willi Syndrome.
PAMELA L. NEIDERT (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Florida), Jessica L. Thomason (University of Florida)
Abstract: It has been noted that individuals with Prader-Willi Syndrome (PWS) often engage in self-injurious behavior. The most commonly reported form of SIB is skin picking (Dykens & Shah, 2003). In the current study, we established the prevalence, frequency, and severity of SIB in individuals with PWS by way of a structured questionnaire sent to all providers registered with the National Prader-Willi Syndrome Association of the USA. Second, we conducted experimental analyses to identify the functional characteristics of SIB in a sample of PWS individuals. Results are discussed in terms of form and function of SIB in individuals with PWS, as well as the implications these findings have for treatment development.
 
 
Symposium #180
CE Offered: BACB
Instructional Design in Behavior Analysis: What's New?
Sunday, May 27, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Ford AB
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium provides an update, including demonstrations and data, on 18 of the most recent and exciting instructional design projects occurring in our field. Many areas of interest will be represented including higher education, staff development, instructional design for children, design methodology, and dissemination of good instructional design.

 
Instructional Design Methodology.
BRADLEY G. FRIESWYK (BGF Performance Systems, LLC.), Matthew L. Porritt (Western Michigan University), Carl V. Binder (Binder Riha Associates), Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC.)
Abstract: Topics will include instructional designer as content expert, incorporating active responding in screencasts, measuring interactivity with opportunity multipliers, and measuring learning efficiency.
 
Instructional Design in Staff Development.
JOHN W. ESHLEMAN (Optimal Instructional Systems), Jessica M. Ray (University of Central Florida), Vicci Tucci (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.)
Abstract: 3 computer-based teaching systems will be demonstrated, with supporting data.
 
Instructional Design Dissemination, Instructional Design for Children.
RICHARD E. LAITINEN (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.), Richard K. Fleming (University of Massachusetts Medical School), John E. Humphrey (Cedar Rapids Schools)
Abstract: Topics will include analyzing the contingencies of dissemination, influence, acceptance, and sustainability; an online course for parents of children with autism, and the effects of Headsprout Early Reading on kindergartners' reading performance.
 
 
Symposium #183
CE Offered: BACB
New Developments and Data from STARS and Behavior Analysts, Inc.
Sunday, May 27, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Elizabeth B
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Discussant: James W. Partington (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Pamela G. Osnes, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior Analysts, Inc. (BAI) provides behavior analysis services to families and school districts in the San Francisco Bay areas. BAI uniquely utilizes B.F. Skinner's verbal behavior conceptualization to assist in the development of the verbal repertoires of individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. This symposium will describe the new procedural implementations and tracking systems at BAI and its STARS School, with exemplary data presented.

 
STARS School: Acquisition and Generalization Programming in Sessions and Beyond.
JOEL VIDOVIC (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Kanako Yamamoto (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Gwen Dwiggins (The Ohio State University), Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: This presentation will describe the services provided at the Strategic Teaching and Reinforcement Systems (STARS) classroom of Behavior Analysts, Inc., a non-public school that serves children with autism. Included will be processes by which the Assessment of Basic Language and Learner Skills-Revised (ABLLS-R) is administered within the context of a dynamic classroom environment, is used to develop IEP goals, and the data collection system which is used to track student progress. A description of STARS' increased emphasis on instruction in the natural environment will be provided, with examples provided regarding the process by which instruction is integrated between 1:2 teaching sessions and instruction in more naturalistic settings to include generalization programming within the context of initial skill instruction.
 
Parents: Start Teaching and Reinforcing Today (START)!
JULIA H. FIEBIG (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: Start Teaching and Reinforcing Today (START) is the parent education division of Behavior Analysts, Inc. START is designed to facilitate parent participation through session observations, structured teaching exercises, and homework strategies. Parents receive initial instruction to use applied behavior analysis methods to address their children’s verbal and behavioral needs. In addition, they receive instruction in foundations of behavior analysis and basic verbal operants in a 16-session, 32-hr sequence that provides individualized instruction to meet their children’s and family’s needs. Homework strategies are outlined in QuickTips, the written curriculum accompanying the 16-session sequence. Data are collected on parent implementation of procedures and on the child’s verbal skills.
 
School Consultation via STARS Model Classrooms.
KATHLEEN MULCAHY (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Carmen Claire Martin (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Julia H. Fiebig (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), James W. Partington (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: This presentation will describe the services provided by the Integrated Sites (IS) component of Behavior Analysts, Inc. IS oversees STARS model classrooms in the San Francisco Bay area by providing consultation on the use of the ABLLS-R and IEP development, behavior management, staff training, and other related services. This presentation will discuss the need for the strategic development of a sequence of classrooms in the public school setting designed to meet the multiple needs of children ranging in ages from pre-school to upper elementary school diagnosed with autism. The programs’ focus ranges from intensive programs emphasizing a verbal behavior model of instruction to teaching in small group settings and generalizing acquired skills to the natural environment.
 
 
Symposium #185
CE Offered: BACB
Outcome Data from a Variety of Early Intervention Programs for Children with Autism
Sunday, May 27, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Douglas A
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Paul Coyne Coyne (Coyne & Associates, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Paul Coyne Coyne, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Outcome data from a several Early Intervention Programs for children with autism are presented: 1) Coyne et. al., discusses their ABA based in-home program serving children younger than three years old. Participants gained significantly more than controls; program duration (age when enrolled) was a better predictor of success than total service hours; 2) Weatherly and Mallot present their use of Organizational Behavior Management methods to analyze the effects of a pre-school ABA based autism program. They examined treatment at various levels affecting the children, the families, the staff at the autism school and the people involved with behavioral treatment. Areas of focus included: discrete trial teaching, maintenance of previously acquired skills, and family life; 3) Jonaitis presents 10 years of data from the Croyden Ave School Autistic Impaired Preschool serving children 2-6 years old. One goal was to prepare children for general education kindergarten using students from Western Michigan University; and 4) Youngbauer presents data from the North LA County Regional Center ABA intervention program. The program included an integrated process of parent information, parent education, use of several competent behavioral agencies, and monitoring of services.

 
Outcome Data from an In-Home Early Intervention Program for Children with Autism Younger than Three Years Old.
PAUL COYNE COYNE (Coyne & Associates, Inc.), Katherine Calarco (Coyne & Associates, Inc.), Len Levin (Coyne & Associates, Inc.), M. Alice Coyne (Coyne & Associates, Inc.)
Abstract: Analysis of outcome variables (Bayley and Brigance) indicated that children receiving 12 hours per week of intervention scored significantly higher than control children at 35 months mean age. A multiple regression analysis was employed to answer the question of which better predicted performance at 35 months of age: program duration or total number of hours of intervention received. Regression results demonstrated that program duration is a better predictor of performance than total number of hours of intervention received, suggesting that early intervention is better.
 
A Systematic Evaluation of a Preschool Autism Intervention: Child Performance, Staff Performance, and Family Life.
NICHOLAS L. WEATHERLY (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The area of Organizational Behavior Management offers ways to analyze all levels of performance in a system to ensure continuous performance improvement. This presentation will apply this systematic evaluation method to a behavioral treatment program for preschool-aged children with autism. The evaluation systematically examines the treatment at various levels that involve the children, the families, the personnel at the autism school, and all people that are involved with the behavioral treatment. Areas of focus include the maintenance of previously acquired skills by preschool-aged children with autism, an analysis of a discrete trial training system, and the impact of skills acquired in the classroom on family life.
 
An Evaluation of Overall Student Progress from Discrete Trial to Kindergarten in an Autism Preschool Program.
CARMEN MAY JONAITIS (Croyden Avenue School/Kalamazoo Regional Educational Service Agency)
Abstract: The Croyden Avenue School Autistic Impaired Preschool Program consists of 4 classrooms that serve children from 2-6 years of age. This is an early intervention program for children that have been diagnosed with Autism or Early Childhood Developmental Delay. The goal of the program is to educate young children with disabilities to the best of their ability through intensive early intervention in partnership with psychology students from Western Michigan University, and when possible, prepare children to participate in a kindergarten classroom with typically developing peers. Objective data collected over the 10 years that the program has been in operation was analyzed. Surveys were used to gather parent perceptions of the value of the AI Preschool Program. This outcome study will be used to evaluate the overall effect of the program on the success of the children who have participated.
 
Outcome Data from the North Los Angeles County Regional Center ABA Intervention Program for Children with Autism.
JOHN YOUNGBAUER (North Los Angeles County Regional Center)
Abstract: In 2003, the North Los Angeles County Regional Center initiated an intensive ABA intervention program for children with autism. The program included an integrated process of parent information, parent education, competent behavioral agencies, and consistent monitoring of the services. The outcomes of the program are binary, that is, placement in a regular education classroom or special education class. About thirty-five percent of the children are now in regular education classrooms, however, educational placement was found to be a confounded variable often reflecting school district policies, politics, and advocacy efforts.
 
 
Symposium #189
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research in Organizational Behavior Management
Sunday, May 27, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Emma AB
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
CE Instructor: David A. Wilder, None
Abstract:

Four papers on recent research in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) will be presented. First, the effects of a process change, feedback, and a tiered incentive system on warehouse quality were examined. The next study examined the effects of individual daily feedback and the withdrawal of disincentives on delivery errors among transit drivers (n = 45) in a national furniture distribution company. The third study examined telephone customer service behaviors in a medical clinic setting. The fourth paper used a descriptive assessment to examine the variables responsible for poor employee performance in a restaurant.

 
The Effects of Process Change, Feedback, and Incentive System on Quality.
KRISTIN BERGLUND (Appalachian State University), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
Abstract: It is a well known fact that errors result in wasted time and resources (both human and capital). This study examined the effects of a process change, feedback, and a tiered incentive system on warehouse quality. Subjects were employees at a national retail furniture distribution warehouse located in the South Eastern United States. Archival records of attributed error codes were analyzed and aggregated as the measure of quality. The first intervention constituted a process change during which employees were formed into teams of between 5-9 employees and received daily and weekly performance feedback. A second intervention implemented a tiered pay for performance system in addition to the feedback from the previous phase. Results indicated a reduction in errors during the intervention phases.
 
The Use of Feedback and Disincentive Reversal to Decrease Delivery Errors.
MARIA MIHALIC (Appalachian State University), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
Abstract: Delivery errors result in a negative impact on customer service and often incur rework and redelivery costs. This study examined the effects of individual daily feedback and the withdrawal of disincentives on delivery errors. The participants in this study were transit drivers (n = 45) in a national furniture distribution company. Data was collected using archival data of the error codes which were compiled and analyzed by driver for each trip over a 6 month period segmented by the interventions. The first intervention implemented was individual feedback delivered daily to each driver on their error codes for the trips completed the previous day. Driver delivery errors decreased substantially over the intervention phases.
 
Improving Telephone Customer Service Behaviors in a Medical Clinic Setting: A Follow-Up Study.
JULIE M. SLOWIAK (Western Michigan University), Gregory J. Madden (University of Kansas)
Abstract: As competition among health care providers increases, so does the importance of customer service. The quality of customer service affects the probability that customers will return to an organization. Appointment coordinators at a medical clinic were to provide exceptional telephone customer service. On an individual level, this included using a standard greeting and speaking in the appropriate tone of voice during the conversation. As a group, they were expected to answer every call received by their department. During a pilot study, an analysis suggested performance deficiencies resulted from weak antecedents, poor knowledge and skills, and weak performance contingencies. An intervention consisting of task clarification, goal setting, feedback, and performance contingent consequences was designed to improve these customer service behaviors. Results of the pilot study showed an increase in overall performance of four appointment coordinators. As an extension of the pilot study, similar procedures were carried out for all twenty full-time appointment coordinators at the clinic. The study employed an ABA reversal design with maintenance observations. Overall performance of all participants improved for greeting and voice tone; variable results were obtained for answering phone calls. Future research should examine whether improvements in customer service behaviors impact customer satisfaction and customer behavior.
 
Antecedent-Based Descriptive Analysis and Improvement of Employee Performance.
KIMBERLEY L. M. ZONNEVELD (Florida Institute of Technology), James L. Squires (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Amanda A. M. Fixsen (Florida Institute of Technology), Erica Hess (Florida Institute of Technology), Kristen Rost (Florida Institute of Technology), Ryan Curran (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: An antecedent-based descriptive analysis was used to identify the variables correlated with customer greeting and upselling by employees in a restaurant. The probability of greeting and upselling was calculated in the presence and absence of various antecedent events such as the sound of a door chime, the presence of more than 3 customers in line, the presence of a manager, more than two employees working, and more than one employee working on the production line. Greeting and upselling were as rare in the presence of the antecedent events as in their absence, suggesting that systematic manipulation of these variables would have little direct effect on the target performances. An intervention examining the separate effects of task clarification, visual prompts, and graphic feedback was then evaluated using a combination multiple baseline and reversal design. Although all interventions improved performance over baseline, the delivery of graphic feedback was most effective for both greeting and upselling.
 
 
Symposium #191
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Behavior Analysis: Bringing the Corporate University to Human Services
Sunday, May 27, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Mohsen AB
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Daniel Gould (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Chris Hakala (Western New England College)
CE Instructor: Daniel Gould, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The corporate university, a contemporary educational model designed to maintain an expert workforce, brings higher education opportunities into the workplace. In this model, on-site credit-bearing courses allow employees to acquire additional academic degrees and certifications. Increasingly, agencies offering behavioral services are developing programs of research and professional development that allow them to assume scholarly functions beyond housing courses. The three papers included in this symposium illustrate human service agency contributions to higher education. Topics addressed include (a) establishment of a laboratory to increase graduate students verbal fluency with behavioral principles and procedures, (b) development of a model for providing supervision required for certification that integrates classroom learning and work experiences, and (c) establishment and integration of a Ph.D. program in ABA in a human service agency.

 
Establishing Verbal Fluency with Basic Principles of Behavior.
MAEVE G. MEANY-DABOUL (New England Center for Children), Karen E. Gould (The May Institute, Northeastern)
Abstract: The Verbal Fluency Laboratory (VFL) was developed to assist students in a graduate program for applied behavior analysis to acquire conversational fluency with behavioral principles and procedures. The goals of the VFL are to increase verbal fluency among prospective behavior analysts using a definition of fluency based on reasoning and generalization rather than speed, and to develop an effective teaching method based on learning through dialogue. Throughout their first two terms in the graduate program, students meet individually with teaching assistants. During these meetings, they engage in a 10-15 minute structured discussion based on assigned readings. Occasional probe questions require the students to either perform certain logical operations such as answer an either/or question or to generalize information. Following each discussion, the student and teaching assistant complete a questionnaire in which they rate the student’s fluency-related behaviors. A brief 3-item oral quiz based on the assigned material follows. Videotapes of the discussion allow study of both the methods for creating dialogue and the student’s fluency.
 
A Supervision Model to Meet BACB® Certification Requirements.
MYRNA E. LIBBY (New England Center for Children), Pamela M. Olsen (New England Center for Children), Jennifer Long (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: This paper presents a model for integrating Supervised Independent Fieldwork into a human-services agency, following The Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s new Experience Standards. The model includes two components: (a) six semester-length modules covering a variety of applied topics derived from the Task List, and (b) three Applied Research Placements. The modules, which are designed to give all students common experiences, include readings and additional activities that are completed in the clinical setting. Modules are structured to allow group supervision by a BCBA. A second component, Research Placement, allows students to implement applied research projects under the one-to-one supervision of a Board Certified Behavior Analyst® and to explore individual interests.
 
Doctoral Training in ABA: Western New England College and New England Center for Children Collaboration.
DENNIS J. KOLODZIEJSKI (Western New England College), Daniel Gould (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The New England Center for Children (NECC) and Western New England College (WNEC) have collaborated to offer a post-master’s degree Ph.D. program in Applied Behavior Analysis beginning in Fall 2007. The 3-year program will be offered on site at NECC. Courses will be taught by a combination of NECC and WNEC faculty. Research will be conducted at NECC under the supervision of senior clinical staff and WNEC faculty. In this presentation, we discuss the mechanisms for establishing an advanced degree program on-site at a human services agency, as well as some advantages and disadvantages of a service-agency based doctoral program.
 
 
Panel #192
CE Offered: BACB
The Development of a Behavioral Treatment Team within a Large Special Educational Organization: Lessons Learned
Sunday, May 27, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Elizabeth G
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Richard M. Foxx, Ph.D.
Chair: Richard M. Foxx (Pennsylvania State University)
JEFFREY S. GARITO (Lancaster-Lebanon Intermediate Unit 13)
JONATHAN W. IVY (Lancaster-Lebanon Intermediate Unit 13)
JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (Lancaster-Lebanon Intermediate Unit 13)
RICHARD M. FOXX (Pennsylvania State University)
Abstract:

This presentation will discuss the development of a team of Masters level behavior analysts within a large public special educational service agency. The behavioral team was designed to: 1) treat individuals with severe problem behaviors across a number of diagnostic categories; 2) build behavioral capacity within the agency by providing staff and parent training in behavior analysis; 3) work with the various school districts who had contracts with the agency; and 4) ensure that treatment gains were maintained once responsibility was transferred from the behavior analysts to the classroom personnel. This discussion will specifically focus on describing the behavior treatment team model and methods of effectively incorporating behavior analysis into a public educational agency. Several successful treatment cases also will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #215
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Community Psychology: Making a Difference in Your Hometown
Sunday, May 27, 2007
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Gregory AB
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: H. Allen Murphy (Florida State University, Panama City)
CE Instructor: H. Allen Murphy, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Four papers will be presented to demonstrate the types of socially significant changes what may be made in a relatively brief peiod of time, 15 weeks, in community settings.

 
An Evaluation of Antecedent Prompting on Proper Disposal of Smoking Items.
LINDSEY OSBORN (Florida State University), Rosalind B. Bradley (Florida State University), Cassondra Gayman (Florida State University), Miste Miller (Florida State University), Akiko Yokoyama (Florida State University)
Abstract: By implementing a positive sign contingency and evaluating treatment effects using an ABAB design, we were able to increase the disposal of smoking items in designated receptacles on a college campus. Therefore, this study served as a systematic replication of the findings of Mueller, Moore, Doggett & Tingstrom, 2000.
 
Using Visual Prompts to Increase Consumer Compliance.
CASEY BURGESS (Florida State University, Panama City), Christine Lamas (Florida State University, Panama City), Sally Denise Lee (Florida State University, Panama City)
Abstract: Two different visual prompts were used to evaluate consumer compliance of returning shopping carts to the designated locations in the parking lot of a supermarket. Previous research had attempted to increase consumer compliance by using verbal prompts and having researchers interact with customers, which creates a false environment. The visual prompts were intended to increase compliance by enhancing the existing environment as approved by the store manager. The results indicate that the use of visual prompts was not sufficient to increase consumer compliance.
 
Behavioral Community Psychology Project: Percentage of Identification Checks Completed at a Local Store.
MEGAN DELEON (Florida State University, Panama City), Dianne E. Hughes (Florida State University/Brilliant Minds), Amanda L. Williams (Florida State University, Panama City), Alina Yurchenko (Florida State University, Panama City)
Abstract: Identity theft is currently a major problem in the United States. Many believe that businesses should do their part to decrease this problem. One way to do this is to require employees to check identification for all purchases paid for via credit card. Using an ABAC design, we evaluated the effects of two different posted signed on identification checking behavior. Baseline consisted of near zero levels of ID checks. The results of the study showed that posted signs did slightly increase ID checking behavior; however, the presence of several other variables may have contributed to any actual behavior change.
 
Bringing Behavior Analysis to Volunteerism: Improving the World through Blood Donation.
TARYN M. MANDERS (Florida State University), Jessica M. Ludwig (Florida State University), Emily Alexandra Winebrenner (Florida State University), Ed Littleton (Florida State University), Sandra Rodgers (Florida State University)
Abstract: There is a constant demand for blood donation. We conducted a behavioral analysis in this socially important area of volunteering. We analyzed the effects of posting signs on the number of donors at a local blood center. We then used donor satisfaction feedback and observational data to design interventions to improve interactions between donors and blood center staff.
 
 
Symposium #216
CE Offered: BACB
Behaviorally-Based Coaching
Sunday, May 27, 2007
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Emma C
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Manuel A. Rodriguez (Continuous Learning Group)
Discussant: Manuel A. Rodriguez (Continuous Learning Group)
CE Instructor: Manuel A. Rodriguez, M.S.
Abstract:

CLG, a Behavioral Based Consulting firm, supports corporate wide initiatives towards achiving desired business results through behavior change. The methodology is grounded in the Applied Behavioral Sciences, working with leaders to effectively manage and maintain high levels of performance. The symposium will present three different client experiences on three different types of coaching (executive coaching and two different performance coaching designs).

 
Rest in Peace: Coaching Support for Leaders of a Death Care Enterprise.
FRANCISCO MANUEL GOMEZ (Continuous Learning Group), Manuel A. Rodriguez (Continuous Learning Group)
Abstract: In early 2005, A US based organization comprised of business in death care (e.g., Funeral Homes, Cemeteries, and Crematoriums) engaged with CLG to deploy 3 strategic initiatives: Develop Satisfied Employees, Improve Customer Satisfaction, and Increase Revenue. Through CLG’s coaching support, the execution of these 3 strategic iniatives took CLG to several US states, including South Carolina, Texas, and Puerto Rico. What will be presented is the process, tools, and results from the engagement with this client.
 
Coaching Coaches: Supporting a Corporate-Wide Initiative for Enabling Performance-Based Management.
MANUEL A. RODRIGUEZ (Continuous Learning Group)
Abstract: A retail organization in the Eastern United stated designed a strategic imperative to become a Organization Focused on Performance Management. There model for deploying and meeting this strategic objective was through integrating as a leadership practice the behavioral science through CLG’s Performance Based Leadership approach. To equip managers with this skill set, CLG was engaged to train internal capabilities to manage the transfer of knowledge of core ABA concepts and principles, and follow-up the training with coaching support for all levels of leaders. What will be presented is the methodology, deployment roadmap, and results of the engagement.
 
Behaviorally-Based Executive Coaching at Bechtel Group, Inc.
LAURA L. METHOT (Continuous Learning Group)
Abstract: CLG’s behavior-based approach to executive coaching paid off for a global engineering-construction firm where our coaching tools worked hand-in-glove with 360 surveys to measurably improve executive feedback scores and to impact employee performance, organizational performance, and the bottom line. The good news is that our client was not in trouble. The firm understood behavioral science and the critical relationship of strategy-process-behavior to their bottom line. Our client’s 360s were performed by a personnel management firm that conducted high-quality web-based surveys which generated individual feedback reports. Missing was the robust follow-through that is essential to measur¬ably improving leadership skills. We applied CLG’s behavioral based coaching to establish these behaviors into reliable daily habits. Because of CLG’s policy of knowing our client’s people well—their strengths, weaknesses, specific jobs—we were able to provide a complete “performance coaching package.” Increases of 20-50% in 360 feedback scores were found for leaders participating in coaching compared to no increases observed for those not participating in follow-up coaching. Increases is leadership scores correlated with substantial improvements in the client’s bottom line measures (safety and cost effective performance) shown in a reliable trend across four consecutive years.
 
 
Symposium #218
CE Offered: BACB
Empirical Validation of Internet-Based Curriculum
Sunday, May 27, 2007
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
America's Cup AB
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Philip N. Chase (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University, Japan)
CE Instructor: Philip N. Chase, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The current crisis in education recognized by a variety of reports, studies, and commentators could have serious long-term effects on children world wide. In response to this crisis a number of behavior analysts have targeted the empirical validation of curriculum for their research agenda. In particular, with recent advances in computer technology, there has been a strong interest in developing and evaluating internet curricula. Three examples are Headsprout, a program that teaches beginning reading, iLearn a middle school mathematics curriculum, and TeachTown, a program for autistic children. This symposium will present the current data and methods used to evaluate these programs. Emphasis will be given to descriptions of the how these programs have integrated single-subject methods with program evaluation methods, methods for evaluating teacher and other professional implementation, and more traditional random controlled studies to create a thorough method of empirical validation.

 
An Evaluation of the Effectiveness of iLearn Math in Improving Math Achievement in Middle School.
ROBERT L. COLLINS (iLearn, Inc.)
Abstract: The effectiveness of iLearn Math in improving math achievement was evaluated in the sixth grade of a Title I middle school in a rural area of Georgia using a quasi-experimental design. The Experimental Group used iLearn Math as their only math instruction for the school year. The Control Group received their regularly-scheduled traditional classroom instruction. At the start of the year, there was no difference between the two groups on an experimenter-developed pretest. At the end of the school year, differences were assessed using scores on the Georgia Criterion Referenced Competency Test (CRCT) administered annually to all six-grade students in Georgia. For the iLearn Group, 87% of the students met or exceeded the standard on the CRCT vs. 65% for the Control Group. The state average was 74%. In addition, 28% of the iLearn Group exceeded the standard vs. 10% for the Control Group.
 
Education and Treatment of Children with Autism Using Computer-Assisted Programs from TeachTown.
CHRISTINA WHALEN (TeachTown)
Abstract: Because of the numerous education options available for children with autism, many of which are not supported by research, the use of evidence-based practices is particularly important for this population. With recent advances in computer technology, there has been a strong interest in the use of computer-assisted instruction (CAI). Due to the unique characteristics and learning styles of children with autism, the interest and need for CAI is especially strong. TeachTown: Basics utilizes not only computer instruction and data tracking, but provides off-computer generalization activities and a communication system for the child’s team. Several research studies have been or are being conducted to assess the efficacy and expand this product. In addition, research is underway for the design of future products. Data from these studies will be presented along with a discussion of the importance of developing evidence-based technology for children with autism and the implications for designers and researchers.
 
Headsprout Early Reading: Multi-Year, Multi-Site Measures of Effectiveness.
DEBORAH ANNE HAAS (Headsprout), Janet S. Twyman (Headsprout), T. V. Joe Layng (Headsprout)
Abstract: This presentation will first review the teaching routines used, the critical reading repertoires taught, and the formative evaluation data which shaped Headsprout Early ReadingR, a scientifically-based, empirically validated online early reading program. The presentation will then focus on data from the growing body of summative, or large scale, evaluations of the program. Data will be presented from empirically-based case studies, outcome measures from field use, multi-year evaluations, and perhaps of greatest importance, controlled research featuring unbiased group assignment.
 
 
Symposium #220
CE Offered: BACB
Morningside Academy: What's New?
Sunday, May 27, 2007
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
America's Cup C
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy)
CE Instructor: Joanne K. Robbins, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Morningside Academy teachers will present descriptions and data on a variety of development projects in our laboratory school. We will discuss assessment strategies for reading comprehension, oral reading fluency, and vocabulary; behavioral approaches to counseling; study skills; prompting question-generating; and improving number-writing fluency.

 
Assessment: Reading Comprehension, Oral Reading Fluency, and Vocabulary.
HEATHER GRADA DURBECK (Morningside Academy), Marianne Delgado (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy), Julian Gire (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Correlations between Robert Dixon et al’s reading comprehension program, “Reading Success: Effective Strategies for Reading Comprehension,” and the Iowa Test of Basic Skills test scores of Morningside students prior to and following a year of instruction will be discussed. Strategies of the reading program and other Morningside methods of reading instruction will be briefly reviewed. Data will be shared using the Standard Celeration Chart to analyze class-wide results for different levels of the program. This presentation will also discuss an evaluation of the effectiveness of video training for oral reading fluency inter-scorer agreement. Morningside Academy conducts weekly checks of Oral Reading Fluency using the DIBELS curriculum. In order to ensure inter-scorer reliability and accurate assessment information, a video training procedure, combined with written materials and immediate feedback was evaluated. Included participants were members of the assessment team; their results will be presented as will a brief demonstration of the video training procedure. Finally, our assessment presentation will discuss two methods of vocabulary instruction in a 7th grade reading curriculum: SAFMEDS flashcards and student-directed activities, using a weekly CBA to track application of vocabulary words in a 5-minute student free write. SAFMEDS instruction consisted of a 15-minute fluency session of teacher generated short definitions, tracked on a standard celeration chart. Student-directed methods consisted of giving students access to full dictionary definitions and the word in context and have them determine a correct definition, study of the denotation and connotation of words and informal and formal registers, exploration of different grammatical forms and related words, and having students create contextual examples. The CBA was a weekly free/write with a word bank of the instructed vocabulary words, scored across three dimensions: total words written, correct writing sequences, and number of vocabulary words used correctly. Growth on the curriculum-based assessment was tracked using a standard celeration chart. Data from a full school year of vocabulary instruction in a 7th grade literature curriculum will be presented and future curriculum decisions based on the data will be discussed.
 
Adding a Clinical Component to a Middle School Curriculum: Problem Solving Planning System (PSPS).
ADAM G. STRETZ (Morningside Academy), Marianne Delgado (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: One of the goals of Morningside Academy is to equip their students with a problem-solving model through behavioral analysis. This will be shown using data gathered through a PSP form and student generated tracking plans. Transactional Analysis is introduced to the students as a Psychology class and this instruction teaches the students the language and background they will need to take part in PSPS sessions. The sessions focus on student participation and planning in solving their own problems. These ‘problems’ are varied and can include: issues at home, issues at school, interpersonal issues, repeated areas of difficulty, etc. Students explore what is going well and what their concerns are. Eventually, a particular concern is isolated and a goal to change or improve that concern is stated. The advocate helps the student consolidate and summarize until a specific plan of action is in affect that both the student and the advocate believe will potentially accomplish the student’s stated goal.
 
Fluent Thinking Skills: Becoming an Active and Engaged Reader in a Content Course.
MEGAN KNIGHT (Morningside Academy), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Fluent Thinking Skills refers to a composite-level performance that teaches learners to actively become responsible for obtaining important information from text in any content area. Students are taught how use titles, headings, and graphics to focus their attention on predicting and extracting relevant information before reading unfamiliar text. They also tap into their own prior knowledge to connect their experiences to the upcoming lesson. A system of sophisticated note-taking is used to organize questions, predictions, and answers. This approach to learning in a content class at Morningside has proven to be extremely powerful and rewarding, as it gives more responsibility to the learners themselves.
 
Prompting Question-Generating Behaviors; Promoting Number Writing Fluency with Discrimination Training.
JENNIFER REILLY (Morningside Academy), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy), Julian Gire (Morningside Academy), Erin Mitchell (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Learned helplessness seems to be a pitfall for many children with mild to moderate learning and developmental disabilities. As responsible educators we tend to accept sole responsibility for students failing to make significant academic gains, “If the student hasn’t learned, the teacher hasn’t taught.” While this statement may be true, we often underestimate the students’ role and responsibilities to problem solve and interact with instruction within the classroom. Transferring the responsibility from adult to child is one of Mark Ozer’s main premises when he defines Degrees of Responsibility. Ozer defines responsibility as continuing a dialogue between adult and child. This dialogue is further defined as the exchange of questions and answers between individuals. Skills in maintaining this dialogue are placed on a continuum and include the degree or level a child answers questions to the child generating questions independently. Ozer’s principle of Degrees of Responsibilities is the underlying concept used to operationally define target behaviors expected of students at Morningside Academy. By identifying and shaping the skills necessary to actively interact with instruction, these once failing students soon learn to become active participants in their learning and show dramatic improvement in their academic performance. This presentation will also discuss handwriting difficulty, which can seriously impede a learner's ability to succeed in mathematics. Fluent writing enables the learner to focus on the conceptual or computation demands. Typical daily exercises at Morningside Academy include timed writing practice of the digits from 0-9. Those students who have high error rates were identified and offered a new intervention that required discrimination of well-formed from poorly-formed digits. A shaping process followed if digit production occurred in an inefficient manner. Once these behaviors were established, rate building in 0-9's continued. Data will be presented on the effects of this discrimination intervention.
 
 
Symposium #222
CE Offered: BACB
International Symposium - New Methods in the Experimental Analysis of Relational Responding: New Tricks for Old Dogs!
Sunday, May 27, 2007
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Del Mar AB
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Denis P. O'Hora (National University of Ireland, Galway)
CE Instructor: Denis P. O'Hora, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The experimental analysis of relational responding is one the oldest areas in psychological science. The examination of relational responding grew out of philosophical debates in the late nineteenth century to become a hot topic in the early twentieth century. More recently, relational responding, in particular derived and arbitrary relational responding, has attracted much interest among behavior analytic researchers interested in complex cognitive phenomena. The four papers in this symposium present new methods for the experimental analysis of relational responding. The first paper summarizes the literature on responding in accordance with temporal relations and presents a novel empirical approach to investigating such performances. The second paper examines the role of derived relational responding in the enjoyment of computer games by using a game constructed to provide different levels of such responding at different levels of the game. The third paper employs a novel procedure to isolate different sources of contextual control in derived relational responding. Finally, the fourth paper exploits the phonological and orthographic properties of natural language words to elucidate sources of control in tests for stimulus equivalence.

 
A Review of the Literature on Temporal Relational Responding: Isn’t it about Time?
JOHN HYLAND (University of Ulster), Denis P. O'Hora (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: Previous research in the area of temporal relational responding has uncovered much about how patterns of human behaviour are controlled through relations between verbal and environmental stimuli. However, there has yet to be a detailed investigation into the nature of temporal relations and how they are implicated in the underlying processes of human cognitive behaviour. The current paper will assess the cognitive and behavioural literature on temporal relational responding in order to provide a detailed analysis of such responding. A novel experimental technique will then be outlined that will enable us to conduct this rigorous investigation and to identify possible methods of improving relational responding in adults and children. A detailed analysis of this kind will provide the explanatory tools to address a range of complex human behaviours, including grammatical control, relational reasoning, and temporal perception.
 
What's in a Game? The Relational Properties of Computer Gaming Behaviour.
CONOR LINEHAN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Seamus McLoone (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Tomás Ward (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: The current research applied a derived relations approach to understanding the role of complexity on enjoyment in on-line computer game-playing. Participants were exposed to nonarbitrary stimulus discrimination training designed to establish the functions of SAME and OPPOSITE for two arbitrary contextual cues. All participants then received training in the following four arbitrary relations: SAME/A1-B1, SAME/A1-C1, OPPOSITE/A1-B2, and OPPOSITE/A1-C2. A testing phase was then presented in which the relations SAME/B1-C1, SAME/B2-C2, OPPOSITE/B1-B2, and OPPOSITE/C1-C2 were tested. Level 1 of the game consisted of training to establish a clicking (save) response towards one stimulus (B1) and an avoidance (destroy) response towards another stimulus (B2) in the presence of the SAME contextual cue. Level 2 required participants to transfer the responses learned in Level 1, to the C1 and C2 stimuli in the presence of the SAME contextual cue, and in the absence of feedback. Level 3 was similar to Level 2, with the exception that responses were made in the presence of the OPPOSITE contextual cue. Level 4 required participants to respond to C1 and C2 stimuli in the presence of randomly alternating SAME and OPPOSITE contextual cues. Preliminary results suggest that enjoyment in online gaming can be understood at least partly in terms of derived relational responding.
 
Contextual Control over Non-Arbitrary Relational Responding: Further Empirical Investigations.
IAN T. STEWART (National University of Ireland, Galway), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Louise A. Mchugh (National University of Ireland, Swansea), Denis P. O'Hora (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: This study replicates and extends a previous empirical model of the Relational Frame Theory phenomenon of Crel and Cfunc based contextual control. In Experiment 1, participants were trained to respond in accordance with relations of sameness and difference in the presence of two arbitrary shapes which were thus established as Crel cues for SAME and DIFFERENT relational responding respectively. Training using additional contextual cues was then provided in order to induce transformations of function along particular stimulus dimensions (e.g., size), thus establishing Cfunc control. Following this training, participants were then successfully tested for generalization of Cfunc control in which a novel Cfunc stimulus cue came to control transformation of function along a novel stimulus dimension. Experiment 2 demonstrated the generalization of Cfunc control to MORE / LESS relational responding. Participants were first trained and tested for MORE / LESS responding. They then successfully completed tests for Cfunc control over the transformation of function in accordance with MORE / LESS. The first phases of Experiment 3 were similar to those of the previous experiments except that nonsense syllables were employed as contextual cues. Participants were then provided with training for the derivation of equivalence relations between those cues and novel nonsense syllable stimuli. They were then exposed to MORE / LESS training and testing followed by a test for generalization of contextual control, as in Experiment 2; however, the contextual cues used in the final test phases were the stimuli in derived relations with the original contextual cues. The latter demonstration may represent an initial model of pragmatic verbal analysis, the process which RFT sees as central to human problem solving.
 
The Effect of Sample-Comparison Interference and Comparison-Comparison Interference on Stimulus Equivalence Relations.
DENIS P. O'HORA (National University of Ireland, Galway), Ian Thomas Tyndall (American College Dublin/National University of Ireland, Galway), Molly Loesche (University of Ulster)
Abstract: The current study reports three experiments that examine the effect of incorrect comparisons in the disruption of equivalence relations. Each experiment in the current study included twenty undergraduate students as participants. Previous research has shown that sample-comparison similarity disrupts equivalence relations. Experiment 1 replicated this effect using phonological and orthographic similarity. Experiment 2 employed incorrect comparisons that were phonological and orthographic similar to correct comparison. Unlike Experiment 1, equivalence relations were not disrupted by such interference. Although lower rates of correct responding were observed in the presence of the similar comparisons, the relations were observed when interference was removed. Experiment 3 employed sample-comparison interference at different levels for specific equivalence relations (e.g., orthographic interference for C1-A1, phonological for C2-A2 and no interference for C3-A3) and preliminary results suggest that sample-comparison similarity disrupted only those relations exposed to interference. These results suggest that Sample-Comparison Interference and Comparison-Comparison Interference disrupt different behaviors, both of which are required to demonstrate equivalence relations.
 
 
Symposium #228
CE Offered: BACB
Some Macro and Micro Issues in Instructional Methodology for Children with Autism
Sunday, May 27, 2007
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Douglas A
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Alan E. Harchik (The May Institute)
Discussant: Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Alan E. Harchik, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Teachers, instructors, and parents of children with autism seek to find the most effective instructional methodologies. This involves examining the smallest intricacies of the instructional session (e.g., prompting, reinforcement, pacing) as well as the many of the larger, broader issues, such as those involved in choosing the content of the instruction (e.g., language, social skills, play, community). In this symposium, the authors present examples of research that look at both of these aspects of educational programming for this population. The first two papers compare different prompting protocols within one-to-one instructional discrete trial training sessions. Weinkauf et al. built upon their past research to develop, and now examine, a prompting procedure that combines beneficial features from both a simultaneous and delayed prompting protocol. Leaf et al. compared the effects of a simultaneous prompt with another type of delayed prompt called a no-no-prompt. Finally, Alai-Rosales describes a methodology to help us determine what to teach during these instructional sessions. By identifying, and then incorporating, behavioral cusps into our choice of skills to teach to children, we may be more likely to maximize the benefit for children with autism. Sigrid Glenn will comment on the papers.

 
The Use of Prompting Strategies to Teach Skills to Children Diagnosed with Autism.
KEVIN P. KLATT (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Sara M. Weinkauf (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Julie A. Ackerlund (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Corey S Stocco (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Jennifer Lynn Bechtold (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Claire Anderson (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Nicholas Vanselow (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Carrie Haessly (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire)
Abstract: Recent research has shown that both the simultaneous prompting and the constant prompt delay procedures can be used to teach skills to children with autism. The simultaneous prompting procedure involves the teacher providing an immediate prompt on all teaching trials, whereas the constant prompt procedure requires the teacher to give the child an instruction, followed by a prompt to help the child respond correctly, and then the prompt is faded across trials until the child responds independently. Data presented last year showed children with autism learned skills in less trials with the constant prompt delay, but made less errors with the simultaneous prompt procedure. The purpose of the current research is to investigate whether a procedure that combines features from both the simultaneous prompt and constant delay can be used to teach new skills, and whether the new procedure will result in learning in fewer trials and with fewer errors than either the simultaneous prompt or constant prompt delay procedures.
 
An Evaluation of Prompting Systems in Determining Effectiveness with Children with Autism.
JUSTIN B. LEAF (University of Kansas), Amanda Tyrell (University of Kansas), Brandon McFadden (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas)
Abstract: This study compared two different methods of prompting that have been reported to be effective in two-choice discrimination learning tasks. One method, simultaneously prompting, involves prompting the child, immediately following an instruction, to the correct choice for an entire teaching session. A second method, no-no-prompting, gives the child opportunities to respond without any prompts, but, if the child makes two errors in a row, the teacher prompts the correct response. Daily probes assessed if the participant could respond without any prompts. Three young children with autism were taught receptive language skills and rote math skills. Both types of prompting procedures were used with each child using different sets of words or addition problems comparable in difficulty within a multi-probe experimental design. The two methods were compared in effectiveness as indicated by the number of teaching trials and the durations of teaching sessions required for children to reach a mastery criterion.
 
The Study of Behavioral Cusps in Programs for Children with Autism and Their Families.
SHAHLA S. ALA'I-ROSALES (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: In this presentation we will describe the concept of a "Behavioral Cusp" (any behavior change that brings the organism’s behavior into contact with new contingencies that have even more far-reaching consequences), discuss its importance for young children with autism, and provide a brief review of methodologies that have been suggested to study Behavioral Cusps. We will then present a description of our family intervention program, The Family Connections Project (FCP). The mission of FCP is to produce meaningful and generative behavior changes in young children with autism and their family members. The measurement systems we will describe are our first attempts to identify Behavioral Cusps, if and when they occur, during the course of our intervention. Data will be presented and discussed in the context of logistical issues, technological supports, experimental design, and social validity.
 
 
Symposium #229
CE Offered: BACB
Strategies that Fit: Identifying Efficient Interventions to Support Children with Autism, Families, and Staff
Sunday, May 27, 2007
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Elizabeth G
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Nanette L. Perrin (Early Childhood Autism Program, Community Living Opportunities, Inc.)
Discussant: Shannon Kay (The May Institute)
CE Instructor: Nanette L. Perrin, M.A.
Abstract:

When working with children, we should always be looking for empirically supported strategies to enhance our effectiveness. Improving the accessibility of effective strategies is often the first hurdle. In the first two presentations, we will provide information on sharing the technology of functional behavior assessment found in the empirical literature, first to teachers and then to families. The third presentation will present information about empowering parents in effective intervention strategies to help . The first presentation will be a multiple baseline design across teachers at varying grade levels. This data-based presentation will address the effects of knowledge dissemination on effectiveness of behavior plans. The second data-based presentation will assess the effects of a curriculum to teach parents to develop intervention plans. The third presentation will present a review of parent education literature and summarize the parent education strategies utilized as part of an intervention program for young children with autism and its effects on their families.

 
Empowering Teachers across the Grades to Complete Functional Behavior Assessment.
STEPHANIE THORNE (Early Childhood Autism Program, Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Amanda Tyrell (Early Childhood Autism Program, Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Nanette L. Perrin (Early Childhood Autism Program, Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Diane Bannerman Juracek (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas), Jamie D. Price (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.)
Abstract: Empirical evidence suggests functional behavior assessment (FBA) is a necessary component in the creation of effective behavioral interventions. IDEA 2004 requires the use of FBA for behaviors that impede the learning of students (IDEA, 2004). Concurrently, it appears that some educators in the public school system continue to have limited knowledge of FBA procedures. The primary goal of this study is to consider a more cost effective and time efficient alternative to training public educators in behavior analysis. This presentation will describe a study examining the effectiveness of teaching FBA through school in-services, community-based trainings, independently accessed on-line modules, and self-administered quizzes. Through a multiple-baseline across participants design, pre- and post-tests of knowledge of FBA components, accuracy in the completion of competing behavior diagram will be assessed(O’Neill et al., 1997), testing scores from on-line modules will be tracked, as well as fidelity measures throughout their sessions on the implementation of FBA data will be collected. The participants will include special education staff at the elementary and high-school level as well as undergraduate students completing a practicum at the preschool level. The implications of these findings will be discussed and follow-up data will be reported as well.
 
Increasing Family Self-Sufficiency to Assess the Functions of Child Problem Behavior and Develop the Fix.
DIANNE BANNERMAN JURICEK (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Amy McCart (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Enabling family members to assess the functions of challenging behavior and develop and implement successful intervention is an important, but difficult endeavor. Families don’t always have access or funding for professional services and having behavior analysts in the home is burdensome. This study assesses the effectiveness of basic training package to teach parents to use applied behavior analysis to develop effective behavior support plans for their children. The curriculum includes sections on how behavior works, a simplified functional behavior assessment, and a simple behavior support plan format with data collection procedures. A scenario test is used to assess acquisition and an interview and observation tool was developed to assess parents’ ability to use the information to develop and implement a successful behavior support plan. A case study with outcome and social validity data will be presented. Though not all families are inclined to gain an understanding of their child’s behavior and develop and implement effective intervention, some families are motivated to do so and should be able to access support towards self-sufficiency.
 
Toddlers with Autism: Effective Parent Training.
KATE LAINO (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas), Amanda C. Besner (University of North Texas), Nicole Zeug (University of North Texas), Andrea Newcomer (University of North Texas), Nicole Suchomel (University of North Texas), Allison Jones (University of North Texas)
Abstract: With the advent of more refined screening instruments, the detection of autism is occurring at younger and younger ages. Early detection frequently leads to early intervention. Because parents are the primary change agents in the lives of infants and toddlers, early intervention programs should involve parent training and support. The purpose of this presentation is to provide a review of the literature on parent training programs for families with infants and toddlers with autism. A description of intervention training goals, measures, training procedures, evaluation methods, outcomes and social validity will be provided. Finally, a data based description of one training program, The Family Connections Project (FCP), for parents of infants and toddlers with autism will be presented. The mission of FCP is to enhance the quality of relationships between toddlers with autism and their families. The FCP description will include an overview of family assessment strategies, IFSP development, teaching procedures, training procedures, data-based decision making strategies and social validity approaches. Outcome data from several families will be presented.
 
 
Symposium #234
CE Offered: BACB
Transitioning Children with Autism from a Specialized Behavior Analytic Setting to a Less Restrictive Environment
Sunday, May 27, 2007
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Elizabeth DE
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Meredith L. Garrity, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Children with pervasive developmental disorders are often provided services in a specialized setting outside of a typical school district placement. This referral is most often related to significant behavioral concerns that cannot be treated appropriately in self-contained classrooms within the district. However, with the goal of a least restrictive environment, an out-of-district placement strives to reduce the inappropriate behavior to a stable level and when possible, provide a user-friendly behavior support plan that can be implemented by public school teachers. Three clinical cases will be presented illustrating various issues associated with a return to district. The first presentation will highlight the initial stage of stabilization of a myriad of highly disruptive behavior such as aggression, noncompliance, dropping to the ground, and screaming for a high functioning 11-year-old girl diagnosed with autism. The second presentation will focus on the next step of selecting and teaching specific skills required for a student with ADHD and PDD-NOS to function effectively in middle school. Finally, the third presentation will address coordination with a school district regarding selecting goals to address the unique needs of a four-year-old boy diagnosed with PDD who exhibits high rates of vocal stereotypy in an integrated preschool classroom.

 
Reduction of Disruptive Behavior.
MEREDITH L. GARRITY (The May Institute)
Abstract: Inappropriate behaviors such as screaming, noncompliance, aggression, and dropping to the ground serve as an obstacle for maintaining a child in a less restrictive setting within the public school system. The available resources in a within district placement such as a self-contained classroom or collaborative school may be insufficient to provide the level of expertise or intensity of clinical services appropriate to address significant behavioral concerns. Additionally, such behaviors are often disruptive to the learning of other students. A high functioning 11-year-old girl diagnosed with autism was referred for disruptive behaviors exhibited both in the home and school setting. Functional assessments indicated behaviors with multiple functions, primarily that of gaining attention and escaping from demand. A token economy consisting of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) and a response cost was designed according to student preferences, and the contingencies conveyed to the student via a social story. Targeted behaviors were then introduced into the token program sequentially. Discussion will focus on home and school coordination as well as the creation of parent- and teacher-friendly behavior support plans with the final goal of transition to a less restrictive setting taken into account from the initial referral.
 
The Impact of Skill Deficits on a Successful Transition to a Public School Setting.
JAIMIE L. HOOVER (The May Institute)
Abstract: A ten-year-old boy dually diagnosed with Attention-Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder and Pervasive Developmental Disorder-Not Otherwise Specified was referred from his public school system following a failure to improve with the implementation of a physical restraint plan, multiple medication changes, and finally several psychiatric hospitalizations. He was admitted into an intensive behavior analytic program for children ages five to 14 with pervasive developmental disabilities after he had been withdrawn from all psychotropic medication. Initially evaluated with 1:1 staffing, this level of support was quickly faded. Inappropriate behaviors observed included noncompliance, aggression, and drops to the ground. During baseline, these behaviors averaged in occurrence between three and five times per day. A token program was introduced which included differential reinforcement of other behavior in concert with response cost and resulted in a rapid reduction of these inappropriate behaviors to near zero rates. This reduction allowed for further analysis of skill deficits regarding potential obstacles to transitioning back to a less restrictive setting. Discussion will focus on how to select and then prioritize skills for a child with multiple diagnoses in order for the student functioning effectively in a public school setting.
 
Reduction of Stigmatizing Behavior before a Transition to District.
KATHERINE GILLIGAN (The May Institute)
Abstract: Children with disabilities who are placed in an out-of-district classroom often exhibit a myriad of problem behaviors. When these behaviors are prioritized for reduction, stereotypy often falls to the bottom of the list because it is rarely a dangerous behavior. However, in a general education environment, vocal stereotypy can be a behavior of high priority for teachers because of its potential disruption to the classroom environment. Students with disabilities who would otherwise be able to participate in general education classes may be served out of district due to their stereotypic behavior. This study addresses vocal stereotypy in a four-year-old boy with a diagnosis of Pervasive Developmental Disorder. Although the initial referral indicated only a failure to exhibit progress, further consultation with the district revealed a concern about the rates of vocal stereotypy and the student’s ability to participate in general education classes. In order for the student to successfully return to the within-district placement, rates of vocal stereotypy would need to be reduced and the treatment procedure able to be implemented by those without training in behavior analysis. Results and strategies for implementation in a regular education classroom will be discussed.
 
 
Invited Panel #235
CE Offered: BACB
Verbal Behavior at Fifty: Past, Present, and Future
Sunday, May 27, 2007
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Douglas C
Area: VBC/TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates)
CE Instructor: Mark L. Sundberg, Ph.D.
Panelists: JOHN L. MICHAEL (Western Michigan University), A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), TERRY J. KNAPP (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
Abstract:

Fifty years ago B. F. Skinner published the book Verbal Behavior. The book contains behavioral analyses of the most complex aspects of human behavior such as language, private events, thinking, epistemology, memory, and logical and scientific verbal behavior. In many respects, the core of Skinners radical behaviorism is presented in this book. The members of this panel will discuss the significance of Verbal Behavior in terms of past contributions and controversies, its current usage, and its potential for the field of behavior analysis.

JOHN L. MICHAEL (Western Michigan University)
Dr. Jack Michael was born in 1926 in Los Angeles. He entered the University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA) in 1943 as a chemistry major, served two years in the army, and returned to UCLA in 1946. He obtained a B.A., M.A., and Ph.D. at UCLA, finishing in 1955. As a graduate student, his main interests were statistical methodology, physiological psychology, and learning theory. During his first teaching job (in the Psychology Department at Kansas University), he was much influenced by reading B. F. Skinner's Science and Human Behavior, and since then has been primarily involved in teaching behavioral psychology; at Kansas University, the University of Houston, Arizona State University, and Western Michigan University. At Houston in 1957, as a result of influence by the rehabilitation psychologist, Lee Meyerson, Dr. Michael began to apply Skinner's behavior analysis in the areas of mental retardation, mental illness, and physical disability. During the next several years, as behavior modification went through a period of rapid expansion, Dr. Michael contributed with his teaching, writing, and public presentations. At Arizona State as a result of contact with Fred S. Keller, he became interested in college instructional technology from a behavioral perspective. Most recently, he has been concerned with the technical terminology of behavior analysis, basic theory regarding motivation, and verbal behavior. He contributed to the founding of the Association for Behavior Analysis in 1974 and served as president of that organization in 1979. In 2002 he received the ABA Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis, and the American Psychological Association Division 25 Don Hake Award for research that bridges the gap between experimental and applied behavior analysis. He is author of a laboratory manual and a number of articles and chapters dealing with basic and applied behavior analysis. He retired from Western Michigan University in 2003.
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Dr. A. Charles Catania began his career in behavior analysis in fall 1954, when he enrolled in Fred Keller’s course in introductory psychology at Columbia. That course included a weekly laboratory on the behavior of rats, and Catania continued working with rats and pigeons and other nonhuman organisms over subsequent decades. In Spring 2004, having closed down his pigeon laboratory the previous summer, he celebrated his half century of animal lab activity with a classroom rat demonstration in a learning course. He regards the study of nonhuman behavior as essential to our understanding of verbal behavior, because verbal behavior is necessarily supported by a nonverbal scaffolding. That lesson too came from Columbia, where, as a senior, Catania took a seminar on verbal behavior jointly taught by Fred Keller, Nat Schoenfeld, and Ralph Hefferline. Ever since, Catania has been addicted to the field of verbal behavior, teaching courses in it whenever possible. One function of his text, Learning, is to integrate the topics of nonverbal and verbal behavior, which have too often been given separate treatments.
TERRY J. KNAPP (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
Dr. Terry J. Knapp is Professor of Psychology at the University of Nevada, Las Vegas. His interest in B. F. Skinner’s book, Verbal Behavior, stems from the 1960s, when he was in speech-communication and completed a Master’s thesis on “Communication and Privacy: A Critical Explication of B. F. Skinner’s Analysis.” After Knapp stopped being critical, he took up Skinner’s analysis and sought his doctoral degree under the late Willard Day because of Day’s contributions on the topics of privacy, verbal behavior, and behaviorism.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #411
CE Offered: BACB

Evolutionary Theory is the Proper Framework for Behavior Analysis.

Sunday, May 27, 2007
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Douglas C
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: William M. Baum, Ph.D.
Chair: Jacob L. Gewirtz (Florida International University)
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis)
Dr. William M. Baum received his B.A. in psychology from Harvard College in 1961. Originally a biology major, he switched into psychology after taking courses from B. F. Skinner and R. J. Herrnstein in his freshman and sophomore years. He returned to Harvard University for graduate study in 1962, where he was supervised by Herrnstein and received his Ph.D. in 1966. He spent the 1965-66 academic year at Cambridge University, studying ethology at the Sub-Department of Animal Behavior. From 1966 to 1975, he held appointments as post-doctoral fellow, research associate, and assistant professor at Harvard University. He spent two years at the National Institutes of Health Laboratory for Brain, Evolution, and Behavior. Dr. Baum accepted an appointment in psychology at University of New Hampshire in 1977 and retired from there in 1999. He currently has an appointment as Associate Researcher at University of California, Davis and lives in San Francisco. His research concerns choice, molar relations in reinforcement, foraging, and behaviorism. He is the author of a book, Understanding Behaviorism: Behavior, Culture, and Evolution.
Abstract:

Like contemporary psychology, behavior analysis developed with the framework of nineteenth-century associationism, which ignored evolution. With minor exceptions, behavior analysis has failed to re-orient itself in the light of modern evolutionary theory. Instead, behavior analysts have adopted an oversimplified view of the dependence of behavior on evolution in which some behavior is set aside as given and other behavior is regarded as modifiable. The result has been a paucity of concepts and over-reliance on conditioning and reinforcement. To grasp the true significance of evolution, one must understand that all behavior depends on genetic inheritance. The reason is that, whether we are talking about cockroaches or humans, behavior exists to promote fitness. It is modifiable by environmental factors only in ways and by means that genes permit or encourage. The explanation and modification of behavioral phenotypes depends on illuminating the effects of natural selection and the effects of environmental factors in development. Genes that promote and constrain development often allow phenotypic flexibility, but within limits imposed by the mechanisms resulting from natural selection. This point may be illustrated by a series of examples. One conclusion is that the events called reinforcers may be understood in the light of natural selection, as phylogenetically important events that do much more than reinforce.

 
 
Symposium #247
CE Offered: BACB
Applying the Competent Learner Model in Preschool Settings
Sunday, May 27, 2007
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
America's Cup C
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University)
CE Instructor: Daniel E. Hursh, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Settings for normally developing preschool children often serve some children who are not prepared to participate in all learning activities. The Competent Learner Model can prepare educators in these settings to arrange their environments to engage these naive learners. The CLM Course of Study integrates the best practices of Applied Behavior Analysis, Direct Instruction, and Precision Teaching. It coaches educators to mastery of applying these practices with their naive learners. Formative evaluation data from two such settings will be presented and discussed. These data will include Competent Learner Repertoire Assessments, Developmental Work Samples, and teacher decision making.

 
The Relationship of Competent Learner Repertoire and Developmental Assessments.
DANIEL E. HURSH (West Virginia University), Liyu Chen (West Virginia University), Reagan P. Curtis (West Virginia University), Bobbie Warash (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The Competent Learner Repertoire Assessments determine the strength of Competent Learner Repertoires. These repertoires include observer, listener, talker, reader, writer, problem solver, and participator skill sets. As young children develop normally these skill sets grow stronger and more generally applied. Over the course of two years the repertoire assessments and Developmental Work Sample assessments have been completed with three and four year olds at a University Nursery School. These data show a moderate correlation between these two assessments indicating a relationship between the behavioral indicators and the developmental milestones.
 
The Competent Learner Model's Impact on Teacher Decision Making.
BOBBIE WARASH (West Virginia University), Liyu Chen (West Virginia University), Reagan P. Curtis (West Virgina University)
Abstract: An assessment of nursery school teachers' decisions regarding managing student behavior was conducted over the course of a number of months during which the two teachers completed the Competent Learner Course of Study. The teachers enter their decisions and rationale for those decisions into a log. These entries were then used as the basis for interviews of the teachers that inquired into their reason for those decisions. These data were then analyzed into categories to determine any impact the course of study may have had on their decisions and the reasoning behind those decisions.
 
An Implementation of the Competent Learner Model in a Preschool and Day Care Setting.
JAWANTEY K. MORRIS (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.), Suzanne H. Holman (Heritage Health Foundation, Inc.), Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The Competent Learner Model has an Implementation Accountability Process that cuts across four phases and identifies each of the action steps needed to assure for the implementation of the model as it is designed. A preschool, head start, day care setting in a low income region of a major metropolitan area completed the implementation of the Competent Learner Model across more than two years. The formative evaluation data, action planning process, and descriptions of changes in the behavior of both children and educators will be presented and discussed in terms of how the Competent Learner Model Course of Study influenced the operation of the setting.
 
 
Invited Panel #248
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior and Social Issues: Behavior Analysis, Biological Psychiatry, and the Treatment of Severe Behavior Disorders
Sunday, May 27, 2007
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Douglas C
Area: CSE/CBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University)
CE Instructor: Richard W. Malott, M.A.
Panelists: RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University), MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois, Chicago), KURT SALZINGER (Hofstra University), STEPHEN E. WONG (Florida International University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis, once a promising and widely used approach in the understanding and treatment of severe behavior disorders, has been obscured by the rise of biological psychiatry and its biomedical model of mental illness that prioritizes psychotropic drugs as the treatment of choice. The current hegemony of biological psychiatry stems less from reliable empirical data and much more from ideological, political, economic, and disciplinary sources of social and fiscal control. The panelists will discuss this thesis, analyze the ramifications of it, and offer suggestions for increasing the visibility and impact of behavior analysis in the social response to severe behavior disorders. The panelists are drawn from the contributors to a forthcoming issue of Behavior and Social Issues devoted to a discussion of the relative obscurity of behavior analysis in the treatment of severe behavior disorders.

RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University)
Dr. Richard W. Malott received his B.A. in Psychology at Indiana University in 1958 where he was privileged to study with James Dinsmoor. He received his Ph.D. at Columbia University in 1963 where he had the additional privilege of studying with William Cumming, W. N. Schoenfeld, and Fred S. Keller. And, like many before and after him, he frittered away a few years of his life doing research on schedules of reinforcement. He taught with the Kantorians at Denison University from 1963 to 1966. In 1966, he helped start the behavior-analysis program at Western Michigan University, where he continues to teach. At WMU, he also helped start an intro psych course that taught behavior analysis to 1,000 students per semester, with the aid of 500 lab rats and 100 Skinner boxes (1,000 lever-pressing rats per year). Now, his students only condition 230 rats per year, but they also do 130 self-management projects and provide 13,500 hours of training to autistic children each year. Malott and his students have packaged their teaching/learning efforts in educational systems known as the Student-Centered Education Project (aka The First Fly-by-night Underground College of Kalamazoo), the Behavioral Social Action Program, and the Behavior Analysis Training System. Currently, every summer, he teaches the Behavioral Boot Camp, an intense 18-hour-per-week, 7.5 week, graduate-level, behavior-analysis seminar. He has been actively involved in teaching African-American students and international students behavior analysis and behavior systems analysis at the graduate level. He and his students developed and run the Behavioral Research Supervisory System, a performance-management system to help 30 B.A., M.A., and Ph.D. students per year complete their projects, theses, and dissertations with high quality and in a timely manner. In addition, he and his students developed and run the Behavioral Academic and Career Counseling service, a behavioral-systems approach to helping 100 students per year get into behavior-analytic graduate programs and get behavior-analytic jobs. Malott helped start Behaviordelia (a publisher of behavioral comic books, etc,), the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABA), ABA’s Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group, ABA’s Education Board, ABA’s Behavioral Follies (previously known as the Behavioral Performing Arts), the ABA Social (previously known as the Behavioral Boogie), the Behavioral Bulletin Board on CompuServe, and the Notes from a Radical Behaviorist bulletin board in the Cambridge Center’s Behavioral Virtual Community (http://www.behavior.org). He wrote the newsletter and column Notes from a Radical Behaviorist and coauthored Principles of Behavior (the book previously known as Elementary Principles of Behavior.) He is now (and has been for many years) working on I’ll Stop Procrastinating when I Get around to It and Applied Behavioral Cognitive Analysis. He has presented in 13 countries and has received two Fulbright Senior Scholar Awards. Over the years, he has also worked extensively with multi-media presentations, from seven-projector slide shows to contemporary PowerPoint presentations, but always with jazz and rock and roll lurking in the background and art and behavior analysis sharing the foreground.
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois, Chicago)
Dr. Mark A. Mattaini (M.S.W., University of Utah; D.S.W., Columbia University) is Associate Professor, Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois at Chicago, where he chairs the Community Health and Urban Development concentration and the human behavior division. He has also been on faculty at Columbia University and the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. Dr. Mattaini is Editor of Behavior and Social Issues; author or co-editor of 10 books, including Finding Solutions to Social Problems: Behavioral Strategies for Change (with Bruce Thyer), Clinical Practice with Individuals, Clinical Intervention with Families, and Peace Power for Adolescents: Strategies for a Culture of Nonviolence; and author of over 75 other publications. He trained with Richard Stuart at the University of Utah in the 1970s, and earlier in his career worked in residential treatment, youth development, substance abuse, autism, and mental health settings. Dr. Mattaini was previously Director of Mental Health Programs for Tanana Chiefs Conference in Interior Alaska, and has particular expertise in the area of mental health treatment and community-level prevention work with indigenous populations. Currently, his research focuses primarily on violence prevention (in particular, the cultural analytic PEACE POWER strategy: www.peacepower.info), and elaborating the cultural analytic science underlying nonviolent social action.
KURT SALZINGER (Hofstra University)
Dr. Kurt Salzinger has been Senior Scholar in Residence at Hofstra University in Hempstead, NY. since January 2003. He was Executive Director for Science at the American Psychological Association from 2001 to 2003. He has been President of the New York Academy of Sciences, has served on the Board of Directors of the APA, and has been president of Divisions 1 (General Psychology) and 25 (Behavior Analysis) and of the American Association of Applied and Preventive Psychology. He also served on the Board of the Cambridge Center as the first Chairman of the Board from 1986 to 1988 and as a Board member from 1988 to 1991, then from 2004 to the present. He is author or editor of 12 books and over 120 articles and book chapters. The most recent book was edited by Rieber, R. W., and Salzinger in 1998: Psychology: Theoretical-Historical Perspectives. He has varied research interests, including behavior analysis applied to human beings, dogs, rats, and goldfish; schizophrenia; verbal behavior of children and adults; and history of psychology. He has both given grants (when a program officer at the National Science Foundation) and received them (when professor of psychology at Hofstra University and Polytechnic University of New York and Principal Research Scientist at the New York State Psychiatric Institute) for his own research. He received the Sustained Superior Performance Award from the National Science Foundation, the Stratton Award from the American Psychopathological Association, and the Most Meritorious Article Award from the Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry. In 2002, he was Presidential Scholar for the Association for Behavior Analysis. Kurt probably has contributed tremendously by bringing behavior analysis to national and international attention as well as to that of the broader scientific community.
STEPHEN E. WONG (Florida International University)
Dr. Stephen E. Wong Dr. Stephen E. Wong received his Ph.D. in psychology (Applied Behavior Analysis) from Western Michigan University. His early professional experience included positions as Research Associate with the Department of Psychiatry, University of California at Los Angeles, and program director and researcher in psychiatric hospitals and residential treatment centers in New Mexico, Florida, and Texas. In 1994, Dr. Wong returned to academia and took an appointment as Assistant Professor in the School of Social Service Administration at the University of Chicago. He is currently employed as Associate Professor in the School of Social Work at Florida International University in Miami, Florida. Dr. Wong has conducted numerous studies in applied behavior analysis teaching interpersonal and independent living skills to persons with severe and persistent mental disorders. He has served on many editorial boards including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Research on Social Work Practice, Ethical Human Psychology and Psychiatry, and Behavior and Social Issues, and he is currently on the governing board of Behavior Analyst Online. Dr. Wong has published widely in psychology, psychiatry, and social work journals and books. Some recent works are: Wong, S. E. (2006). Behavior analysis of psychotic disorders: Scientific dead end or casualty of the mental health political economy? Behavior and Social Issues, 15(2), 152-177.; Wilder, D. A., & Wong, S. E. (in press). Schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders. In P. Sturmey (Ed.), The handbook of functional analysis and clinical psychology. Philadelphia, PA: Elsevier.; Wong, S. E. (in press). Operant learning., and Pelaez, M., Gewitz, J. L., & Wong, S. E. (in press). A critique of stage theories of human development : A pragmatic approach in social work. The last two chapters both in B. A. Thyer (Ed.), Comprehensive handbook of social work and social welfare, volume 2: Human behavior in the social environment. New York: John Wiley and Sons.
 
 
Symposium #250
CE Offered: BACB
Establishing and Assessing Preferences for Social Interactions, Auditory Stimulation, and Community-Based Activities
Sunday, May 27, 2007
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Elizabeth DE
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Thomas S. Higbee, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Stimulus preference assessments have been demonstrated to effectively predict reinforcers for individuals with and without disabilities. Most of the research in this area, however, has focussed on the assessment of edible and tangible (e.g., toys, leisure materials) stimuli. Papers in this symposium will address the use of this technology to assess preferences for various types of social interactions, auditory stimulation, and community-based activities.

 
Assessing Preferences for Community-Based Activities.
TRACEY TORAN (New England Center for Children), Rebecca Maxfield (New England Center for Children), Elisse M. Battle (New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Although pictorial paired-stimulus (PPS) preference assessments have been used to successfully identify edible and sensory reinforcers, their utility in accurately identifying preferences for community activities has not been explored. In this study, 2 individuals with developmental disabilities, ages 34-36, participated. Both participants had token reinforcement programs that allowed them access to additional community activities contingent on the absence of challenging behavior. Seven sets of PPS assessments were conducted with 6 community activities. During the PPS assessment, pictures of two community activities were randomly selected and placed in front of the participant, who was asked, “Where do you want to go?” No consequence was provided for pointing to one of the pictures. The percentage of opportunities each picture was touched was calculated, and preference hierarchies were developed. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were recorded in 75% of sessions across participants and assessments; mean IOA was 100%. Immediately after completing the PPS assessment, the participants traded in their tokens, and went to the community location of their choice. On 5 of 7 occasions, the participant traded in their tokens to access the item that ranked first on the PPS assessment, suggesting that PPS assessments may accurately identify preferences for community-based activities.
 
An Evaluation of a Stimulus Preference Assessment of Auditory Stimuli for Adolescents with Developmental Disabilities.
ERIN HORROCKS (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract: Previous researchers have used Stimulus Preference Assessment (SPA) methods to identify salient reinforcers for individuals with developmental disabilities including tangible, leisure, edible, and olfactory stimuli. In the present study, SPA procedures were used to identify potential auditory reinforcers and determine the reinforcement value of preferred and non-preferred auditory stimuli. The results from this study suggest that the paired stimulus procedure utilized was effective in identifying preferred and non-preferred auditory stimuli, as the contingent application of the identified auditory stimuli produced higher rates of correct responding than did non-preferred auditory stimuli for all participants.
 
Assessment Protocol for the Identification of Preferred Socially Mediated Consequences.
KRISTA SMABY (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) often present with insensitivity to the naturally occurring socially mediated consequences that effectively strengthen and maintain behavior in typically developing children. This paper describes as assessment protocol designed specifically to identify relative preference for social consequences in children with ASD. Three preschool age children diagnosed with ASD participated. Different colored chips were used for each of four experimental conditions: Red for extinction, and blue, green, and yellow for social consequence conditions that evaluated tickles, head rubs, and praise, respectively. The rate of passing a chip to the examiner was the dependent variable. Relative preference for three socially mediated consequences was assessed: tickle, head rub, and praise. Each session consisted of an Extinction condition immediately followed by a Social Consequence condition. IOA ranged from 95 to 100% across conditions and subjects. The assessment procedure identified a preferred socially mediated consequence for each child and showed that the preferred consequence functioned as a reinforcer by the increase in response rate relative to the rate in the previous Extinction condition. Determining sensitivity to social consequences may allow the clinician to augment the acquisition of typical social behavior.
 
Efficacy of and Preference for Schedules of Social Interaction.
KEVIN C. LUCZYNSKI (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The present study systematically replicates and extends previous research (Hanley, Piazza, Fisher, Contrucci, and Maglieri, 1997) on the efficacy and preference for two different schedules of reinforcement, differential reinforcement of an alternative behavior (DRA) and noncontingent reinforcement (NCR), by evaluating their effects with typically developing children. Efficacy and preference were assessed using a concurrent-chains arrangement within a multielement design. Next, the effects of introducing a signaled delay into the DRA condition and yoking the frequency, amount, and temporal distribution of reinforcement to the NCR condition on efficacy and preference was evaluated. Interobserver agreement was collected on 76% of all sessions and averaged 97%. The results replicated the findings from Hanley et al. (1997) with participants preferring the DRA schedule in comparison to the NCR schedule. Preference shifts were also not observed when the delays to reinforcement were introduced. Implications for the use of reinforcement schedules with typically developing children are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #251
CE Offered: BACB
Examination of Variables that Affect the Development of Interventions for Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Sunday, May 27, 2007
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Edward D
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University)
CE Instructor: Michael E. Kelley, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A pediatric feeding disorder is diagnosed when a child consumes an insufficient volume or variety of foods to grow. In the treatment of these disorders, a number of procedures have been shown to be effective (e.g., escape extinction). However, like other behavior disorders, the emergence and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders are often affected by idiosyncratic variables. This symposium will present data that exemplifies variables that influence the assessment and treatment of feeding disorders. The first investigation involves the application of functional analysis methods to the assessment of inappropriate mealtime behavior. In many cases, different outcomes were obtained depending on who conducted the assessment (i.e., primary caregivers or clinical staff). In the second investigation, a shaping procedure was evaluated to increase food consumption. Results showed that shaping was not effective at increasing oral intake in the absence of a negative reinforcement-based treatment. Study 3 evaluated the extent to which the response effort associated with either self feeding or non-self feeding influenced response allocation across concurrently available treatments. As predicted, response allocation varied according to manipulations in response effort. These studies will be discussed in terms of variables that influence the development of empirically derived treatments for pediatric feeding disorders.

 
Differential Effects of Staff Conducted Functional Analysis versus Caregiver Functional Analysis.
HEATHER KADEY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Gregory K. Reed (Howard University), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of Iowa), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kristi D. Murphy (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Ringdahl and Sellers (2000) showed that the results of functional analyses of the destructive behavior of children with developmental disabilities identified different functions based on whether caregivers or clinical staff conducted the assessment. The results of Ringdahl and Sellers raises the question of whether (a) functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behavior also would produce differential results based on whether caregivers or staff conducted the analyses and (b) whether treatments based on the results of the different functional analyses would be effective. The current study sought to address these questions by evaluating the differential effects of caregivers and staff members as therapists during functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behavior. The results of the study suggested that the outcomes of the two functional analyses were identical for approximately 60% of the participants. However, functional analyses outcomes were different (i.e., identified different functions) for approximately 40% of participants. We then applied treatments that matched the different functions identified during staff and caregiver-conducted analyses and found that the treatment that was matched to the results of the caregiver functional analysis was more effective than the treatment that was matched to the results of the staff-conducted functional analysis.
 
The Effectiveness of Shaping plus Avoidance as an Alternative to Escape Extinction to Treat Pediatric Feeding Disorders.
VALERIE M. VOLKERT (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University), Heather Kadey (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kristi D. Murphy (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Crystal N. Bowen (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that negative reinforcement-based procedures (e.g., escape extinction) have been effective in the treatment of a variety of behavior problems displayed by children with feeding disorders (e.g., inappropriate mealtime behavior, expulsion). However, extinction is sometimes associated with negative side effects (e.g., extinction burst; Lerman, Iwata, & Wallace, 1999). Thus, research on alternatives to escape extinction seems warranted. In the current investigation we assessed the effects of a shaping plus avoidance procedure in which we differentially reinforced successive approximations to consuming a bite of food. For example, we initially reinforced licking the presented food, then touching the presented food and so on until swallowing the presented food was the only response that was reinforced. When the shaping procedure was evaluated in a combined reversal and multiple baseline design, results showed that the shaping procedure alone did not produce increases in consumption of food. However, when a negative reinforcement-based procedure was added to the shaping procedure, increases in consumption were observed. Results are discussed in terms of the effects of shaping procedures and other interventions to treat food refusal displayed by children with feeding disorders.
 
An Examination of a Choice Paradigm to Increase Self-Feeding in Children Diagnosed with Feeding Disorders.
KRISTI D. MURPHY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Heather Kadey (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Children with feeding disorders display a number of deficits related to eating including a lack of the skills necessary to feed themselves. Previous research has shown that prompting and reinforcement procedures are effective to teach self-feeding skills to children with feeding disorders. However, most procedures utilized in this research involved a physical prompt, which may be counter-therapeutic for some children if escaping self-feeding is reinforcing. The purpose of the current study was to examine an alternative method to increase self feeding in children with feeding disorders by examining the utility of a choice paradigm. Specifically, a choice paradigm was developed to manipulate the effort associated with self feeding versus non-self feeding. Results indicated that the use of a choice paradigm was an effective treatment for increasing self feeding in all participants although the disparity in effort between the two choices that affected a change varied across participants. Interobserver agreement was obtained for over 25% of sessions and averaged over 80%.
 
 
Symposium #253
CE Offered: BACB
Illuminating the Present in Light of the Past
Sunday, May 27, 2007
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Randle B
Area: TPC/TBA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Gail B. Peterson (University of Minnesota)
Discussant: Gail B. Peterson (University of Minnesota)
CE Instructor: Edward K. Morris, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The theme of this symposium is that our appreciation of even the most well-established and widely-known facts and doctrines of a science is often meaningfully enhanced and enriched when obscure historical details are placed in modern context. Three presentations giving specific examples of this for behavior analysis are followed by a discussion that expands upon that general theme. John Malone provides a biographical portrait of E. B. Delabarre, who contributed substantively to James' Principles of Psychology, worked with Munsterberg and Thorndike, supplied a son to assist Skinner, and founded the psychological laboratory at Brown. Ed Morris describes the origin and fate of third variables, a notion Skinner developed in his earliest writings, but subsequently dropped, that relates to the modern concept of establishing operations and has implications for how Skinner's systematic position has been perceived and understood by psychology at large. Gail Peterson analyzes rarely seen photos from a 1952 story in LOOK magazine featuring B. F. Skinner and Charles Ferster responding to a challenge to demonstrate the power of shaping, the first such public demonstration. Details of the photos are relevant to later empirical and conceptual developments.

 
In Good Company, when Psychology was Fun.
JOHN C. MALONE (University of Tennessee)
Abstract: E. B. Delabarre was a student of William James at Harvard in the 1880s and wrote a substantial part of James' Chapter 17 (“Sensation”) of the Principles of Psychology (1890). Later he worked with Edward Thorndike on Thorndike's ill-fated attempt to study “mind reading” by children. He received a PhD under Hugo Munsterberg at Freiburg and James later sent him to fetch Munsterberg to direct the Harvard Psychological Laboratories. Decades later, his son assisted B. F. Skinner in Skinner's unsuccessful attempt to modify blood pressure (vasoconstriction and dilation). E. B. Delabarre Sr. carried on his own research on volition and motor consciousness and devised a (painful) method for recording eye movements. He served as the main subject in that endeavor and in a lengthy study of what he found to be the many beneficial effects of hashish. He spent much time on the study of The Dighton Rock and other rocks of New England that carried ancient markings. Perhaps his most enduring achievement was the founding of the psychological laboratory at Brown University.
 
Back to the Future: B. F. Skinner, Third Variables, and the Concept of Context.
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Until the advent of establishing operations, behavior analysis lacked a systematic concept of context. In Skinner's earliest work, though, he offered just that - a systematic concept of context he called “third variables.” Third variables were central to his system (e.g., in defining the unit of analysis) and his science (e.g., his research on deprivation), and were more inclusive than establishing operations. Almost as quickly, though, he dropped the concept. This presentation describes its natural history (e.g., its genesis), what it included (e.g., conditioning, drive, biology), and its role in Skinner's system (e.g., it explained variability) and science (e.g., a subject matter in its own right). The presentation also considers why Skinner dropped the concept (e.g., to avoid reification, address particulars) and the consequences of doing so, among them, that it constrained the field's search for a fuller range of factors affecting behavior and misled its critics (e.g., to think it was an S-R psychology). In later addressing the consequences, Skinner sometimes referred back to the role third variables played in his system and science. Had he not dropped the concept, however, these consequences might not have occurred to the extent that they did in the first place.
 
The World's First LOOK at Shaping.
GAIL B. PETERSON (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: The practical, by-hand shaping of behavior is now such a well-known concept and widespread practice that it is hard to imagine a time, not long ago, when it was essentially unknown, yet that was clearly once the case. This presentation includes rarely seen photographs of the first large-scale demonstration of shaping by B. F. Skinner and C. B. Ferster, and illustrates how the bold generalization of a basic principle Skinner had uncovered in his laboratory was subjected to a rigorous, open, totally novel, and somewhat risky validation test, virtually right before the public's eyes. Photographic details suggest that, beyond being an important demonstration, the occasion may well have prompted Skinner to return to the laboratory to investigate the possibility of “a second type of 'superstition'.” The behavioral observations documented that day also appear relevant to more recently described phenomena, such as sign tracking and target training. An awareness of this history is important for behavior analysts because it brings into focus the under-appreciated fact that this powerful method for changing behavior was a genuine scientific discovery of great theoretical and practical significance, and not the intuitively-obvious, long-known, common-sense process it is often assumed to be.
 
 
Symposium #254
CE Offered: BACB
International Symposium - Imitation and Observational Learning: Analysis, Methodological Issues, and Applications
Sunday, May 27, 2007
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Betsy A
Area: DEV/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Jacob L. Gewirtz (Florida International University)
Discussant: Maricel Cigales (Advance Behavior Consulting)
CE Instructor: Maricel Cigales, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The aim of this symposium is to present further analysis, discuss current methodological developments and applications in the area of imitation and observational learning. A paper by Goyos analyzes the behavior of the observer during a matching-to-sample task taking into account the necessary simple and conditional discriminations, antecedent stimuli, motivational operations, observing and touching responses, and consequences. Brown and Poulson will review the concept of observational learning and the operant research on generalized imitation with the goal of identifying procedures to teach learners with autism to imitate in ordinary environments. A stimulus-control account of imitation in ordinary environments is included in this paper with the goal of the development of effective teaching procedures. As the stimulus equivalence technology develops and becomes more powerful, the need to teach a larger number of learners increases, and learning by imitation or observation may be a powerful tool to accomplish this. The objectives of the paper by Goyos & Dias are to develop a control procedure for the observing responses during a matching-to-sample (MTS) task. Secondly, the study investigated whether a model could function as a conditioned reinforcer for the observing response, and third, whether learning a first conditional relation via observational learning would transfer to new conditional relations.

 
Observational Learning: A Contingency Analysis.
A. CELSO GOYOS (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract: The purpose of this paper is to present a contingency analysis of observational learning (OL). The provenance of OL has been suggested to be philogenetically determined as a fixed pattern of behavior, but it has also been understood as operant behavior. Furthermore, it has been treated differently from imitation. OL still bears important practical implications, and is considered an effective teaching strategy, mainly to quickly install simple social and linguistic repertoire. In OL, the child behavior may formally resemble the behavior of the model, but not necessarily, or may generate the same results, or still, may or may not be reinforced for that particular behavior. Learning a conditional discrimination task via OL is quite complex. The context in which learning takes place usually involves the presence of an adult and maybe of other children. The task itself may allow the child to respond directly, or to emit an observing response. The analysis put forward describes evocative and reinforcer-establishing effects of antecedent events, people or stimuli, discriminative and conditioned reinforcing functions of stimuli generated by model behavior, and generalized or conditioned reinforcers that may maintain OL behavior. OL may involve many operant classes. Practical applications of the present analysis are discussed.
 
Discriminating which Fork to Use: Teaching Selective Imitation to People with Autism.
ANN K. BROWN (Queens College, City University of New York and REED Academy), Claire L. Poulson (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: There is a literature on operant conditioning procedures to teach imitative repertoires to learners with autism. Yet, very little empirical research has focused on the teaching of imitation to learners with autism in ordinary environments. Typically developing individuals imitate the behavior of others in ordinary social environments. One possible reason that learners with autism do not imitate in ordinary environments is they are not observing the relevant discriminative stimuli that set the occasion for imitative responding. Another possible reason that learners with autism fail to imitate in ordinary environments is they are not observing the unprogrammed reinforcement contingencies that serve to maintain imitative responding for typically developing individuals in ordinary environments. This paper will review the concept of observational learning and the operant research on generalized imitation with the goal of identifying procedures to teach learners with autism to imitate in ordinary environments. A stimulus-control account of imitation in ordinary environments is included in this paper with the goal of the development of effective teaching procedures. Imitation in ordinary environments is discussed in relation to the discriminative stimuli that occasion imitative responding and the unprogrammed reinforcement contingencies that maintain imitative behavior.
 
Analysis of the Observing Response during Matching-to-Sample Tasks and the Formation of Equivalence Classes.
A. CELSO GOYOS (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Aline Favaro Dias (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract: This study attempted to develop a control procedure for the observing responses during a matching-to-sample (MTS) task. As a second objective, the study investigated whether a model could function as a conditioned reinforcer in those tasks, and third, whether learning a first conditional relation via observational learning would transfer to new conditional relations. Seven children with normal development ranging in age from 8 to 9 years participated in the study. The participants were experimentally naïve, five of which were attending second grade and two were attending third grade in a brazilian elementary school. A pre-test with the conditional relations to be taught was applied and they all did not reach performance above 50% of correct selections. In a MTS task, a sample stimulus was presented, followed by a clic with the mouse on it and the presentation of three comparison stimuli and a ‘help key’ identified on the screen by the “?” sign. Selections of the “?” button was followed by the presentation of an animation on the computer screen which replicates exactly the same trial, but with a different spatial distribution of the comparison stimuli, and an arrow pointing to the correct selection, and followed by a social consequence (“well done”, “excellent”, and so forth). Next, the computer presents the trial in the same position as it was before the participant pressed the “?” button, but without the button. The computer program registered the frequency of “?” pressings. Selections of a comparison were followed by a 2 s intertrial interval and by the beginning of the next trial. The experimental stimuli were familiar pictures, presented on the screen within a small white square measuring 4.5cm by 4.5 cm. Identity training with familiar stimuli was introduced first to teach the experimental task; all correct trials were followed by a reinforcer, and it was followed by a pre-test of the BA, CA, AB, AC, CB, and BC relations. Next, BA relations were trained followed by BA tests. The difference between BA training and BA tests was the presence of the “?” button during the former. After criterion of 100% correct selections on BA tests was met CA training was introduced, followed by CA tests. After 100% correct selections was met on CA, BA and CA trials were randomly mixed together, with 0% probability of reinforcement. During this session, the participants didn’t have access to the “?” button. After criterion of above 90% correct selections was met, tests f
 
 
Symposium #255
CE Offered: BACB
International Symposium - Implicit Sexual Behavior: Developing and Using Implicit Behavior Tests to Identify Sexual History
Sunday, May 27, 2007
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Gregory AB
Area: CSE; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
CE Instructor: Maria R. Ruiz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior-analytic research into derived stimulus relations has laid the foundation for powerful and easily administered tests for implicit behavioral histories. These tests allow the behavioral researcher to gather information about an individuals behavioral history without the individuals awareness. While popular implicit tests such as the Implicit Association Test (I.A.T) claim to do precisely this, the processes involved in these tests are poorly understood. This symposium outlines a behavioral research program into the development of implicit behavioral tests, and in particular tests for sexual history and attitudes. The first paper provides an overview of behavior-analytic research into derived stimulus relations that has laid the foundation for the development of behavior-analytic implicit tests. The second paper reports on an experiment designed to assess the utility of a derived relations-based implicit test in detecting a history of inappropriate internet use. The third paper outlines a study that employed a derived relations-based implicit test to assess differences in the attitudes of men and women towards children and sexuality. This issue is also pursued in the fourth paper, which reports on a study employing an I.A.T-type test to examine gender differences in the categorization of children and sexual terms. Together these papers constitute a behavioral research program into the development of behavioral implicit tests that may have a wide variety of uses in research, clinical and forensic settings.

 
Developing Implicit Behavior Tests Based on the Concept of Derived Relational Responding.
BRYAN T. ROCHE (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Amanda Gavin (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College)
Abstract: The Implicit Association Test (I.A.T.) provides a powerful methodology for the analysis of attitudes and behavior in a non-invasive and subtle manner. However, the test assumes to measure implicit or unconscious cognitions and to this extent poses a problem for the behavioral researcher. Moreover, the I.A.T technique bears a striking similarity to behavioral methods of attitude and behavior assessment that rely on the concept of stimulus equivalence and derived relations more generally. The current paper provides an overview of behavior-analytic research that has already laid the foundation for behavioral implicit tests. A behavioral model of the I.A.T in terms of derived stimulus relations will be outlined. This model suggests that the I.A.T measures a history of relational responding, rather than attitudes per se. A program of research designed to establish a behavior-analytically grounded implicit test, not unlike the I.A.T, will also be presented.
 
A Stimulus Equivalence-Based Implicit Test to Identify Inappropriate Internet Use.
AMANDA GAVIN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Sarah McGuire (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Conor Linehan (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College)
Abstract: Subjects were exposed to a simulated internet experience consisting of a word-picture association training phase in which each of two nonsense syllables (A1 and A2) were paired with sexual and disgusting images (C1 and C2), respectively. In effect, conditioning established the relations A1-C1 and A2-C2. A control group were exposed to a similar but non-contingent conditioning procedure in which all possible combinations of the A-C relations were established. Using a linear training protocol all subjects were trained to form the equivalence relations A1-B1-C2 and A2-B2-C1. Subjects were then exposed to a modified equivalence test in which C stimuli were presented as samples and one of the A stimuli was presented as a comparison on every trial. Responding was recorded using a yes/no procedure in which subjects were required to confirm if the sample and comparison “went together”. Experimental subjects showed lower rates of stimulus equivalence acquisition than control subjects. The effect is interpreted in terms of the competing histories of respondent conditioning and equivalence training. This effect may form the basis of an implicit test for history of internet use or other relational histories.
 
Using a Behavioral Precursor to the Implicit Association Test to Measure Differences in the Sexual Categorisation of Children and Adults by Men and Women.
AMANDA GAVIN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Louise Levins (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Conor Linehan (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College)
Abstract: The current study was designed to assess male and female participants' relative fluency in matching sexual words with child-related words compared with adult-related words. Adult males and female participants were taught a series of conditional discriminations designed to establish two three-member equivalence relations according to a linear training protocol. Specifically, participants were trained to relate each of the terms Child and Adult (i.e., A stimuli) to one of two nonsense syllables (i.e., B stimuli), which in turn were related to a sexual and a nonsexual term, respectively (i.e., C stimuli). Participants were then exposed to an equivalence-type test in which only one comparison was presented per trial. A Yes/No procedure was employed to record responses on each trial. Interesting patterns of gender differences in the acquisition of stimulus equivalence were observed using these terms as stimuli. The findings raise interesting questions regarding differences in the verbal practices of men and women and contribute to our functional-analytic understanding of implicit test procedures.
 
Using an Implicit Association Test to Assess Differences in the Sexual Categorisation of Children and Adults by Men and Women.
MARIA R. RUIZ (Rollins College), Jaslin Goicoechea (Rollins College), Brittany Johnson (Rollins College), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Amanda Gavin (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: Previous research by the current authors involved using a behavioral variation of the Implicit Association Test to examine differences in relational responding towards children between incarcerated pedophiles and other non-offender groups. The procedure was designed to assess participants' fluency in associating terms related to sexuality with images of children. The results suggested that pedophiles make significantly more correct responses when child images and sexual terms require the same operant response. Of a range of other groups tested, including non offender males, only non-offender female subjects showed significantly more errors relating sexual terms to children rather than adults. The current study further explored this effect by administering a specifically-designed IAT-type test to assess differences the sexual categorization of children and adults by a random selection of normal men and women. The results point to possible differences in the ways in which men and women categorize children and have implications for a behavioral understanding of the Implicit Association Test.
 
 
Panel #256
CE Offered: BACB
Incorporating Research from Other Disciplines into the Behavioral Treatment of Learners with Autism
Sunday, May 27, 2007
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Douglas A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Frank R. Cicero, M.S.
Chair: Joanne Gerenser (Eden II Programs)
JOANNE GERENSER (Eden II Programs)
DANA BATTAGLIA (Eden II Programs/Genesis School)
FRANK R. CICERO (Eden II Programs)
REBECCA L. NULL (Burlington County Special Services School District)
Abstract:

Autism is a complex disorder that affects an individuals language and communication, social skills as well as other aspects of learning. Applied behavior analysis has been widely documented as being the most effective treatment methodology to address the behavioral excesses and deficits associated with autism. Unfortunately, even with excellent behavioral treatment, many individuals with autism continue to demonstrate significant deficits in language, communication, and social skills. It appears that existing interventions are insufficient to address the complex learning deficits of all learners with autism. One strategy to address this problem is to broaden the scope of treatment outside of the behavior analysis field to other disciplines and areas of research. This panel will present a set of case studies that demonstrate the integration of other disciplines with applied behavior analysis in the treatment of learners with autism. Specifically, programs derived from the research in speech-language pathology, psycholinguistics, and cognitive psychology will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #257
CE Offered: BACB
Language for Learning, Children with Autism, and Relational Frame Theory
Sunday, May 27, 2007
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
America's Cup AB
Area: EDC/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Cathy L. Watkins (California State University, Stanislaus)
Discussant: Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Katie Endicott, None
Abstract:

Language for Learning is a Direct Instruction program designed to teach pre-academic skills as well as skills in areas such as problem solving, classification, description of objects, and actions. . The curriculum is comprised of presentation books and workbooks that cover a variety of domains essential for language development and academic success. Information will be presented on what programs are currently using Language for Learning, how Language for Learning can be incorporated into a discrete trial teaching program with children with autism and data on skills mastered as well as an error analysis. In addition, a paper will be presented linking the concepts of relational frame theory to effective instructional practices in language development. Information will be included as to how Language for Learning addresses the teaching of relational frames throughout the content. In this program, relational frames are taught for the purpose of increasing communication skills to transmit and receive information, solve problems, and engage in higher order thinking tasks, all of which are skills necessary for academic success.

 
Program Overviews of Language for Learning for Children with Autism.
TRINA D. SPENCER (Utah State University)
Abstract: Information will be provided as to what programs nationwide are currently using Language for Learning with children with autism. A brief overview of the actual content of the curriculum will be provided, as well as a review of previous research.
 
Clinical Applications of Language for Learning with Preschoolers with Autism.
KATIE ENDICOTT (Utah State University), Nicole C. Groskreutz (Utah State University)
Abstract: Language for Learning is a unique Direct Instruction curriculum that can easily be incorporated into any discrete trial program. It can be used to teach preacademic skills and important problem solving skills in language development. Data will be presented from a study involving four preschoolers with autism who have participated in Language for Learning, as well as an error analysis for supplementary instruction purposes.
 
Language for Learning: A Relational Frame Theory Perspective.
GINGER KELSO (Utah State University)
Abstract: Information will be presented linking the concepts of relational frame theory to effective instructional practices in language development. Information will be included as to how Language for Learning addresses the teaching of relational frames throughout the content. In this program, relational frames are taught for the purpose of increasing communication skills to transmit and receive information, solve problems, and engage in higher order thinking tasks, all of which are skills necessary for academic success.
 
 
Panel #265
CE Offered: BACB
Training Entry Level Behavior Analysts: Managing the BCABA Experience Requirement in an Undergraduate Setting
Sunday, May 27, 2007
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Mohsen AB
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Deirdre Lee Fitzgerald, Ph.D.
Chair: Deirdre Lee Fitzgerald (Eastern Connecticut State University)
DENNIS B. MOZINGO (University of Rochester School of Medicine, Strong)
JAMES KOPP (University of Texas, Arlington)
MENIKA S. SCHULTE (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Abstract:

There have been recent revisions to the requirements for completing supervised fieldwork that will fulfill the national standards of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). There are an ever-growing number of BACB approved training programs at both the graduate and undergraduate levels that offer the coursework component but do not offer the supervised experience component. Undergraduate programs at universities that do not have an approved graduate program face unique challenges in locating, contacting, and supervising these placements. A sample of undergraduate programs that offer the supervised undergraduate experience in preparation for certification in behavior analysis at the associate level will answer questions about how they meet these challenges to open discussion about possible solutions for other programs.

 
 
Symposium #269
CE Offered: BACB
Applied Research on Schedules of Reinforcement
Sunday, May 27, 2007
4:00 PM–5:20 PM
Annie AB
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Brian A. Iwata, None
Abstract:

Research presented in this symposium illustrates a range of applications in which varied reinforcement schedules (progressive ratio, concurrent, conjugate, momentary DRO) played a prominent role in the context of either assessment or treatment.

 
Preference for Reinforcers under Progressive- and Fixed-Ratio Schedules in Single- and Concurrent-Operant Arrangements.
ASHLEY C. GLOVER (The Marcus Institute), Henry S. Roane (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Heather Kadey (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Progressive ratio (PR) schedules have been used to establish how much an individual will respond under increasing schedule requirements (i.e., the break point) for different reinforcers and have been conducted in both single and concurrent arrangements. Although both methods allow for the establishment of a break point, it is unknown how these break points predict responding under single and concurrent fixed-ratio (FR) schedules. We used PR schedules to identify the break point for two reinforcers (e.g., attention and TV) under single- and concurrent-operant conditions, using educational tasks as the target response. Sunsequently, we presented the same reinforcers concurrently at fixed-ratio schedules that were yoked to the respective break points obtained under PR schedules (i.e., conc FR 16 FR 3). Results suggested that in both assessments the participant responded more for one reinforcer regardless of whether it was presented on a single or concurrent PR schedule. Furthermore, this pattern of responding maintained when the reinforcers were presented in concurrent FR schedules. These results suggest that PR schedules are effective for identifying differential reinforcer value when developing educational training programs for individuals with developmental disabilities.
 
Reinforcing Effects of Preference-Assessment vs. Token-Store Selections under Single and Concurrent Reinforcement Schedules.
JORGE RAFAEL REYES (University of Florida), Kimberly Sloman (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: We evaluated the reinforcing efficacy of items identified as preferred through a preference assessment to the reinforcing efficacy of items that were selected at a token store. The items for each participant were selected by taking one item that was ranked low on the preference assessment but ranked high in the token store and another item that was ranked high on the preference assessment but ranked low in the token store. Both items were available concurrently and access to each item was made contingent on completing a word copying task. Results showed that under low, but equal schedule requirements (i.e., FR3/FR3), both items functioned equally well as reinforcers. Furthermore, when presented alone, each item was also highly effective in maintaining responding on the word copying task. These results suggest that items shown to be “low preference” can serve as reinforcers when presented either in a concurrent arrangement or when presented in isolation. Future manipulations will involve investigating the reinforcing efficacy of these items under progressive ratio schedules.
 
Effects of Fixed, Momentary DRO Schedules under Signaled and Unsignaled Arrangements.
JENNIFER LYNN HAMMOND (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Carrie M. Dempsey (University of Florida), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Florida)
Abstract: Results of previous research have shown that the fixed-momentary schedule of differential reinforcement of other behavior (FM-DRO) is generally ineffective as treatment for problem behavior. Because most early research on FM-DRO used signals to indicate the end of the DRO interval, it is unclear whether the reported ineffectiveness of FM-DRO is due to (a) discrimination of the contingency that was facilitated by the signals, or (b) the momentary response requirement of the schedule per se. To address this issue, we compared the effects of signaled vs. unsignaled FM-DRO with three individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities whose problem behaviors were maintained by social-positive reinforcement (based on results of a functional analysis). During signaled DRO, the experimenter delivered a visual or auditory signal 3 s prior to the end of the DRO interval, and reinforcement was delivered contingent upon the absence of problem behavior at the end of the interval. Similar procedures were used during unsignaled DRO; however, interval termination was not signaled. Results indicated that unsignaled FM-DRO was effective in decreasing problem behavior, whereas signaled FM-DRO was not, suggesting that the response requirement per se of FM-DRO may not be problematic unless it is easily discriminated.
 
Evaluation of a Conjugate Reinforcement Schedule for Exercise Behavior in Individuals with Prader-Willi Syndrome.
CLAUDIA L. DOZIER (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Jessica L. Thomason (University of Florida), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Florida)
Abstract: Physical exercise is an important therapeutic intervention in the management of life-threatening obesity, a prominent clinical feature of Prader-Willi Syndrome (PWS). We compared the effects of access to preferred activities (music, television, attention) on exercise behavior, which were delivered via conjugate versus more traditional ratio schedules. Results indicated that the conjugate schedule was more effective in maintaining exercise for 3 of 4 participants and that all 4 participants showed preference for the conjugate schedule during a subsequent choice condition. Results are discussed with respect to the use of non-food interventions to increase exercise by individuals diagnosed with PWS and the potential use of conjugate schedules with other types of performance.
 
 
Symposium #271
CE Offered: BACB
Development and Clinical Implications of Performance Standards in Young Children with Autism
Sunday, May 27, 2007
4:00 PM–5:20 PM
Elizabeth G
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: John D. McElwee (Hazleton Area School District)
Discussant: Carl V. Binder (Binder Riha Associates)
CE Instructor: Mary Jane Weiss, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will focus on the importance of determining performance standards (aims) for instructional programs. Specifically, panelists will discuss methods for determining aims for learners on the autism spectrum, generic speaking rate as a tool for predicting speaking aims, and the clinical relevance of issues related to rate, particilarly in the realm of progress on educational programs.

 
Developing Performance Aims for Learners on the Autism Spectrum.
MICHAEL FABRIZIO (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting)
Abstract: Many learners with ASD's have difficulty progressing through curricular sequences. Accuracy may not predict their ability to functionally use skills. It is important to develop standards for how quickly an individual can demonstrate a skill. This presentation will focus on methods for establishing aims and on assessing the outcomes of rate-building. Specifically, the presentation will highlight how the achievement of fluency is manifested in improved retention, application, stability, and endurance.
 
Estimating Performance Standards for Instructional Programs in EIBI for ASD Students.
JOHN D. MCELWEE (Hazleton Area School District)
Abstract: EIBI is characterized by the utilization of basic principles of behavior to change performance and a detailed sequence of instructional programs. A fundamental premise is the delineation of a criterion for performance indicating a student can progress within the curriculum sequence. EIBI main target is verbal behavior with the ultimate being conversation like skills for ASD students. This paper will propose that utilizing generic “speaking rate” provides a valuable tool that can be used to predict the estimated performance standard for a variety of verbal behavior skills. The talk will include data and discussion of the variety of implications from social skills to school inclusion.
 
Clinical Implications of Non-Fluent Behaviors.
MARY JANE WEISS (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Many learners with autism are able to achieve accuracy on curricular targets, but fail to functionally and effectively demonstrate their skills in natural environments. These failures lead to missed social opportunitiesand missed opportunities for group participation. Furthermore, these problems lead to and a variety of difficulties in less restrictive settings, including difficulty keeping pace with the group. Methods for assessing and targeting problems in the functional demonstration of skills will be reviewed.
 
 
Invited Symposium #275
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Homeland Security Using Behavior Analysis: Basic and Applied Research Examples
Sunday, May 27, 2007
4:00 PM–5:20 PM
Douglas B
Area: OBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University/Florida Association for Behavior Analysis)
CE Instructor: Jon S. Bailey, Ph.D.
Abstract:

N/a

 

Human Vigilance during Luggage Screening Tasks: Signals Function as Reinforcement for Observing Responses

RYAN B. OLSON (Oregon Health & Science University), Matthew C. Bell (Santa Clara University), Lindsey Hogan (Santa Clara University)
Abstract:

A 2x2 factorial design tested the effects of signal schedule (extinction or VI 6-min) and visual field and signal context (DIAL with needle deflections or BAGGAGE with knives) on the rate of observing responses in a visual screening task. During 30-minute sessions, participants (n=24) pressed the spacebar to briefly view a BAGGAGE or DIAL image (two seconds) and pressed a hit key when a signal was present. Cumulative records of spacebar presses were approximately 30% steeper during VI 6-min conditions. Statistical analyses showed a main effect for target schedule [F (1,20)=12.4, p<.05], no main effect for visual context (F<1), and no interaction (F<1). The results highlight the importance of signal schedules in maintaining vigilant performance during visual screening tasks.

Dr. Ryan B. Olson completed undergraduate studies at Utah State University and earned his M.A. in Industrial and Organizational Psychology and his Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis at Western Michigan University. Dr. Olson has published papers on the topics of occupational health and safety, performance improvement, work motivation, and aviation psychology and has served as a guest reviewer for the International Journal of Stress Management, the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, and the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. He has consulted with aviation, auto parts and paper products manufacturing, higher education, and pharmaceutical organizations on safety, training, psychological assessment, and performance improvement issues. Dr. Olson’s co-authored paper on work motivation became the feature article in a special issue of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (Olson, Laraway, & Austin, 2001). His work in transportation settings has opened new areas of occupational health and safety research, including the first experimental evidence that self-monitoring (SM) procedures can improve the safe driving of bus operators (Olson & Austin, 2001). He also developed a descriptive measurement system for beginning flight student landings, which resulted in the first published profile of landing errors for a cohort of novice pilots (Olson & Austin, in press).
 

Improving Human Performance in an Advanced Security System Environment: Vigilance Data from an Airport Communications Center

JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University/Florida Association for B), Marco D. Tomasi (Florida State University), Sara M. Olsen (Florida State University), Kimberly Erin Clark (Florida State University)
Abstract:

In a post-9/11 world, airport security has become a national priority. In 2005, the Department of Homeland Securitys (DHS) budget set aside $5.2 billion for the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) and $851 million to improve aviation security. The current study was carried out within the operations division of a regional airport. The operations division is responsible for the airports communication center, safety, security, oversight of general aviation, ground transportation, compliance with FAA regulations, and coordination with police and fire services. We defined and measured vigilance behaviors in the communications center and evaluated the effects of naturally-occurring and specially designed behavioral intervention.

Dr. Jon S. Bailey is Professor of Psychology at Florida State University where he has been on the graduate faculty for 37 years and serves as Director of the Applied Behavior Analysis doctoral program and the undergraduate Performance Management Track and is Co-Director of the Master’s Program in Applied Behavior Analysis. Dr. Bailey is President of Behavior Management Consultants, Inc., is a licensed psychologist and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst in the State of Florida, has served on the Florida Behavior Management Peer Review Committee, and has been an Expert Witness for the U.S. Department of Justice. He is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and the American Psychological Association (APA), as well as the American Psychological Society. He has served on the Executive Councils of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and Division 25 of APA. He is currently the Secretary/Treasurer of the Florida Association for Behavior Analysis, which he founded in 1980. Dr. Bailey is the past-Editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and is co-author of four recent books, all co-authored with Dr. Mary Burch: Research Methods in Applied Behavior Analysis, How Dogs Learn, Ethics for Behavior Analysts, and, in 2006, How to Think Like a Behavior Analyst.
 
Towards a Program of Behavioral Research for Domestic Preparedness
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Analyses of the events of 9/11 and hurricane Katrina reveal many behavioral, organizational, and system variables that thwart effective prevention and containment of such catastrophic events. This paper proposes areas for behavioral research and application in an effort to promote an integrated contribution by behavior analysts to homeland security.
Dr. Mark P. Alavosius, Ph.D. received his B.A. in psychology from Clark University in 1976 and earned his M.S. (1985) and Ph.D. (1987) in Psychology from the University of Massachusetts at Amherst. He is an Assistant Professor of Psychology in the Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno. He held faculty appointments in the Behavior Analysis and Industrial/Organizational Program at Western Michigan University and the Behavior Analysis Program at West Virginia University. As President of MPA & Associates, Inc., Dr. Alavosius works with specialists in instructional design, multi-media interactive systems, software development, business strategy, and performance management to develop and provide behavioral systems to improve performance in business and industry. His interests are in developing behavioral and instructional systems to improve work performance, particularly in the areas of health and safety. Dr. Alavosius has a proven track record with National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health as a recipient of Small Business Innovations Research Grants to develop and test behavioral safety technologies. With over twenty years of experience in behavioral approaches to work performance and occupational health and safety, Dr. Alavosius has over 100 publications and conference presentations to his credit.
 
Challenges to Security and Human Factors Research Efforts at the Department of Homeland Security
JOSHUA RUBINSTEIN (Transportation Security Laboratory, Department of Homeland Security)
Abstract: Dr. Rubinstein is a member of the Transportation Security Laboratory (TSL) within the Department of Homeland Security (DHS). The TSL is the key government laboratory resource in the United States, responsible for research, development, engineering, and test and evaluation activities related to explosives and weapons detection for all modes of transportation security. Dr. Rubinstein will discuss the role of research and development within the DHS and emerging priorities for the human factors research program at the TSL. He will also report results from selected human factors studies related to transportation security.
Dr. Joshua Rubinstein received a B.A. in Psychology from Swarthmore College in 1984, an M.A. in Cognitive Psychology from the University of Illinois in 1989, and a Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology from the University of Michigan in 1993. He was post-doctoral research fellow at the Center for Neuroscience at the University of California, Davis, where he conducted research on several aspects of attention, including human executive control processes. Dr. Rubinstein joined the FAA’s Aviation Security Human Factors Program in May 2000 as an Engineering Research Psychologist. He developed the X-ray Screener Selection Test currently used by TSA as the X-ray aptitude test for screener hiring. One of his current responsibilities is long-term research of a technical monitor of human factors. Starting in 2001, Dr. Rubinstein developed a program for funding academic scientists in the areas of attention, target detection, object recognition, training, learning, and fatigue as they relate to the X-ray screener task. Currently, he is acting lead of the Human Factors Program at the Transportation Security Laboratory. He is also responsible for usability analyses and designing and conducting the qualification tests for human in-the-loop security systems.
 
 
Symposium #279
CE Offered: BACB
The Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project: Infusing ABA within Public School Autism Classrooms
Sunday, May 27, 2007
4:00 PM–5:20 PM
Elizabeth C
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Mary Lynch Barbera (Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project)
Discussant: Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Net)
CE Instructor: Mary Lynch Barbera, Other
Abstract:

This presentation will give participants an overview of the Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project and will highlight research initiatives completed and in progress. During the first presentation, an overview of the PA Verbal Behavior Project will be given and a summary of outcomes over the past 4 years will be presented. Following the overview, Behavior Analysts will share two controlled studies done through the Project which evaluated different transfer procedures to teach tacts to children with autism. The final presentation within this symposium will highlight selected case studies completed through the PA Verbal Behavior Project.

 
The Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project: An Overview and Summary of Outcomes.
DEBRA NAMEY (Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project), Kelly R. Gansarski (Tuscara Intermediate Unit 11)
Abstract: This presentation will provide an overview of the PA Verbal Behavior Project, a unique program funded by the PA Department of Education which provides training, materials, and on-site consultation to 65 public school autism classrooms across the State. A summary of outcomes for the past four years will be presented.
 
Transfer Procedure Research Done through the PA Verbal Behavior Project.
MARY LYNCH BARBERA (Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project), Amiris Dipuglia (Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project)
Abstract: This presentation will provide an overview of a single subject design published study entitled: Using Transfer Procedures to Teach Tacts to a Child with Autism (Barbera, & Kubina, Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 2005) and an unpublished replication/expansion of that study entitled A Comparison of Transfer Procedures to Teach Tacts to Four Children with Autism.
 
PA Verbal Behavior Project Selected Case Studies.
AMIRIS DIPUGLIA (Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project), Mary Lynch Barbera (Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project)
Abstract: This presentation will highlight selected case studies from the PA Verbal Behavior Project.
 
 
Panel #291
CE Offered: BACB
Why Is Behavior Analysis Used Selectively in Treating Severe Behavior Disorders
Sunday, May 27, 2007
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Gregory AB
Area: CSE/CBM; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: W. Joseph Wyatt, Ph.D.
Chair: W. Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University)
DWIGHT HARSHBARGER (Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies)
ROBERT J. KOHLENBERG (University of Washington)
W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University)
Abstract:

This session is a continuation of the earlier Invited Panel Discussion entitled "Behavior and Social Issues: Behavior Analysis, Biological Psychiatry, and the Treatment of Severe Behavior Disorders" and includes additional contributors to the special issue of Behavior and Social Issues that was recently devoted to a discussion of the modest impact that behavior analysis has made in the treatment of severe behavior disorders. The panelists will focus of the economic, industrial, and institutional factors that supersede scientific data to limit the use of behavior analysis and favor psychotropic medication in the treatment of severe behavior disorders.

 
 
Symposium #331
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Staff Performance in Residential Schools: The Use of Innovative Training Models
Monday, May 28, 2007
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Emma C
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Helena L. Maguire (Melmark New England)
CE Instructor: Daniel Almeida, M.A.
Abstract:

This symposium will present 4 studies demonstrating innovative models to improve staff performance in a residential setting. The first paper will discuss the effectiveness of a training program incorporating a video model of correct skill performance, but no feedback provided on performance. The second paper assessed the level of protocol compliance in new staff following a training package comprised of didactic training and structured performance-based training with a competency component. In addition, ongoing system-wide data of performance and competency-based staff training using feedback tools will be presented. The third paper assesses and compares the accuracy of the descriptive data collected by direct-care staff under the two conditions: on-shift with students or independent observer. The fourth paper employs the same procedures as Parsons and Reid (1995) to train 5 supervisors in a residential facility and 5 supervisors in a school facility to provide effective feedback to direct service staff in both the group home and school setting.

 
Video-Modeling to Teach Staff to Conduct Discrete Trial Instruction: Maintenance and Generalization of Performance.
CYNTHIA N. CATANIA (Melmark New England), Daniel Almeida (Melmark New England)
Abstract: Developing effective and efficient training methods to teach human service and educational staff to conduct discrete trial instruction is of critical importance to the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. In this study, 5 direct service staff, with varying levels of experience and training in Applied Behavior Analysis, participated in a training program incorporating a video model of correct skill performance, but no feedback provided on performance. Staff’s percentage of accuracy of discrete trial competencies was assessed during baseline and training conditions using a multiple probe across participants design. Results showed an immediate and substantial increase in accuracy to 95-100% following training. For 3 of the 4 staff remaining in the study, maintenance data collected 4 months after the initial training showed continued levels of high accuracy. Generalization data will be collected on staff performance across different, non-training instructional curricula and students. How the findings relate to the efficiency and effectiveness of staff training will be discussed.
 
Comparing the Effectiveness of Performance-Based Training to Didactic Training on Staff Teaching Skills.
LAUREN M. FREDERICK (Melmark)
Abstract: Behavior analysts must learn to be effective change agents with students as well as those who will carry out the interventions. Ensuring protocol compliance across direct care staff in a large residential educational facility is a challenge. While didactic training is enticing due to time efficiency, empirical research does not offer strong support of effectiveness in changing staff behavior (Dyer, Schwartz, & Luce, 1984; Sterling-Turner, et al., 2001). Effective staff training should be performance and competency based (Reid & Parsons, 2002). Data will be presented depicting the level of protocol compliance exhibited by recently hired staff following a training package comprised of didactic training and unstructured performance based training without a competency component. Data show low levels of compliance. Specifically, scores on a teaching skills feedback instrument ranged from 29.4% to 77.8% correct implementation (inter-observer agreement averaged 85%). These data will be compared to the level of protocol compliance in new staff following a training package comprised of didactic training and structured performance-based training with a competency component (data to be collected). In addition, ongoing system-wide data of performance and competency-based staff training using feedback tools will be presented. The impact of improved staff training on student outcomes will also be discussed.
 
Utilizing Video as a Self-Monitoring Tool to Increase Staff Interaction Skills.
TIFFANEY M. ESPOSITO (Melmark New England/Northeastern University)
Abstract: The effects of a self-directed monitoring and feedback system on the interaction skills of direct-care staff in a residential group home setting were investigated. Four direct-care staff working with students with developmental delays were exposed to a training system which utilized video as a self-monitoring tool to improve desired interaction skills in the absence of supervisory feedback. The effects of the training system were assessed utilizing a multiple-baseline design across subjects. The performance across all four participants improved and was generalized over time. The need for the development of more efficient staff training and management systems that ensure the quality of care to individuals who reside in human service settings is discussed.
 
Training Supervisors to Provide Feedback for Maintaining Staff Teaching Skills.
HELENA L. MAGUIRE (Melmark New England), Patricia A. Finney (Melmark New England)
Abstract: Training supervisors to provide effective feedback that both enhances and maintains staff’s skills when teaching consumers is an integral component to an effective organization. Consumers benefit from staff members who utilize effective teaching skills and are consistent with the delivery of effective teaching strategies. Previous research conducted by Parsons and Reid (1995) found that maintenance of teaching skills was far greater for direct service staff whose supervisors had received training in providing feedback relative to staff whose supervisors had not received such training. In this study, the same procedures as Parsons and Reid (1995) were employed to train 5 supervisors in a residential facility and 5 supervisors in a school facility to provide effective feedback to direct service staff in both the group home and school setting. The training package included classroom based instruction, on the job observation, and on the job feedback. After supervisors demonstrated mastery in providing direct services to consumers, these same supervisors were then trained to deliver effective feedback. Following this training in providing feedback, all supervisors were observed in their provision of feedback to their staff. Supervisors were observed and data was collected on the correct or incorrect presentation of the eight feedback components. Data to be collected.
 
 
Symposium #334
CE Offered: BACB
Assessing Autism Interventions in Public Schools: Which Strategies, for Which Children, with What Resources?
Monday, May 28, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Douglas A
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Philip N. Hineline (Temple University)
Discussant: Gina Green (San Diego State University)
CE Instructor: Philip N. Hineline, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Lovaas et al. (1987) convincingly demonstrated that early intensive applied behavioral interventions can dramatically improve the lifetime prospects for children with autism, and there have been several additional comparative studies validating that specific approach along with the more general term applied behavior analysis as an intervention strategy. But the array of behaviorally based strategies has expanded and evolved over the past two decades. Distinctive labels have been given to innovations, some of which are advocated upon on the basis of conceptual rationales rather than supporting research. Furthermore, services for children with autism have moved beyond the research setting and into public schools and homes, with the interventions implemented by teaching staff, paraprofessionals and parents. There is clearly a need for researchers to step beyond traditional within-subject research designs and begin the process of delineating the similarities and differences between alternative approaches while also evaluating intervention effectiveness. A multi-systemic approach will be presented for evaluating early, intensive ABA-based interventions within public school settings. The methodology for this multi-site study extends beyond the single-subject design to address which techniques and strategies are most effective for which children within the autism spectrum and with what resources of staffing and expertise.

 
Which Strategies? The Role of Curriculum Sequencing within Autism Interventions.
JOHN C. BARNARD (Educational Services Unit, Burlington County Special Services School District), Christina M. Peters (Temple University), Betsy Wurstner (Temple University)
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been recognized as an effective intervention strategy for individuals with autism spectrum disorder and it provides the conceptual foundation for effective early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI). Not the same as the more general term "early intervention," EIBI is a specialized instructional approach that includes an individualized and comprehensive curriculum protocol that is specifically designed and sequenced to build a complex repertoire of skills. This presentation will review selected general principles of behavior analytic curriculum development and discuss certain implications towards effective intervention within public school settings. Some similarities and differences between familiar approaches will be discussed along with the potential implications of these similarities and differences for attempts to compare curriculum packages. A proposed method of tracking curriculum sequencing will be presented along with a graphic representation of data for a sample of students demonstrating the similarities and differences between certain common approaches towards curriculum development. The important role of this type of data within a comprehensive research protocol will be discussed.
 
For Which Children? Direct vs. Indirect Measures for Predicting Child Outcomes.
BETSY WURSTNER (Temple University), Kelly McElrath (Bucks County Intermediate Unit #22), Lisa Marie Angello (Rider College)
Abstract: Selecting the most effective early intervention strategies for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) has become increasingly challenging with the expansion of behaviorally based options that have become available. Direct, repeated assessment and evaluation of the child’s progress often is the single, best predictor of child outcome. However, there may be alternative measures conducted at the outset of intervention that can assist in predicting child outcomes. These assessment techniques include both direct and indirect measures of child performance and potential. As part of a multi-site study examining the factors contributing to positive child outcomes with early intervention, we will examine the relative utility of various assessment methods in predicting child outcomes with intensive early intervention for children with autism. Implications for improving the selection of appropriate intervention strategies will be discussed.
 
With What Resources? Repeated Assessments of Staff Expertise.
JENNIFER A. WADE (Temple University), Nina C. Wilde (Bucks County Intermediate Unit #22), Saul Axelrod (Temple University)
Abstract: Data from both direct observation and from a written probe will be presented, evaluating the expertise (practical and conceptual) of staff persons who are implementing the alternative behavioral approaches that are under consideration here. The staff expertise probe was developed in the course of staff training prior to this project. During the project, these assessments occur at the start of the school semester, or before and after staff training when that occurs earlier. The staff observation tool was designed specifically for this project, and enables assessments twice per semester to track changes in expertise during a person’s work experience. Although the data will be aggregated in ways that preserve anonymity, results for each individual staff person will be assessed in relation to the progress of individual children with whom that person worked. The two staff assessment techniques were designed to encompass the full range of behavioral techniques so as not to favor any particular approach, thus allowing for meaningful comparison of staff expertise both within and across sites.
 
 
Symposium #339
CE Offered: BACB
Current Behavioral Research and Practice in Autism
Monday, May 28, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Elizabeth H
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Adel C. Najdowski, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Treatments based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) have been scientifically demonstrated to be the most effective option for young children with autism. However, more research is needed in order to identify the most effective procedures, both for the assessment and reduction of challenging behavior, as well as teaching adaptive behavior. This symposium includes three presentations on empirical research on a variety of topics in the assessment and treatment of the behavior of individuals with autism, covering topics such as toilet training, data collection of aquisition skills, and functional assessment. The symposium will be concluded with a discussion of the presentations.

 
Wearing a Diaper During Toilet Training: An Evaluation of the Effects on Children Diagnosed with Autism.
RACHEL S. F. TARBOX (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Melody Nabizadeh (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Doreen Granpeesheh (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), James Summers (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract: Urinary incontinence has been shown to be a pervasive problem in children with autism. Incontinence can affect a child both socially and in terms of risk of infectious diseases transmitted through bodily waste (Berk & Friman, 1990). Surveys have reported that anywhere from 50 -70% of all children with autism have difficulties with toileting (Whitely, 2004; Horvath, Papadimitriou, Rabsztyn, Drachenberg & Tildon, 1999). Recent research conducted with an adult with developmental disabilities demonstrated that wearing diapers may occasion urinary accidents (Tarbox, Williams & Friman, 2004). In the current investigation a reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of wearing a diaper during toilet training for two children diagnosed with autism. Results suggest that wearing a diaper may increase the likelihood of urinary incontinence. Moreover, successful voids increased during the course of evaluation. Treatment, follow-up, reliability and integrity data will be presented.
 
Comparing Indirect, Descriptive, and Experimental Functional Assessments in Children with Autism.
ARTHUR E. WILKE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract: Current standards of practice in psychological and educational services dictate the need for ascertaining the function of challenging behaviors before treating them and for behavioral interventions to be based on the function of behavior. At least three broad categories of functional assessments have been developed, including indirect, descriptive, and experimental procedures. Although experimental functional analyses are common in empirical research on behavioral intervention, indirect and descriptive functional assessment procedures may be more commonly used in clinical and educational practice. Little research has systematically compared indirect, descriptive, and experimental functional assessments, let alone with participants within the autism population. The current study compares indirect, descriptive, and experimental functional assessments, across several children with autism, representing a range of ages and topographies of challenging behavior.
 
Electronic Data Collection for Intensive Behavioral Intervention for Young Children with Autism: An Analysis and Comparison of mTrial to Traditional Pen and Paper Methods of Data Collection.
SIENNA GREENER-WOOTEN (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Arthur E. Wilke (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract: There is considerable empirical evidence that demonstrates that early intensive behavior analytic intervention (also referred to as ABA) produces substantial improvements in young children with autism across a number of skill domains (cognitive functioning, language skills, academic performance, etc.). A central feature of this treatment approach is the reliance on continuous measurement of child performance during all treatment hours (20-40 hours per week) to ensure an objective and quantitative analysis of behavior. Data collection ensures that appropriate treatment decisions are being recommended for each individual child and that an evidence-based practice model is being followed at all times. Pen and paper data collection is the standard practice in service delivery agencies, however this format can be time consuming and costly. An alternative is to collect data via an electronic format, however little research has been done on electronic data collection in these settings. The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether mTrial, a program that allows therapists to record, store, and report discrete trial and other behavior data for students on a Palm handheld, is effective in collecting and maintaining client data during intensive early intervention and to compare this system to traditional pen and paper data.
 
 
Panel #341
CE Offered: BACB
Ethics in Applied Behavior Analysis: A Review of Some Critical Issues
Monday, May 28, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Gregory AB
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Michael F. Dorsey, Ph.D.
Chair: Michael F. Dorsey (The Vinfen Corporation)
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (The Vinfen Corporation)
GERALD A SHOOK (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
THOMAS L. ZANE (The Evergreen Center)
JAMES M. JOHNSTON (Auburn University)
Abstract:

As the field of Applied Behavior Analysis expands, critical issues relative to the protection of those we serve become more important to both the consumers as well as the longevity of the profession. The presenters will discuss a number of these issues, providing recommendations that will address both needs. Among these very critical issues is the current lack of direct oversight of individuals who are either members of ABA and/or certified by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. The goal of this symposium will be to develop potential solutions to this issue and work to advocate for changes in the systems necessary to promote such needs.

 
 
Symposium #343
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing Advanced Interpersonal and Community Skills in Children with Autism
Monday, May 28, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Elizabeth G
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project)
Discussant: Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project)
CE Instructor: Gerald E. Harris, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Early behavioral intervention has well demonstrated the ability to instill or increase basic social and interpersonal skills in children with autism. However, there remain many areas where programming is less well developed. This symposium presents data-based procedures for addressing problems in pedestrian safety, non-food ingestion, and joint attention skills. These areas are often more challenging to treat than basic language, academic, and self-help deficits. As behavioral interventions become more widespread and effective, increased numbers of children need assistance with the more subtle skills. The first presentation reports on a program designed to improve childrens ability to be safe in high risk situations in the community. Automobile awareness and safety while walking are important safety skills for all children to have. The second presentation describes an ABA intervention to help a child with severe Pica. Many children with autism have additional diagnoses, and Pica not only constitutes a serious threat to the childs well-being, but is notoriously difficult to treat in a natural environment. The third presentation describes a 3-phase behavioral intervention to increase joint attention in children with autism, thus allowing the shared awareness and experience that makes social interaction so rewarding.

 
Teaching Pedestrian Safety Skills to Children with Autism.
KRISTEN MCCLINTOCK (Texas Young Autism Project), Maureen Childs (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project)
Abstract: Little research exists on teaching community safety skills to children with autism. One study by Childs, McClintock, and Harris (2005) demonstrated behavioral methods to teach children with autism pedestrian skills. The present study extends those findings and also examines long-term maintenance of the skills by previously trained children (> 1 year post-test). The dependent variable for this study was safe pedestrian skills, defined as mastery of nine skills outlined in the task analysis. The sample included two typically developing children and five children with autism enrolled in a discrete trial ABA program. Participants were taught pedestrian skills first with use of a 3D model and then through training at familiar intersections in each child’s neighborhood. Results of a multiple-baseline design indicate that post-intervention, most participants demonstrated a significant increase in pedestrian skills compared to baseline, although the typically developing children made greater increases. Inter-observer agreement was above 90% for all phases. Long-term maintenance of pedestrian skills for previously trained children was found to be very good. These findings demonstrate the ability of a specific behavioral approach to teach children basic skills for crossing the street while having awareness of moving vehicles, and that these skills can be well maintained.
 
Joint Attention Skills: A Three-Phase Intervention.
TREA DRAKE (Texas Young Autism Project), Jennifer Shen (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project)
Abstract: Joint attention has been identified as an essential element of a functional social repertoire. Deficits in joint attention often serve as discriminative behavioral markers in children with autism. This study evaluates a treatment protocol developed by the Texas Young Autism Project designed to improve joint attention skills of children with autism. Seven children receiving ABA treatment participated in the study. In Phase 1, each child’s ability to respond to the joint attention bids of others and to initiate joint attention exchanges was addressed. All participants reached mastery criteria in both responding to the joint attention bids of others and initiating joint attention. Phase 2 treatment protocol emphasized generalization of the skills to the child’s home environment. Assessment of joint attention skills in the home environment revealed that the skills did generalize. Phase 3 of the intervention taught and demonstrated generalization of joint attention skills to a wider range of settings. Inter-observer agreement was evaluated for 30% of the sessions revealing an average agreement of 95%.
 
ABA Treatment for Pica in a Natural Environment.
TREA DRAKE (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project)
Abstract: A number of children with autism are also co-diagnosed with Pica, a difficult to treat disorder with significant risks for the child’s physical well-being. Existing research literature on ABA interventions for Pica only describe treatment in a controlled setting, such as an institution. While this is important the real question for many behaviorists is how to intervene in a child’s natural environment. The present case study describes the design and implementation of a behavioral intervention for a young male, diagnosed with both autism and Pica, that occurs in the child’s home environment. Careful attention to single subject research methodology, in addition to the clinical issues, provided good baseline, reversal, outcome and follow-up data. Specific techniques and answers to logistical problems encountered are discussed. Time sampling procedures resulted in good interobserver agreement (> .90).
 
 
Symposium #346
CE Offered: BACB
International Symposium - Operant Analysis and the Establishment of Joint Attention Skills in Children with Autism
Monday, May 28, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Molly AB
Area: DEV/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Joint attention, a synchronizing of the attention of two or more persons, has been an increasing focus of research in cognitive developmental psychology. In particular, it appears that children diagnosed with autism may display a syndrome-specific deficit in joint attention skills. Over the last few years, phenomena treated under the heading of joint attention have also come into focus of behavior-analytic research and theory. The purposes of the present symposium are to present (1) an operant perspective on joint attention phenomena and (2) empirical results which show that joint attention skills can be established in children with autism through specific, step-wise operant procedures.

 
Joint Attention in an Operant Perspective.
PER HOLTH (Akershus University College)
Abstract: Phenomena typically considered under the heading of joint attention include gaze following, monitoring, social referencing, and protoimperative and protodeclarative gestures. In an operant analysis of these phenomena, a number of behavior processes are relevant. These include reinforcement, discrimination, conditioned reinforcement and chaining, conditional discriminations, joint control, conjugate reinforcement, continuous repertoires, and observing responses. From an operant perspective, specific teaching protocols aimed at the establishment of such skills appear to be a rather straightforward matter.
 
Joint Attention Intervention Based on Applied Behavior Analysis for Young Children with Autism.
HEIDI SKORGE OLAFF (Glenne Autism Center and Akershus University College), Per Holth (Akershus University College)
Abstract: Based upon an operant analysis of joint attention skills, a teaching protocol was developed and implemented to facilitate such skills in four children with autism. All children were between three and four years of age and received early and intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) at least 25 hours per week. The teaching protocol specified nine different procedures, aimed at each of the following composite skills: (1) Social referencing/conditioning of normal social stimuli as reinforcers, (2) proximal gaze and point following, (3) distal gaze and point following (4) social monitoring, (5) responding to joint attention bids during structured play (6) initiating joint attention to novel stimuli (7) manding with joint attention (8) commenting on novel behavior, (9) tacting. The procedures were successively implemented according to an interrupted time series design with repeated tests of joint attention skills, using a modified version of Early Social Communication Scales, (ESCS). Although the results showed limited improvement on the modified ESCS, all children learned to master the skills that were targeted by the intervention, and reports from parents and teachers indicate significant improvement of joint attention skills in the natural environment in at least two of the four children.
 
Can ABA-Based Interventions Produce Joint Attention Skills in Preschool Children with Autism?
JÖRN ISAKSEN (Oppland Habilitation Services, Norway), Per Holth (Akershus University College)
Abstract: A lack of joint attention skills may represent the core impairment in autism. In the present study, a training protocol was developed, based on the literature on joint attention and on behavioral interventions. The training was organized into a sequence of three main parts respectively aimed at establishing each of the following skills: (1) responding to attention bids, (2) engaging in turn-taking activities based on joint attention skills, and (3) initiating joint attention. The study was conducted according to a single-subject experimental design, in which joint attention skills were measured before and after intervention, using the ”Behavioral Assessment of Joint Attention”. Four 2.5- to 4-year-old children diagnosed with autism participated in the study. All four children completed the training successfully and made significant progress in engaging in joint attention and in initiating joint attention skills. Following the completion of training and at 1-month follow up, parents reported that their children used their skills in different settings. Moreover, at follow up, all four children were reported to engage in joint attention behaviors and showing degrees of enjoyment when doing so.
 
 
Symposium #347
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Issues in Choice and Preference
Monday, May 28, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Annie AB
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Stephanie A. Contrucci Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: William L. Holcomb (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Stephanie A. Contrucci Kuhn, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Preference Assessments have become an essential tool in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. Over the past 20 years, the effectiveness and utility of multiple methods has been evaluated. Included in these studies are investigations into the validity of the various assessments. However, important questions remain. The three studies presented in this symposium address questions pertaining to the validity of different types of preference assessments, consistency of choices across assessments, and the accuracy of choice making behavior. In the first study, the efficacy of discrimination training to teach individuals with developmental disabilities to make auditory discriminations during symbolic preference assessments was evaluated. Results indicated that choice making improved for all three participants following discrimination training. In the second study, high preference items from full- and partial-array preference assessments were compared in a reinforcer assessment in order to assess the relative reinforcement value. Results indicated that although both full- and partial-array items initially functioned as reinforcers, the participants allocated more responding the full-array items when presented concurrently. In the final study, reinforcer assessments were used to validate the outcome of several preference assessment methods (single-stimulus, paired stimulus, and multiple stimulus without replacement). Results indicated discrepancies in rankings across the three methods and reinforcer assessments validated the results of only one or two of the preference assessment methods for 2 of the 3 participants. The results of these studies suggest that although preference assessments are vital tools in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior particular attention should be given to issues related to the validity of these procedures.

 
The Effects of Discrimination Training on Choice-Making Accuracy during Symbolic Preference Assessment Formats.
CHRISTINA M. VORNDRAN (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston, Clear Lake)
Abstract: Research on choice-making among individuals with developmental disabilities has primarily focused on the identification and incorporation of preferred items and activities into the home and community environments of these individuals. Because of cognitive and communication limitations, some individuals with developmental disabilities require training to make choices that accurately reflect their preferences. Verbal choice methods are commonly used in everyday clinical practice; however, the accuracy of these methods for identifying actual preferences depends on the individual’s ability to make auditory discriminations. Discrimination training is a strategy commonly used to teach a variety of discriminations to individuals with developmental disabilities. However, no studies to date have evaluated the efficacy of discrimination training for teaching individuals with developmental disabilities to make auditory discriminations for the purpose of improving choice-making accuracy during symbolic preference assessments. The present study evaluated the direct and generalized effects of discrimination training on the choice-making abilities of three individuals with developmental disabilities. Results indicated that training was successful for improving choice-making accuracy for all three participants when a limited number of choices was presented. A generalization strategy of training multiple, choice exemplars was moderately successful in transferring the effects of training to choices in the context of a larger assessment.
 
Evaluation of High- and Low-Ranked Stimuli in a Choice Preference Assessment.
APHRODITE FOUNDAS MANGUM (The Marcus Institute), Henry S. Roane (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: Tarvella et al. (2000) found that stimuli that were ranked low (i.e., below 60% of trials) in a choice preference assessment functioned as effective reinforcers for adaptive behavior. However, a large body of literature suggests that, in general, high preference stimuli are more effective reinforcers than low preference stimuli. In the current study we conducted two choice preference assessments (based on Fisher et al., 1992). The first assessment (full array) consisted of ten stimuli. The second assessment (partial array) consisted of a subset of stimuli (i.e., those selected on fewer than 50% of trials). We then compared the reinforcing effectiveness of the top two stimuli from full-array assessment to the top two stimuli from the partial-array assessment. Following these two preference assessments, the least-preferred item, most-preferred item and control were compared as reinforcers using in-square or in-seat behavior as the target response. Both the full-array and partial-array stimuli functioned as reinforcers initially; however, when full- and partial-array items were presented concurrently the participants allocated more responding toward the full-array items relative to the partial-array items. Reliability data were collected on over 30% of all sessions and averaged over 90% for all dependent measures. These findings suggest that, although the reinforcing effectiveness of some stimuli may be masked by the inclusion of higher preference stimuli, high preference stimuli may be more effective reinforcers.
 
Validating Preference and Choice through Reinforcer Assessment.
ELIZABETH J. KELSEY (Northeastern University), Daniel Gould (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities often lack the skills or the opportunities to make choices. When opportunities for choice are provided, it is important to ensure that the choices made are valid. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the validity of choices made during preference assessments for three adults with developmental disabilities. Standard single-stimulus, paired-stimulus and multiple-stimulus without replacement preference assessments were conducted for all participants using a variety of edible and activity items. Reinforcer assessments were then used to compare the validity of choices made across the different preference assessments. Preference hierarchies differed across preference assessment types for all participants. Results of the reinforcer assessment showed that for 2 of the 3 participants one or two of the preference assessments yielded valid results. Assessments for the third participant resulted in false negatives, that is, stimuli that functioned as reinforcers were not identified as preferred. Results were then used to prescribe a valid preference assessment method for future clinical application with each participant. This study suggests that careful selection of preference assessment methods is required to ensure that valid choices are made.
 
 
Symposium #348
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Methods of Increasing Compliance
Monday, May 28, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
America's Cup AB
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: David A. Wilder, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Four papers on the assessment and / or treatment of noncompliance will be presented. In the first paper, two case examples that demonstrate the effectiveness of nontraditional treatment strategies for increasing compliance will be presented. In the second paper, an extension of an EO analysis of compliance was done by applying the procedures to a classroom setting serving typically developing children with behavioral disorders. In the third paper, three antecedent and two consequent strategies for improving compliance were examined in young children. In the fourth paper, previous research on child compliance is extended by describing compliance levels of 16 preschool-aged children, and then elucidating the importance of antecedent and consequence-based strategies via parametric analyses.

 
Individualized Treatment of Task Completion for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders.
KELLY J. BOUXSEIN (Georgia State University, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Common teaching strategies used to increase children’s task completion may include providing instructions, using 3-step guided compliance, and providing differential reinforcement. Children with autism spectrum disorders however, may present with various idiosyncrasies (e.g., problem behavior, ritualistic behavior) that may impede or alter the success of commonly implemented strategies. Therefore, common interventions may need to be modified to reach desirable outcomes for these children. We present two case examples that demonstrate the effectiveness of alternative treatment strategies for increasing compliance. In Case Study 1, a mother of a child with autism spectrum disorder used a choice paradigm within a 3-step guided compliance procedure to treat noncompliance and tantrums evoked by both the presentation of demands and removal of preferred items. In Case Study 2, we demonstrated that providing instructions specifying a task-completion goal resulted in increased engagement and completion of three tasks, even when no differential-reinforcement contingencies were arranged for a young man diagnosed with Asperger syndrome. Interobserver agreement data were collected for 23 to 42% of all sessions and mean agreement scores for dependent measures were above 90%. Findings from both cases demonstrated effective methodological variations on common treatment procedures for increasing compliance and task completion.
 
Classroom-Based Analysis of Establishing Operations and Matched Treatment.
BRENDA J. ENGEBRETSON (University of Iowa), Jennifer E. Copeland (Grant Wood Area Education Agency), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa)
Abstract: Specific establishing events have been shown to occasion noncompliance maintained by escape from tasks. For example, Call and colleagues (2004) demonstrated that level of task difficulty, amount of work, and adult attention functions as motivating operations for children’s noncompliance during outpatient evaluations. We extended this analysis by applying the procedures to a classroom setting serving typically developing children with behavioral disorders. One case example, Linus, will be presented. Linus was a seven-year-old and his problem behaviors consisted of noncompliant and disruptive behaviors (e.g., crying, throwing materials, pretend sleeping). Inter-observer agreement data were collected on 58% of the sessions with agreement for target behaviors ranging from 94% and 98%. An initial assessment of establishing operations for noncompliance was conducted within a multi-element design. Variables assessed were duration of the work task, presence of adult attention during the task, presession attention, and the presence of a visual example for the work task. Functional communication training was implemented and was matched to the results of assessment. Treatment was evaluated within a multi-element design. Improvement in both time on-task and number of tasks completed was observed. Implications of the study and suggestions for future research will be discussed.
 
Detailed Evaluation of Antecedent and Consequence-Based Interventions to Increase Compliance among Young Children.
KIMBERLEY L. M. ZONNEVELD (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Alonna Marcus (Florida Institute of Technology), Renee Saulnier (Florida Institute of Technology), Gracie Allen Beavers (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Noncompliance by young children is the most common childhood behavior problem listed by parents and teachers and is correlated with other, more serious behavior problems later in life. In the first experiment, following a functional analysis of some of the variables maintaining noncompliance, three antecedent-based interventions (i.e., noncontingent access to a preferred item, a warning condition, and the high-probability instructional sequence) were assessed for three children. In the second experiment, two additional interventions, delivery of high-preference stimuli contingent upon compliance and a guided compliance or three-step prompting procedure, were compared in three children. Results of the first experiment showed that the antecedent-based interventions were ineffective for two participants and that the high-probability instructional sequence was effective for one child. Results of the second experiment showed that the delivery of high-preference stimuli contingent upon compliance was more effective than the guided compliance procedure. Interobserver agreement data were collected on at least 50% of all sessions and agreement averaged above 90%. Overall, these results suggest that antecedent-based interventions may be of limited value and contingent delivery of preferred stimuli may be effective in the treatment of noncompliance.
 
Preschoolers' Compliance with Simple Instructions: A Description and Experimental Evaluation.
KASEY STEPHENSON (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The present study extends previous research on child compliance by describing compliance levels of 16 preschool-aged children, and then elucidating the importance of antecedent and consequence-based strategies via parametric analyses. The impact of six antecedent variables (proximity, position, physical contact, eye contact, vocal attention, and play interruption) was assessed on compliance by four children. The effects of three-step (vocal, model, physical) prompting were then assessed alone, in combination with the antecedent variables, and at different integrity levels for two children. Interobserver agreement was collected on 37% of all sessions and averaged 96%. The descriptive study showed that compliance was relatively stable for individual children, variable across children, and increased with age. Results of the experimental analyses showed that compliance gradually increased with the addition of each antecedent variable for two of the four children. Three-step prompting in combination with the six antecedent variables increased compliance to high levels for the remaining two children, and high compliance levels maintained until treatment integrity was deceased to 20%. Our results suggest that moderate levels of integrity with strategies involving both antecedent variables and 3-step prompting results in acceptable levels of compliance in preschoolers. Implications for the design of preschool classroom practices are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #351
CE Offered: BACB
This Aint Your Mamas Skinner Box: How Behavior Analysts Can Shape Corporate Learning
Monday, May 28, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
America's Cup C
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amy L. Christensen (Convergys Corporation)
Discussant: Eric J. Fox (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Amy L. Christensen, M.A.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have a long-standing presence in education; however the corporate arena offers a relatively untapped education facet: corporate learning. Large companies typically spend over $100 million yearly on learning and training programs but what, if any, is the return on this investment? Corporate learning solutions generally are not built upon sound behavioral principles. They are, however, built upon Instructional Systems Design & Development (ISDD) methodologies. The most popular methodologythe ADDIE modelprovides a systematic process for creating corporate learning. It is through this model that behavior analysts have the opportunity to drive results. Behavior analysts have the capability to turn learning solutions into behavioral learning solutions and produce a return far greater than a monetary investment. Not only do behavior analysts have the power to influence corporate learning, but corporate learning also has the capability to impact behavior analysis. A variety of learning modalities are delivered in the corporate arena, many of which can enhance current behavioral solutions. A showcase of learning solutions will be demonstrated in an effort to highlight Whats out there? and where, as behavior analysts, we can make a difference.

 
Can Behavior Analysis and Corporate Learning Get Along?
AMY L. CHRISTENSEN (Convergys Corporation), Heather J. Huber (Convergys Corporation)
Abstract: Some of the most significant contributions of behavior analysts have addressed autism, developmental disabilities, education, and organizational behavior management (OBM) – areas of study founded on basic behavior analytic principles. The behavioral principles that have proven effective in these areas can also improve the effectiveness of corporate learning. The skills that allow behavior analysts to succeed afford behavior analysts an opportunity to drive the results that businesses seek.
 
Reinventing Corporate Learning Solutions with Behavior Analysis.
HEATHER J. HUBER (Convergys Corporation), Amy L. Christensen (Convergys Corporation)
Abstract: The ADDIE model is the instructional design methodology most widely accepted in the corporate learning environment. Working with the ADDIE model’s five components – Analyze, Design, Develop, Implement, and Evaluate – yields behavior analysts a unique opportunity to reinvent the model and its components from a molecular level and improve return on investment through the delivery of data-based learning solutions. Just as behavior analysis offers corporate learning solutions an opportunity to become more behaviorally oriented, today’s corporate learning solutions offer the field of behavior analysis creative ways to deliver learning to our clients – be they students, teachers, parents, or a variety of other participants. E-learning and simulation-based training provide an enormous opportunity for behavior analysts to train a multitude of clients in an assortment of learning environments – providing safe and effective means of changing behavior and improving performance.
 
From the Classroom to the Board Room.
AMY L. CHRISTENSEN (Convergys Corporation), Heather J. Huber (Convergys Corporation)
Abstract: We will demonstrate a showcase of learning solutions to depict how corporations are training their workforce in today’s market. These solutions will include e-learning and simulation-based training that target industries such as retail, manufacturing/automotive, financial services, pharmaceuticals, and high tech. The training types targeted in this training demo include workforce development and sales and services. As you watch this demonstration, we challenge you think. We challenge you to listen. And we challenge you to get imagine how you might apply these learning solutions to your own learning environment.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #352
CE Offered: BACB

If Applied Behavior Analysis Has so Much to Offer Education (and it Does), Why Does Education Take Such Limited Advantage of its Findings?

Monday, May 28, 2007
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Douglas C
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: William L. Heward, Ed.D.
Chair: Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University)
Dr. William L. Heward is Emeritus Professor of Education at The Ohio State University (OSU) where he taught for 30 years. Internationally recognized for his work in applied behavior analysis and special education, Dr. Heward has served as a Visiting Professor of Psychology at Keio University in Tokyo and as a Senior Fulbright Scholar in Portugal. His publications include more than 100 journal articles and book chapters and nine books, including the widely used texts, Applied Behavior Analysis (co-authored with John O. Cooper and Timothy E. Heron) and Exceptional Children: An Introduction to Special Education, which is in its eighth edition and has been translated into several foreign languages. In 1985, he received OSU’s highest honor for teaching excellence: the Alumni Association’s Distinguished Teaching Award. A Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, Dr. Heward received the 2006 Fred S. Keller Behavioral Education Award by Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. Bill’s current research interests focus on “low-tech” methods for increasing the effectiveness of group instruction and on adaptations of curriculum and instruction to promote the generalization and maintenance of newly learned knowledge and skills.
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysiss (ABA) pragmatic, natural science approach to discovering environmental variables that reliably influence socially significant behavior and to developing a technology that takes practical advantage of those discoveries offers humankind our best hope for solving many of our problems. Unfortunately, ABA has had limited impact on society. Using public education as the exemplar, this presentation will explore the question, If ABA is so wonderful, why dont we (society) make greater use of it? Improving the effectiveness of education is one of societys most important problems, and for more than four decades applied behavior analysis has provided powerful demonstrations of how it can promote learning in the classroom. In spite of this evidence, behavior analysis is, at best, a bit player in efforts to reform education. Dr. Heward will identify a dozen reasons why ABA is ideally suited to help improve education, review a somewhat longer list of reasons that work against the widespread adoption of behavioral approaches in education, and suggest some actions that practitioners and researchers can take to enhance and further ABAs contributions to effective education.

 
 
Panel #357
CE Offered: BACB
A Panel Discussion for Sharing Materials and Ideas for Increasing Acceptance of ABA Worldwide
Monday, May 28, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Elizabeth G
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Michael Weinberg, Ph.D.
Chair: Michael Weinberg (Professional Education Resources and Conference Services)
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Professional Education Resources and Conference Services)
JOSEPH D. CAUTILLI (Children Crisis Treatment Center/St. Joseph's University)
STEVEN WOOLF (BEACON Services)
DAVID M. CORCORAN (BEACON Services)
Abstract:

Although ABA has the data showing effectiveness, parents continue to pursue fad and controversial treatments. Behavior analysts need to behave in a way that will result in increased acceptance of ABA and a scientific skepticism of all therapies. Attendees of this symposium are asked to bring materials - phamplets, flyers, brochures, videoclips, etc. - that can be disseminated to other members of the audience. These materials will hopefully be customized and given to pediatricians, parent groups, and other professional agencies, to begin developing a more positive attitude about ABA and a more objective evaluation of therapies being proposed for children with autism.

 
 
Symposium #360
CE Offered: BACB
International Symposium - Affective Behavior in Children with Autism
Monday, May 28, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Elizabeth DE
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Susan M. Vener (New York Child Learning Institute)
Discussant: Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, Los Angeles)
CE Instructor: Henry D. Schlinger, Ph.D.
Abstract:

"Affect" refers to a persons facial expression, gestures, and verbalizations that are emitted in response to a complex set of discriminative stimuli that evoke the observers use of terms that draw inferences about a persons emotional state. People with autism have deficits in social interaction that are apparent in nonverbal behavior. Such deficits have been addressed using applied-behavior-analytic methods that successfully promote social interaction. Based on the reviewed literature, however, only two studies (Gena, Couloura, & Kymissis, 2005; Gena, Krantz, McClannahan, & Poulson, 1996) used behavioral principles to increase appropriate affective responding in individuals with autism. This symposium presents a review of the literature on affective behavior and two studies that add to that literature. The study by DeQuinzio, Townsend, Sturmey, and Poulson emphasized the role imitation and modeling play in displaying facial expressions. The study by Najjar, Vener, and Poulson used a behavioral intervention package, consisting of modeling, shaping, and script-fading to increase appropriate verbalizations, vocal intonation, and facial expressions. Both studies were conducted with children with autism.

 
Affective Behavior and the Stimulus Control Procedures Relevant in Affect Training.
NIDAL K. NAJJAR DAOU (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Claire L. Poulson (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Children with autism show little or no interest in people as evidenced by the fact that they often look past or away from them. Such deficits have been addressed using applied-behavior-analytic methods that have been successful in promoting social interaction, which is emphasized in the present review. This review examines (a) affective behavior in children of typical development; (b) affective behavior in children with autism; and (c) the stimulus control literature with respect to its potential use to promote appropriate affective behavior in children with autism. The review concludes that applied-behavior-analytic methods can be and have been successfully used to teach people with autism to emit appropriate affective responses. It is finally suggested that more studies are needed to explore the problem of affect in people with autism, given that the two studies by Gena (Gena, 1994; Gena, Krantz, McClannahan, & Poulson, 1996; Gena, Couloura, & Kymissis, 2005) seem to be the only thus far published behavioral studies addressing this problem.
 
Generalized Imitation of Facial Models by Children with Autism.
JAIME A. DEQUINZIO (The City University of New York), Dawn B. Townsend (Institute for Educational Achievement), Peter Sturmey (Queens College, City University of New York), Claire L. Poulson (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Imitation is an essential skill in the acquisition of language and communication skills. An initial phase in teaching young children with autism to engage in appropriate affective responding may be to teach the imitation of facial models. Using a multiple-baseline-across-participants experimental design, the imitation training procedure consisting of modeling, prompting, differential reinforcement, and error correction was introduced successively across three subjects. Low, inconsistent rates of imitation of facial models were observed in the baseline condition. All of the participants learned to imitate some of the facial models presented during imitation training, however only two of the three participants demonstrated generalized responding to a novel facial model presented during interspersed generalization probe trials. Limitations of this study provide suggestions for future research in identifying the number of exemplars needed to better promote generalized imitation of facial models and in assessing to what extent imitation of facial models facilitates skill acquisition during more complex affective training.
 
Using Modeling, Shaping, and Script-Fading Procedures to Teach Children with Autism to Engage in Appropriate Affective Behavior.
NIDAL K. NAJJAR DAOU (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Susan M. Vener (New York Child Learning Institute), Claire L. Poulson (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: People with autism have difficulty displaying appropriate affective responses. Based on the reviewed literature, two studies (Gena, Couloura, & Kymissis, 2005; Gena, Krantz, McClannahan, & Poulson, 1996) used behavioral principles to increase appropriate affective responding by individuals with autism. This study adds to that literature by increasing precision of measurement and by using explicitly defined shaping procedures. This study used a behavioral intervention package, consisting of modeling, shaping, and script-fading to increase appropriate affective responding. A multiple-baseline experimental design across affective categories was used to evaluate the effects of the treatment package on the percentage of appropriate affective responding emitted by three children with autism following teacher-presented statements designed to evoke an affective response. Affective responding consisted of verbalizations, vocal intonation, and facial expressions. The participants did not emit appropriate affective responding during baseline. The percentage of appropriate affective responding emitted by all participants across categories increased systematically with the introduction of treatment. Nonreinforced probe responding also improved following treatment.
 
 
Symposium #361
CE Offered: BACB
BATSS to the Rescue: Interventions for Students at High Risk for Failure
Monday, May 28, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
America's Cup C
Area: EDC/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Janet Ellis (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Janet Ellis, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The label "high risk" in the past denoted dangerous areas to avoid/was predictive of a problem that might not be readily resolved. Currently, the "high risk" label is being applied to students with behavioral deficits--and children who have been so labeled are placed into special education classrooms along with those diagnosed as persons with mental retardation, autism, developmental delay. Behavioral Assessment & Technology Support Systems (BATSS) has been successful in training classroom staff to remediate these behavioral deficits and, thereby, enable these children to function more appropriately and effectively in public school classrooms. Our discipline does not encourage us to recognize boundaries established by descriptive assessments. The papers presented in this symposium describe how master's-level graduate students are demonstrating to educators and classroom staff how to bypass some of the problem type behaviors being exhibited in these classrooms. Following the presentations the audience will be included in a discussion of problems, problem-solving strategies, and directed to literature that will acquaint them with behavioral technology. The speakers and the chair will generate discussion by asking questions of the audience.

 
Teach Them while They're Young: Reading Program for Preschoolers.
SARAH A. LAW (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Reading skills are critical to student academic success-- especially for those at-risk for academic failure in kindergarten.. Nine pre-schoolers-- ages 4 and 5--participated in a reading program 10-15 minutes/day 5 days/week for 8 months. They were in a blended classroom--half typically developing students and half students with DD: 4 had no identified developmental disabilities, and 5 were diagnosed with language delays, autism, learning disabilities, and mild MR. Each received 1:1 training consisting of vocally identifying letter sounds, followed by sound blends and short words. 20-sec, 30-sec, and 1-minute timings were implemented daily, thus measuring each student’s fluent and accurate sounds, blends, and word production. A pre-test consisted of asking each student to verbally identify and sound out all 26 alphabet letters prior to intervention. Results of the pre-test showed that none of the students correctly identified any of the letter sounds. Final outcomes of this training will be presented at the convention.This on-going intervention will serve to teach young children letter sounds and blends, as well as how to read short words, before these children enter kindergarten.
 
Contingent Attention: An Effective "Magic Pill" for Decreasing Severely Aggressive Behavior.
JAIME GOETTL (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Managing aggressive behavior in special education classrooms can require a considerable amount of valuable time and attention that could be spent with students behaving appropriately. BATSS was invited to assist the staff in a Life Skills classroom (4:7 teacher-student ratio) in managing the aggressive behavior of a 14 year-old student diagnosed with Mental Retardation and Selective Mutism. Baseline data were consistent with staff descriptions of the amount of attention delivered to the student (62-96% of intervals) when appropriately engaged in an activity. However, attention followed physical and object aggression in 89.6% and 20% of intervals containing aggression, respectively. Appropriate vocalizations were recorded in 15-36% of intervals. Appropriate requests steadily increased from 3-25% of intervals. Staff training will include modeling, role-playing, and delivering feedback to teachers on checklist performance to increase the student’s appropriate requesting and commenting, leaning the schedule of attention delivered to the student while maintaining high levels of engagement in appropriate activities and concomitantly low levels of aggressive behavior. The training will allow teachers to distribute attention more evenly among students and increase learning opportunities throughout the day.
 
Effects of Staff Training on Aggression, Flopping, and Elopement by a 12-Year-Old Female in a SPED Classroom.
ANNA MARIE WHALEY (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Students in special education classrooms who engage in seriously disruptive behaviors can and do cause dangerous situations for the student, evoke imitative behavior in their peers, inflict physical damage on staff, and have been, in extreme cases, refused seating on the school bus, caused parents to come to the school many times/month--endangering their jobs, and create chaotic situations for all concerned. BATSS was recruited to train 3 classroom staff on behavioral intervention procedures to reduce inappropriate behavior (aggression, flopping, and elopement) and increase appropriate behavior (engagement and compliance) of a 12-year-old female. The procedures focused on limiting forms of attention that followed inappropriate behavior while increasing forms of attention that followed appropriate behavior. Baseline observations indicated that reprimands followed noncompliance and physical aggression 50%-100% of occurrences, whereas compliance was praised for less than 10% of occurrences. This intervention is ongoing and final outcome data will be displayed in graphic format for the presentation.
 
Overhauling an Entire Social Adjustment Classroom.
LARISA MAXWELL (University of North Texas)
Abstract: As public schools develop classrooms for students with emotional and behavioral disorders, the need for behavior analytic training increases, and the need for behavioral technology--appropriately applied--becomes ever more critical. In one such classroom, BATSS developed a class-wide intervention plan for 7 students, 1st through 5th grade, with diagnoses including ADHD, ED, and bipolar disorder. The available staff training intervention included: implementation of a reinforcer system, classroom restructuring, effective prompting techniques, and appropriate behavior management techniques. Baseline data across students indicated that student engagement ranged from 28% to 100% of intervals, compliance, from 35% to 100% of intervals, and physical aggression occurred in up to 35% of intervals. Data collection is in progress as the intervention is being implemented, and a completed data set will be available in full at the time of presentation. Potential impacts include the identification of an effective system for use in classrooms for students with severe emotional and behavioral disorders.
 
 
Symposium #363
CE Offered: BACB
Can't We All Just Get Along? Collaborating with Ancillary Therapies to Provide Effective Services
Monday, May 28, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Annie AB
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lauren M. Frederick (Melmark)
Discussant: Terry J. Page (AdvoServ)
CE Instructor: Lauren M. Frederick, M.A.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts are frequently part of an interdisciplinary treatment team; quality programming for students requires that behavior analysts work effectively with other disciplines, which are likely to present vastly different approaches. This symposium presents data on interventions combining behavior analytic principles and strategies employed by speech and occupational therapists. The first study uses multi-element designs to assess the effects of various sensory stimulation protocols on two students challenging behaviors. The second study, conducted by a behavior analyst and speech therapist, uses a multiple baseline across settings to assess the effects of functional communication training on the aggressive and self-injurious behaviors of an 11-year-old boy. The effects of this intervention on his overall language acquisition rate will also be discussed. The final study will present data to be collected on the food refusal and selectivity of a young man with autism. Interventions from behavior analytic and speech pathology literature were combined; data on the effects of two phases of the intervention will be collected and evaluated in a changing criterion design. Collaborating with other disciplines can result in empirical and creative interventions.

 
An Empirical Evaluation of Sensory Stimulation Interventions.
JUAN-CARLOS LOPEZ (Melmark), Brigid Carbo (Melmark), Mark Streeter (Melmark), Tara Bernard (Melmark)
Abstract: Behavior analysts typically eschew invalidated sensory integration therapies. However, a successful collaboration between behavior analysts and occupational therapists can result in an empirical evaluation of these protocols. This study will investigate the effectiveness of various sensory stimulation protocols on the challenging behaviors of two students. First, using a counter balanced multi-element design, the effects of two types of sensory stimulation protocols on the reduction of lip biting for an adolescent with autism and severe mental retardation will be evaluated. Preliminary data show that sensory stimulation on the form of gentle rubbing of the participant’s arms and hands significantly reduces his rate of lip biting. Data will be collected on the long-term effects of the more effective protocol by comparing the rate of lip biting during the 10-minute intervals immediately before and immediately after the implementation of the sensory protocol, using a pre-post intervention design. The second study assesses the effects of sensory stimulation protocols on the stereotypy of a 16-year-old male. Baseline measures, using partial interval data collection, indicate that stereotypy ranges from 75%-100% of intervals. A multi-element design will evaluate four sensory stimulation protocols. Further implications of working as part of an interdisciplinary team will be discussed.
 
Behavior Analysis and Speech Therapy: Language Acquisition Goals and Challenging Behaviors.
BRENDA DOUGHERTY (Melmark), Melissa Stone (Melmark), Lauren M. Frederick (Melmark)
Abstract: Functional communication training has received a great deal of attention in the field of behavior analysis. However, the rationales and methods of increasing communication frequently differ between behavior analysts and speech therapists. This study presents the results of a functional behavior assessment and intervention of aggression and self-injury of an 11-year-old boy with autism and severe mental retardation. A behavior support plan consisting of noncontingent attention and a de-escalation protocol as well as picture communication system training represent baseline conditions. The results from the functional behavior assessment will be used to implement functional communication training. The addition of a functionally equivalent communicative response to the behavior support plan will be evaluated with a multiple baseline across conditions design. In addition, ongoing data collection by the speech therapist on number of requests and acquired pictures will be presented. The correlation between overall language acquisition, functionally equivalent communication, and the reduction of challenging behaviors will be discussed.
 
A Multidisciplinary Approach to Food Selectivity and Refusal.
CATHLEEN M. ALBERTSON (Melmark), Cynthia Hoyle (Melmark), Andrew Winston (Melmark), Brian Garozzo (Melmark)
Abstract: Evaluating and treating an individual with disabilities’ eating problems typically requires input from many professionals, such as doctors, nutritionists, behavior analysts, and speech pathologists. While behavior analytic research provides effective interventions for eating problems, a speech pathologist can provide valuable input on the oral-motor functioning of an individual. This study examines an intervention, derived from a combination of behavior analytic and speech pathology research, on the food selectivity and refusal of a 20-year-old male with autism. In the first phase of the study, the student is negatively reinforced for tolerating (defined as not pushing the food away or exhibiting disruptive behavior) a non-preferred food in close proximity to preferred foods. Both proximity and duration are manipulated using a changing criterion design. In the second phase of the study, data will be collected and a changing criterion design will be used to evaluate the effectiveness of the use of preferred foods as positive reinforcement for the intake of non-preferred foods. A multidisciplinary approach to eating problems can result in empirical assessments and interventions that address complex causes and potential concomitant issues.
 
 
Symposium #365
CE Offered: BACB
Human Operant Work in Behavioral Momentum and Behavioral Economics
Monday, May 28, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Madeleine CD
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Jason C. Bourret, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Ongoing research on behavioral momentum and behavioral economics continues to examine the generality of the momentum metaphor and the utility of behavioral economic analyses. The first study examined the effects of differing types of disrupter stimuli. The second evaluated momentum effects in a natural education environment. The third examined the effects of response effort manipulations on responding maintained by qualitatively different reinforcers on progressive-ratio schedules. The fourth evaluated a method to determine reinforcer value based on a unit-price analysis.

 
Behavioral Momentum in Children with Autism.
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center), William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center)
Abstract: Behavioral momentum was examined in 3 low-functioning (mental age equivalent scores < 1.75 years) children diagnosed with autism. Stimuli were presented in the context of a computer game on two separate monitors in the Shriver Center automated teaching laboratory (Lionello-DeNolf & McIlvane, 2003). Reinforcers were snack foods. Two-minute Low (VI 15) and High (VI 5 with 2 reinforcers per delivery) components alternated (on different monitors) on a multiple schedule. Behavioral momentum was assessed with four different types of disrupters: pre-feeding plus inter-component interval reinforcer delivery, concurrent presentation of an alternative stimulus, concurrent presentation of a movie, and non-contingent verbal reinforcement delivered by an experimenter who entered the experimental space during the disruption tests. Resistance to change differed depending on the type of distracter used: with pre-feeding distracter, resistance was approximately equal under High and Low conditions; with an alternative stimulus distracter, there was greater resistance in the High condition; and with a movie presentation distracter, resistance tended to be greater in the High condition, with some exceptions. These data extend earlier findings with developmentally disabled children (Dube & McIlvane, 2001; Dube, McIlvane, Mazzitelli, & McNamara, 2003) by examining momentum in an environment free from social influences.
 
The Persistence of Task Performance in a Natural Learning Environment.
DIANA PARRY-CRUWYS (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center)
Abstract: The behavioral momentum metaphor suggests that a behavior is more resistant to distraction when reinforced on a denser schedule of reinforcement in a multiple schedule. While most research in behavioral momentum has been conducted in laboratory or analogue settings, this experiment studied resistance to distraction in a natural educational environment. Six participants with developmental disabilities were presented with familiar activities for which responding was reinforced on a multiple VI VI schedule. For four participants, two familiar play activities were used, such as stringing beads, and for two participants, two familiar academic tasks were used. Each activity was reinforced with a different schedule. Baseline sessions consisted of either six or eight alternating components, three or four for each task. In the distracter sessions, a disrupting item was placed on the student’s desk during the activity in the final two components of each session. This was a test of behavioral persistence. Sessions were presented in a multielement design, alternating between baseline and distracter sessions. Responses in the distracter components were compared to within-session responding in baseline components and to baseline sessions. Results are consistent with the behavioral momentum effect for four out of six participants. IOA was collected in 100% of test sessions and was above 92% for each participant.
 
Using Progressive-Ratio Schedules to Measure the Reinforcing Effects of Stimuli under Differing Levels of Effort.
LINDSAY C. PETERS (University of Kansas), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Jonathan Seaver (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The paired-stimulus preference assessment (Fisher, Piazza, Bowman, Hagopian, Owen, & Slevin, 1992) may identify a hierarchy of relative preference but may not reflect that stimuli identified as low preferred may actually function as reinforcers. Progressive-ratio schedules have been used in both basic and applied research to measure the strength of reinforcers. Comparing responding on progressive-ratio schedules for qualitatively different reinforcers allows for a measure of the reinforcing efficacy of stimuli in both an absolute and relative sense. The purpose of the current research is to determine the effect of changes in response effort on responding maintained by qualitatively different reinforcers on progressive-ratio schedules. After identifying stimuli of high- and low-preference on a paired-stimulus preference assessment, progressive-ratio schedules of reinforcement were arranged in a two-component multiple schedule in which responding was reinforced with high-preference stimuli in one component and low-preference stimuli in the other. The response measured was moving a weight from one target to another and effort was manipulated by changing the heaviness of the weight. Data were analyzed in terms of break points in responding, response rate and frequency, pre-ratio pauses, and work and demand functions. Results showed greater differentiation between response patterns produced by the qualitatively different reinforcers under lower levels of response effort.
 
Consumption and Response Output as a Function of Unit Price: The Effect of Cost and Benefit Components.
XERES DELMENDO (University of the Pacific), John C. Borrero (University of the Pacific), Kenneth Beauchamp (University of the Pacific), Noel A. Ross (University of the Pacific), Sandeep K. Sran (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to develop a method that can be used to determine reinforcer value, using the unit price prediction that the rate of consumption (or obtained reinforcers) at a given price will be constant regardless of the response requirement and magnitude of reinforcer that make up the unit price. A free operant preference assessment was conducted with four children, followed by a reinforcer assessment to determine reinforcer efficacy. Following the reinforcer assessment, the unit price evaluation was conducted. The number of reinforcers and responses required were manipulated by varying the number of reinforcers available and the fixed-ratio requirement, respectively. Four to five different unit price values were evaluated for each child. Preliminary results showed that responding decreased as unit price increased for all four children. Furthermore, for one participant consumption was not equivalent given equal unit price values but differing FR and consumables received.
 
 
Symposium #370
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Behavioral Safety
Monday, May 28, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Edward C
Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will present recent research promoting behavioral safety. In the first study, Mackner and colleagues will discuss procedures for teaching parents to provide safety skills training for preventing gun play to their children. In the second study Tarasenko and colleagues will describe peer tutoring for teaching abduction prevention skills to children. In the third study, Knudson and colleagues will describe behavioral skills training to promote fire safety skills with individuals with severe and profound mental retardation. Finally, Van Houten and malenfant will discuss procedures for promoting safety belt use among drivers.

 
Parent Training to Prevent Gun Play.
AMY GROSS (Western Michigan University), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Peter J. Knudson (North Dakota State University), Amanda Bosch (University of Florida)
Abstract: Unintentional firearm injuries and deaths affect many children each year. Recent research has shown that behavioral skills training with in situ training has been an effective training strategy to teach children the proper safety skills to use if they ever encounter an unattended firearm. The current study evaluated the use of parents as trainers in order to increase the efficiency of training. Parents received a training program that taught them to conduct behavioral skills training with in situ training to teach safety skills to their children. The success of parent training on their children’s safety skills was evaluated in a multiple baseline across participants research design. The results showed that the training was effective for three of the four children.
 
Evaluating Peer Training of Abduction Prevention Skills.
MELISSA TARASENKO (North Dakota State University), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Carrie M. Brower-Breitwieser (North Dakota State University), Peter J. Knudson (North Dakota State University), Amanda Bosch (University of Florida), Amy Gross (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Child abduction is a serious problem with approximately 100 children killed each year by nonfamily abductors. Training programs that attempt to teach children the correct skills to use if they ever come into contact with a stranger can be effective when they incorporate behavioral skills training (BST) and in-situ training into their protocol. However, these methods can be rather time and energy consuming. The current study evaluated the effectiveness and efficiency of a peer tutoring approach to teaching abduction prevention skills. Peer trainers implemented BST sessions and in-situ training sessions with their younger peers. Children successfully acquired the target safety behaviors taught by the peer trainers.
 
Fire Safety Skills Training for Individuals with Severe and Profound Mental Retardation.
PETER J. KNUDSON (North Dakota State University), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Amanda Bosch (University of Florida), Amy Gross (Western Michigan University), Carrie M. Brower-Breitwieser (North Dakota State University)
Abstract: Literature concerning fire safety has focused largely on children but persons with mental retardation also are in need of fire safety training as they are highly vulnerable to fire injury and death. The purpose of this research was to evaluate behavioral skills training procedures for teaching individuals with severe and profound mental retardation to exit their residence upon hearing a smoke detector. Fire safety skills training involved instructions, modeling, prompting, and corrective feedback with in situ training. Assessments took place in the participants’ group home with the participants unaware that an assessment was taking place. The results showed that the participants did not exit their residence independently following training but that the level of prompting needed to promote exiting behavior decreased for all participants following training.
 
Using Technology to Increase Seatbelt Use.
RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University), J. E. Louis Malenfant (Centre for Education and Research in Safety)
Abstract: This study evaluated a seatbelt gearshift delay that did not allow a person to place their vehicle into gear during a final 8-second seatbelt reminder chime that was presented when the driver placed his or her foot on the brake to place the vehicle in gear. Participants were drivers of 60 US and 60 Canadian fleet vehicles that did not consistently wear their seatbelt. Drivers could avoid the reminder by fastening their seatbelt before attempting to place the vehicle in gear, or could terminate the reminder and escape the delay by buckling their seatbelt at the start of the reminder. The seatbelt reminder presented along with the seatbelt gearshift delay increased seatbelt use from 39% to 73% when the duration of the remind was always fixed at 8 seconds and from 51% to 64% when the length of the reminder was random with a mean values of 8 seconds. Drivers rarely removed their seatbelts once they were buckled during the pre-treatment baseline phase and there was no increase in unbuckling during with delay condition. Some of the participants that did not show a large increase with an 8 second delay showed a larger increase when the delay duration was increased to 16 seconds.
 
 
Symposium #372
CE Offered: BACB
International Symposium - Tactics Used at The Jigsaw CABAS School to Expand the Academic and Communication Repertoires of Children on the Autistic Spectrum
Monday, May 28, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Elizabeth F
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Catherine F. Grant (The Jigsaw CABAS School)
Discussant: Grant Gautreaux (Columbia University Teachers College)
CE Instructor: Emma L. Hawkins, M.S.
Abstract:

Various tactics used at the Jigsaw CABAS School are described and data are provided to show their effectiveness in expanding the academic and communication repertoires of children on the Autistic Spectrum. The effect of multiple exemplar instruction was tested on the transfer of stimulus function for unfamiliar pictures across listener and speaker responses. Conditioning procedures were used to increase time spent playing appropriately with various activities, increasing the number of learn units presented was used to decrease out-of-seat behaviour and items were targeted to a rate criterion for fluency. Writer immersion is used to increase the number of written autoclitics and to decrease the number of written errors. Textual prompts are also being tested in this classroom as a tactic to increase the use of descriptive autoclitics. Data will be presented on the effectiveness of all these tactics.

 
The Emergence of the Listener Component of Naming and Full Naming in Children on the Autistic Spectrum by Using Multiple Exemplar Instruction.
JACKIE CHARNOCK (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Emma L. Hawkins (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Elizabeth Theo (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Racheal Eade (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Grant Gautreaux (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: The effect of multiple exemplar instruction was tested on the transfer of stimulus function for unfamiliar pictures across listener and speaker responses. Four children on the Autistic Spectrum who did not have the listener to speaker component of naming participated in this study along with a further non-vocal child who did not have the listener component of naming. Multiple exemplar instruction consisted of teaching the match, point to, tact and intraverbal repertoires simultaneously (match and point only for the non-vocal child). The participants were tested on previously untaught unfamiliar pictures post multiple exemplar instruction and naming was shown to have emerged.
 
A Collection of Tactics Used in the Pre-Listener Classrooms to Increase Academic and Communication Repertoires of Children on the Autistic Spectrum.
KATHY HALES (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Emma L. Hawkins (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Elizabeth Theo (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Elizabeth Theo (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Jo Phillips (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Emma Payn (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Jackie Charnock (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Grant Gautreaux (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: This presentation includes the effects of conditioning procedures to increase time spent playing appropriately with various activities, increasing the number of learn units presented to decrease out-of-seat behaviour and targeting items to a rate criterion for fluency. Six pre-listener children on the Autistic Spectrum participated in this study. All participants achieved significant gains across academic and communication repertoires because of the tactics implemented.
 
The Effects of Reader/Writer Tactics on the Reading and Writing Behaviour of Children on the Autistic Spectrum.
EMMA L. HAWKINS (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Elizabeth Theo (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Racheal Eade (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Jackie Charnock (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Elizabeth Rougier (The Jigsaw CABAS School), Grant Gautreaux (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: Writer immersion is defined as an establishing operation consisting of a period of time in which all communication is required to be in written format including learn units presented by the teacher. It is a tactic that is used in the reader/writer classroom at The Jigsaw CABAS® School to increase written autoclitics and to decrease the number of written errors. Textual prompts are also being tested in this classroom as a tactic to increase the use of descriptive autoclitics. Data will be presented on the effectiveness of these tactics.
 
 
Symposium #373
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Joint Attention Skills to Children With Autism
Monday, May 28, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Douglas A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center)
CE Instructor: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Joint attention involves the coordinated attention between a social partner and an object in the environment and has been identified as one of the earliest emerging social behaviors in typically developing children. Deficits in joint attention for children with autism have been well documented in the literature. These children fail to orient to speech sounds or social stimuli, show deficits in the ability to follow the gaze of another person and often to use gaze shifts and gestures to initiate joint attention. Interventions based on behavioral teaching approaches have shown the most promise for ameliorating joint attention deficits in young children. A variety of instructional procedures including systematic prompting, shaping and reinforcement have been shown to be effective in teaching responding to joint attention and initiating joint attention. A limitation of this research to date is in the generalization and maintenance of the acquired skills. The purpose of this symposium is to describe several research projects in which the authors are using behavioral interventions to teach joint attention to preschool age children. The implications of these findings will be discussed as they relate to the integration of these skills into the general behavioral repertoires of these children.

 
Teaching Children with Autism to Initiate Bids for Joint Attention with Peers.
BRIDGET A. TAYLOR (Alpine Learning Group), Hannah Hoch (Alpine Learning Group), Nicole M. Scrivanich (Alpine Learning Group), Rachel Kirk (Alpine Learning Group), Courtney Berman (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: Children with autism have deficits in joint attention. Joint attention involves the use of gesture and eye contact to share attention with another person about an object or an observed event. Bids for joint attention can include looking toward an item and shifting gaze between the item and the person, pointing or gesturing toward an item, and displaying or showing an item. Recent research indicates that children with autism can be taught to respond to and initiate bids for joint attention with adults (Taylor & Hoch, 2004). This current study used a multiple baseline design across pairs of peers to assess the effects of video modeling to teach children with autism to initiate and respond to bids for joint attention with their peers. Children with autism were taught to approach a peer, display an item of interest (an unusual or novel toy), to make a declarative statement (e.g., “Wow! look at this”), and to wait until the peer responded with a reciprocal comment (e.g., “That’s funny!”). Results indicated that video modeling was effective in facilitating some of the responses associated with joint attention, but additional prompting procedures were required to promote more subtle responses.
 
The Role of Social Consequences in the Development of Joint Attention in Young Children with Autism.
REBECCA P. F. MACDONALD (New England Center for Children), William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center), Diana J. Ervin (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: In this paper we will review a contingency analysis of joint attention in which the characteristic gaze shifts, gestures, vocalizations, are shaped and maintained by conditioned socially mediated reinforcers. According to this analysis, joint attention deficits in children with autism spectrum disorders may be related to failures of socially mediated consequences to function as conditioned reinforcers. We will describe a protocol for assessing social reinforcers and intervention procedures based on use of these social consequences to establish joint attention initiations. Joint attention initiations were defined as use of gaze shift, gestures and vocalizations in the context of a target stimulus in the environment. Data from preschool age children with autism spectrum disorder will be reported. Interobserver agreement was high for all behavioral measures. Results will be discussed in the context of the posited behavioral contingency analysis of joint attention.
 
Does Teaching Approach Matter in Facilitating Joint Attention and Symbolic Play in Young Children with Autism?
CONNIE KASARI (University of California, Los Angeles), Connie Wong (University of California, Los Angeles), Stephanny Freeman (University of California, Los Angeles), Tanya Paparella (University of California, Los Angeles)
Abstract: Acquiring and generalizing new skills can be particularly difficult for children with autism and may be affected by teaching approach, skill domain, and individual child characteristics. In this study, joint attention and symbolic play skills were taught to children with autism using both discrete trial and naturalistic, developmental intervention approaches. Forty-one children with autism (aged 31 to 55 months) were randomized to a joint attention intervention or symbolic play intervention. The intervention procedure first involved structured discrete trials at a table to “prime” children for the targeted goal and then floor play involving naturalistic developmental intervention similar to pivotal response and milieu language interventions. Results indicate that children with autism generally acquire skills with the structured teaching approach first. However, these findings are qualified by interactions between skill domain and teaching approach. Children learning play skills reached mastery first in the structured setting whereas children learning joint attention skills reached mastery at the table and floor at the same time. Children with higher mental and language ages reached mastery faster in structured settings. These results suggest that some skills may be more quickly mastered using specific teaching methods, and should be considered in evaluating the success of a treatment program.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #376
CE Offered: BACB

Interbehavioral Psychology in Service to Behavior Analysis

Monday, May 28, 2007
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Douglas C
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Hayne W. Reese, Ph.D.
Chair: Hayne W. Reese (West Virginia University)
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
Dr. Linda J. Parrott Hayes received her bachelor’s degree from the University of Manitoba, and her Master’s and doctoral degrees from Western Michigan University. Dr. Hayes was a member of the behavior analysis faculty at West Virginia University while completing her doctorate, after which she took a position at Saint Mary’s University in Canada. She founded the campus-based and satellite Programs in Behavior Analysis at the University of Nevada, Reno on a self-capitalization model. Dr. Hayes has participated in the governance of the Association for Behavior Analysis throughout her career, serving as Coordinator of the Education Board, founder and Director of the Council of Graduate Programs in Behavior Analysis, and multiple terms as a member of the Executive Council, including its President. She is actively involved in efforts to promote the development of behavior analysis around the world. Dr. Hayes is best known for her work in behavior theory and philosophy.
Abstract:

Scientific communities rarely embrace new formulations of their subject matters or theories concerning them with enthusiasm. On the contrary, new theories are frequently and sometimes forcefully resisted, the latter peculiar to those touching upon issues of so fundamental a sort as to threaten venerable scientific traditions. Historians note that the eventual adoption of new formulations of events in the sciences is typically preceded by their having first suffered through successive stages of being ignored, dismissed, reviled, ridiculed, distorted, and exploited. Such has been the fate of interbehavioral psychology in the most powerful sector of the behavior analytic community. While it is the case that certain aspects of the behavior analytic position are incompatible with Kantors formulation of psychological events, the threat posed by the adoption of the latter is not as great as might be imagined. Indeed, it is only the most ill-formed and incoherent aspects of the former that are threatened by interbehavioral logic. More importantly, unless behavior analysis strives toward greater scientific systemization, problems of this sort will inevitably resurge, putting the validity and significance of this enterprise at continued risk. Adequate systemization is exemplified in interbehavioral psychology. For these and related reasons, certain assurances and clarifications pertaining to Kantors views are warranted. In addition, many members of the behavior analytic community are wholly unaware of Kantors enormous contribution to the development of a natural philosophy and science of behavior. My aim in this address, thereby, is also to provide an overview of interbehavioral psychology and the philosophy of interbehaviorism for this audience.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #377
CE Offered: BACB
Tutorial: Applications of Behavior Analysis for Industrial Safety and Healthcare: Expanding the Paradigm from Behavior-Based to People-Based
Monday, May 28, 2007
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Douglas B
Area: OBM/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: E. Scott Geller, Ph.D.
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
Presenting Authors: : E. SCOTT GELLER (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University)
Abstract:

Scott Geller coined the term behavior-based safety (BBS) in 1979 when consulting with Ford Motor Company on applications of behavior analysis to increase the use of vehicle safety belts. He subsequently taught BBS principles and relevant intervention strategies for on-the-job safety, first at several Ford manufacturing plants and then at various other companies nationwide. Over the next decade, BBS gained substantial popularity as the leading-edge approach to addressing the human dynamics of industrial safety. Annual conferences have been dedicated to BBS, and consulting firms purporting to implement BBS continue to spring up worldwide. Indeed, BBS likely represents the largest-scale application of behavior analysis beyond educational and rehabilitation institutions. The presenter has authored several books and training programs on BBS, including participant workbooks, audiotapes, videotapes, CDs and DVDs. However, Gellers most recent books and training materials (e.g., People-Based Safety and The Anatomy of Medical Error) advocate people-based safety (PBS) over BBS. This presentation will explain the evolution of PBS from BBS, with particular reference to applications in industrial and hospital settings. Learn the principles of BBS and PBS as presented to industries worldwide and most recently to healthcare workers, as well as distinctions between BBS and PBS.

 
E. SCOTT GELLER (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University)
Dr. E. Scott Geller, Ph.D. is Alumni Distinguished Professor at Virginia Tech and Director of the Center for Applied Behavior Systems in the Department of Psychology. He is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association, the Association for Psychological Science, and the World Academy of Productivity and Quality. He is past Editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (1989-92), and current Associate Editor (since 1983) of Environment and Behavior, and consulting editor for Journal of Safety Research, Behavior and Social Issues, Behavior Analyst Digest, and Journal of Organizational Behavior Management. Dr. Geller has authored 31 books, 42 book chapters, 38 training manuals, 197 magazine articles, and more than 300 research articles addressing the development and evaluation of behavior-change interventions to improve quality of life. He received a teaching award in 1982 from the American Psychological Association and has received every university teaching award offered at Virginia Tech. He has also been awarded the University Alumni Award for Excellence in Research, the Alumni Outreach Award for his exemplary real-world applications of behavioral science, and the University Alumni Award for Graduate Student Advising. In 2005, he received the Virginia Outstanding Faculty Award by the State Council of Higher Education, and in the same year, Virginia Tech honored him with an Alumni Distinguished Professorship.
 
 
Panel #388
CE Offered: BACB
Application of OBM Strategies in Service Settings for Individuals with Autism: Promoting Quality Outcomes
Monday, May 28, 2007
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Emma C
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Daphna El-Roy, Ph.D.
Chair: Joanne Gerenser (Eden II Programs)
RANDY I. HOROWITZ (Eden II Programs)
DAPHNA EL-ROY (Eden II Programs)
Abstract:

The incidence of autism has increased considerably during the past decade. A corresponding development of programs serving individuals with autism has occurred. While these programs are essential to meet the needs of the autism community, attracting, training and retaining a qualified workforce becomes very difficult. In addition to the competition among programs serving individuals with autism, these agencies must also compete with employment opportunities that are less stressful and less demanding than working with individuals with autism. Despite the widespread use of empirically-based teaching techniques in the field of special education, few providers apply these same principles to address staff behavior change. Organizational behavior management (OBM), also referred to as Performance Management (PM), is the application of applied behavior analysis to organizational improvement. The purpose of this panel is to address common issues within the field of human services and more specifically, to programs serving individuals with autism. Topics to be addressed include issues of staff retention and turnover, staff development as well as issues of quality assurance and improvement.

 
 
Symposium #391
CE Offered: BACB
Less is More: Effective Staff Training on the Most Important Outcomes for Adults with Disabilities
Monday, May 28, 2007
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Annie AB
Area: DDA/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael C. Strouse (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.)
Discussant: Alan E. Harchik (The May Institute)
CE Instructor: Diane Bannerman Juracek, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Efficient training of staff is a high priority for agencies serving people with severe developmental disabilities. This symposium examines a complete makeover of staff training in two agencies supporting people with severe developmental disabilities. Community Living Opportunities, Inc. (CLO), located in Eastern Kansas, provides residential services for 185 adults and features the Family Teaching Model (FTM), where 1 to 3 people live with a family who provides care, teaching, and a preferred lifestyle. California Community Opportunities, Inc. (CCO), located in San Jose, provides FTM services to people moving from Agnews Developmental Center. The first paper examines the effects of shortened workshop and in-home training on Family Teacher performance on tests and observations after workshop sessions, after 90 days, and after six months. The second study is a replication (at CCO) of the training and testing model, but focuses on in-home coaching lessons and ongoing assessment of primary outcome areas including safety, rights, supervision, and teaching skills. The third paper focuses on Social validity of the training model. Parents and frequent visitors of individuals are queried regarding satisfaction with training and outcomes. Preliminary data suggest that in situ training focused on the most important staff skills results in the best outcomes.

 
Let Go of the Kitchen Sink: Are Staff Learning and Doing the Most Important Things?
DIANE BANNERMAN JURACEK (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Holly M. Sweeney (Community Living Opportunities, Inc. and University of Kansas), Michael C. Strouse (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Jamie D. Price (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Yolanda Hargett (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Getting direct support staff trained as efficiently as possible is a high priority for agencies serving people with severe developmental disabilities. Additionally, insuring that staff are focused on the safety, health, and rights of consumers is critical. Community Living Opportunities, Inc. recently decreased the number of learning objectives and training hours in Family Teaching Model Pre-service workshops based on feedback from peer professionals. The number of learning objectives was reduced to focus on safety, health, and rights. Revised classroom and in-home training is evaluated with post-training quizzes and 90 day and 6-month tests and observations. Outcomes, like the number of injuries, care concerns, and consumer satisfaction are continuously tracked. Prior to intervention, new staff were completing an average of only 68% of required training activities within 30 days after hire. Preliminary data are expected to show improvements in completion of training and staff performance. It is also expected that the frequency of injuries and care concerns will be reduced. Though everything seems important when it comes to the care of people with significant needs, attempting to teach people too much, too quick, may not be effective.
 
Evaluating the Family Teaching Model Training Workshops and Coaching.
DEBI ANN ALVEY (California Community Opportunities, Inc.), Susan L. Richardson (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Amy Peeler (California Community Opportunities, Inc.), Robert M. Churchill (Behavior Analysis, Inc.), Holly M. Sweeney (Community Living Opportunities, Inc. and University of Kansas), Diane Bannerman Juracek (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Michael C. Strouse (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.)
Abstract: Human Service Agencies that serve adults with developmental disabilities in their communities are often challenged with meeting mandated state training requirements and their own rigorous internal training components while ensuring that staff are demonstrating the skills taught. California Community Opportunities (CCO) is one such agency that is currently receiving support from Community Living Opportunities (CLO) to replicate the Family Teaching Model (FTM). The Family Teaching Model training package consists of (a) a Pre-service workshop, (b) a Family Teaching Model workshop, (c) in-home coaching between the Family Teaching Couple and the FTM Coach, and (d) regular evaluation and feedback regarding implementation of the CLO FTM outcomes. Quality Evaluation (QE) tools have been developed to track the progress made by Family Teachers on producing the skill sets that need to be learned. Data analyzed include results of QE tools completed before and after training workshops and before and after in-home coaching on the topics of schedules, engagement, supervision and safety, rights, and teaching. An evaluation of the data will show possibilities of implementing a simplified training process in the FTM.
 
Social Validity of Family Teaching Model Outcomes.
SUSAN L. RICHARDSON (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Debi Ann Alvey (California Community Opportunities, Inc.), Amy Peeler (California Community Opportunities, Inc.), Robert M. Churchill (Behavior Analysis, Inc.), Holly M. Sweeney (Community Living Opportunities, Inc. and University of Kansas), Diane Bannerman Juracek (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Michael C. Strouse (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.)
Abstract: The Family Teaching Model (FTM) is a comprehensive treatment package with the ultimate goal of providing a meaningful life to individuals with profound developmental disabilities. Several primary components of this package include the identification of measurable outcomes for the individuals served, and the implementation of a teaching curriculum for the teachers providing direct care. Another important component includes the analysis of satisfaction surveys disseminated to the individuals, family members and other independent parties that have regular contact with the individuals served. The purpose of this study is to examine the social validity of the outcomes identified in the FTM through the analysis of satisfaction surveys disseminated to family members and other frequent visitors of individuals served. CLO has developed Quality Evaluation (QE) tools to measure Family Teachers’ progress with meeting the outcomes. A study previously described in this symposium examines the effectiveness of CLO’s teaching curriculum on producing the desired skill set for achieving the outcomes. This study systematically examines the correlation between skill sets and outcomes achieved and degree of family member and visitor satisfaction.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #393
CE Offered: BACB
Tutorial: Analysis and Treatment of Trichotillomania and Other Repetitive Behavior Problems
Monday, May 28, 2007
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Douglas B
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D.
Chair: Ann Branstetter-Rost (Missouri State University)
Presenting Authors: : RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This tutorial will focus on trichotillomania and other repetitive behavior disorders in children and adults with an emphasis on functional assessment and intervention strategies. Following a discussion of the different repetitive behaviors, functional characteristics, and diagnostic categories, the tutorial will discuss assessment procedures, describe functional analysis research with these behaviors, and present recent research on habit reversal and other treatment of these disorders.

 
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
Dr. Raymond G. Miltenberger received his Ph.D. in clinical psychology from Western Michigan University in 1985 after completing a pre-doctoral internship in developmental disabilities and behavioral pediatrics from the Kennedy Institute at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. He was a professor of psychology at North Dakota State University from 1985 to 2006. He is currently a professor in the Department of Child and Family Studies and the Director of the Master’s Program in Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of South Florida. Dr. Miltenberger is a member of the Executive Council of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and a member of the board of directors of the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis. He is on the editorial boards of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavioral Interventions, and Journal of Positive Behavioral Interventions. He is also an associate editor for Education and Treatment of Children and a guest associate editor for Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Dr. Miltenberger’s research in applied behavior analysis focuses on teaching safety skills to children and individuals with mental retardation, analysis and treatment of repetitive behavior disorders, and functional assessment and treatment of problem behaviors. He has published over 125 journal articles and 25 chapters, has co-edited a text on analysis and treatment of tics and repetitive behavior disorders, and has written a behavior modification textbook, now in its third edition. Dr. Miltenberger has received a number of awards for his teaching and research.
 
 
Symposium #394
CE Offered: BACB
Clinical Treatment Evaluations for Food Selectivity and Pill Swallowing in Children
Monday, May 28, 2007
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Douglas A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rachel S. F. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Discussant: William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Rachel S. F. Tarbox, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will present innovations in procedures for treating feeding problems and teaching pill swallowing. The first presentation will present data of efforts to treat food selectivity by texture using antecedent manipulations and reinforcement-based procedures. The second presentation will present data demonstrating that stimulus fading can be used in the absence of escape extinction to teach pill swallowing to children. The third presentation will present data of a component analysis of a treatment package used to treat food selectivity by type.

 
Treatment of Food Selectivity by Texture in a Young Boy with Autism.
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Arthur E. Wilke (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), J. Helen Yoo (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract: Thirty-one percent of children diagnosed with autism present with food selectivity by texture (Field, Garland, & Williams, 2003). In combination with escape extinction (EE) and differential reinforcement, stimulus fading procedures have been used to treat food selectivity by texture by gradually changing antecedent stimuli from more refined textures to courser textures (Shore, Babbitt, Willams, Coe, and Snyder, 1988). However, to the current authors’ knowledge, no studies have evaluated whether escape extinction is a necessary component of a treatment package used to treat food selectivity by texture. This study is a clinical treatment evaluation of efforts to treat food selectivity by texture without the use of escape extinction. Methods used to treat food selectivity by texture included texture fading, simultaneous presentation (for chicken only), and differential reinforcement.
 
A Component Analysis of a Multi-Component Treatment Package for Food Selectivity.
BECKY PENROD (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno), Mandy J. McClanahan (University of Nevada, Reno), Brooke M. Holland (University of Nevada, Reno), Kara A. Reagon (Utah State University), Alison M. Betz (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract: Najdowski (2004) evaluated a parent-conducted treatment for food selectivity which consisted of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior combined with escape extinction (i.e., nonremoval of the spoon). Results indicated that this treatment package successfully increased food consumption of non-preferred foods. Although this study contributes to the literature on feeding disorders in a number of ways, it is not possible to determine which treatment component was responsible for behavior change in that treatment components were introduced simultaneously. Specifically, demand fading, changes in the magnitude of reinforcement, and escape extinction were all implemented at the same time. Hence, the purpose of this study was to replicate and extend previous research by conducting a sequential component analysis of the aforementioned treatment components. Results indicated that escape extinction, in the form of a nonremoval of the spoon procedure, was a necessary treatment component for two participants. For one participant, increased food consumption was observed after the magnitude of reinforcement was increased; therefore, escape extinction was not necessary. Results were maintained at a 12-week follow-up.
 
Behavioral Management of Oral Medication Administration Difficulties.
J. HELEN YOO (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Doreen Granpeesheh (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract: Approximately 26% of the general population has difficulty swallowing oral medication (Anderson, Zweidorff, Hjelde, & Rodland, 1995). While the exact number is unknown, anecdotal observations indicate that swallowing difficulty is prevalent in children, and even more prevalent among children with autism and developmental disabilities, often leading to treatment noncompliance. Some children may not have the prerequisite skills for pill swallowing, while others may have developed conditioned anxiety from unpleasant past experiences. In most cases, this is not a critical problem, because alternative preparations such as chewable or liquid medications are readily available. When alternative preparations are not readily available, other simple methods of administering medication, such as pill crushing, opening the capsule and dissolving it in a beverage, or hiding it in food (e.g., apple sauce) are often utilized. However, when oral medications are a part of the treatment for a chronic illness and the medication is not chewable and cannot be dissolved or hidden due to an unpleasant taste or alteration in release mechanisms (e.g., extended release), the importance of pill swallowing skill increases dramatically In this multiple baseline study, several typically-developing children and children with autism were taught to swallow pills using stimulus fading and positive reinforcement. Participants learned to swallow pills in a relatively short time and parents were successfully trained to implement the procedures.
 
 
Symposium #397
CE Offered: BACB
Health, Sport, and Fitness: Behavior Analytic Technologies to Improve Health
Monday, May 28, 2007
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Edward AB
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
CE Instructor: Guy S. Bruce, Ed.D.
Abstract:

Children, persons with intellectual disabilities, their caretakers, and the general population are at increasing risk for illness and premature death because of their unhealthy eating and exercise habits. Since eating and exercising are behaviors, this problem provides an opportunity for behavior analysis to contribute to its solution. This symposium will present data on the effectiveness of behavior-analytic technologies that provide resources, training, and/or performance management interventions (such as goal-setting, feedback and incentives) to help persons at risk for illness and premature death to acquire and maintain healthier eating and exercise habits.

 
HealthVisor: Tools to be Lean and Healthy.
GUY S. BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC), James Keefe (Warren Achievement Center)
Abstract: Persons with intellectual disabilities, their caretakers, and the general population are at increasing risk for illness and premature death because of their unhealthy eating and exercise habits. HealthVisor is an internet program that provides resources, training, and performance management tools to help people acquire and maintain eating and execise habits necessary to achieve better health. We will present pilot data on improvements in health achieved by users of the HealthVisor program.
 
Wellness Initiatives at the Judge Rotenberg Center.
MATTHEW L. ISRAEL (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract: The Judge Rotenberg Center, a behavioral treatment center for special needs students, has developed a variety of procedures to encourage better nutrition in its staff and students. These include: (1) self-instructional software that enables nutrition films to be converted to self-teaching lessons given to the center's 960 staff members and to those of its students who are capable of benefiting from them; (2) incentive systems for encouraging staff to lower their total cholesterol through better eating; (3) educational lunches featuring nationally known nutritional experts; (4) student menus that reflect a largely plant-based diet; (5) incentives for students to choose healthy food when given the choice. Data on student and staff cholesterol improvement, as well as changes in student information and attitudes will be presented.
 
Behavioral versus Education-Alone Intervention to Manage Obesity in Adolescents with Intellectual Disabilities: Results of Pilot Research.
RICHARD K. FLEMING (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Elise Cooke (Holliston Public Schools), Carol Curtin (University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract: Research on weight-loss programs for children with intellectual disabilities (ID) is lacking, desite the problem it presents in segments of the population (e.g., Down syndrome). This paper presents the results of pilot research on two interventions with adolescents with ID and their parents: 1) nutrition/activity education (NAE) alone, and 2) parent-supported weight reduction (PSWR), which combines NAE with training in behavior analytic procedures (monitoring, goal setting, stimulus control, feedback, reinforcement and contracting). Results of the pilot research are being used to inform a large randomized clinical trial (RCT) to begin in 2007 (R. Fleming, PI, NIDDK, R03DK070627-01A2). Intervention protocols will be described, and pilot/case study data will be presented on changes in participants’ Body Mass Index (BMIz), accelerometry readings, self-reported goal achievement and program satisfaction. Plans for the larger NIDDK study will also be discussed, with commentary on advantages and limitations of RCT versus within-subject research in the study of childhood obesity.
 
Using Known Effective ABA Technologies to Increase the Physical Activity Levels of Young Children: Principles and Practice.
MATTHEW R. MARTIN (Illinois State University), Thomas L. Sharpe, Jr. (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
Abstract: A variety of physical activity linked physiological diseases (e.g., type II diabetes, obesity etc.) are being exhibited in youth with greater prevalence (Rosenbloom, 2002). Epidemiological literature shows an alarming trend with respect to the physical activity levels of our youth, and that this trend is supported by the geometric increase in physiological diseases that until now have been rare in young children (Center for Disease and Control, 2002). A primary challenge for educators is, therefore, one of increasing participation effort in physical activity (McKenzie et. al, 1996, Sallis & McKenzie, 1991). This presentation shows with support data two documented ABA technologies – public posting and goal setting – potential positive impact with young children. A treatment reversal coupled with a comparative control experimental design was implemented across three fifth grade elementary education classes (N=79, age M=10.8) engaged in volleyball and softball activity units, and with pedometers used to collect physical activity data. Results indicated that both treatments were effective in increasing the average number of steps taken per individual class as a function of each treatment exposure. Implications for the positive impact that the ABA community may have on the healthy lifestyle behaviors of youth are last discussed from study illustration vantages.
 
 
Symposium #399
CE Offered: BACB
Issues in Applied Behavior Analysis and Consultation in Public Schools Settings
Monday, May 28, 2007
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
America's Cup C
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Bryan J. Davey (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.)
Discussant: Frank M. Gresham (Louisiana State University)
CE Instructor: Bryan J. Davey, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior consultation can involve a behavior analyst working on behalf of a public school to address a wide range of issues requiring behavioral services. Commonly, referrals are for training, skill acquisition, or behavior reduction with individual or small groups of students. This symposium will present 3 data-based papers representing this range of behavioral referrals. One paper will present data on skill acquisition in social skills training to a group of middle school students receiving special education services. Specifically, data will be presented on several childrens acquisition of social skills during a systematic training process. The second paper will present data on reducing prompt dependency and increasing spontaneous manding in a child with autism. The third paper will present data-based decision making procedures derived from an analysis of how much data is required for making informed decisions during discrete trials training. Using both contrived and real data sets, decision making strategies were applied to daily data collection, and data taken during 80%, 60%, 40%, and 20% of days.

 
Evaluation of a Measurable, Data-Based, Social Skills Training Method.
AMANDA J. MANN (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Bryan J. Davey (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Ajamu Nkosi (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.)
Abstract: The extent to which children and adolescents possess social skills can influence their academic performance, behavior, social and family relationships, and involvement in extracurricular activities. For individuals who experience difficulty in building and maintaining positive interpersonal relationships with peers and adults, social skills training is often recommended as an intervention. Despite the desire to enhance these social competencies in children and adolescents, measurement and evaluation of skill acquisition during social skills training is not a well researched area. The current study will discuss multiple research-based interventions for teaching social skills with adolescents. In addition, this study will discuss how to make data-based decisions by forming objective definitions of the skills and quantitatively measuring the acquisition of social skills. Data from 3 participants will be presented using the multiple baseline across skills design used to evaluate skill acquisition.
 
Overcoming Prompt Dependency in a Public School Setting: A Systematic Approach to Increasing Independent Mands.
SARAH NATARELLI (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Bryan J. Davey (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Andrea D. Davey (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.)
Abstract: One common characteristic across children with Autism is difficulty with language and communication. Communication is sometimes difficult for children with Autism to emit independently when mands are not under non-verbal antecedent control. As a result of this deficit, children can become dependent on verbal prompts. Data will be presented from a participant who displayed prompt dependency across mand repertoires. A Verbal Behavior Model using echoic to mand procedures was implemented. In addition, establishing operations was used to increase a participant’s independent mand repertoires. The number of echoics, mands, and generalized mands were recorded during 2-hour sessions. Results show an increase in independent and generalized mands.
 
Analysis of Data Collection Parameters in School-Based Discrete Trials Training.
MEAGHAN TIMKO (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Michael M. Mueller (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Bryan J. Davey (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Christine Palkovic (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Sarah Natarelli (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Ajamu Nkosi (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Andrea D. Davey (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Amanda J. Mann (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.)
Abstract: Skill acquisition programs are often implemented with an emphasis on data collection. Mastery criteria are set during discrete trials training (DTT) to evaluate when a child has mastered a skill; a commonly used mastery criteria is at least 80% accuracy for at least three consecutive sessions. Some literature suggests that collecting data less than every session will yield similar results for interpreting mastery criteria when compared to daily data collection. When implementing programs in the school setting, teacher and teacher-assistant therapists often cite the time requirements of data collection as a common concern or complaint. The current paper presents the outcomes of studies in which contrived, and actual, DTT data sets are evaluated for mastery criteria when daily, and less than daily data are used for decision making. Less than daily data analyses were evaluated when 80%, 60%, 40% and 20% of sessions were evaluated.
 
 
Symposium #401
CE Offered: BACB
New Frontiers for Behavior Analysts: Emotional Development, Internalization, and Conscience
Monday, May 28, 2007
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Edward D
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Discussant: Nathan H. Azrin (NOVA Southeastern University)
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Children who have experienced abuse, neglect and/or separation from parents often exhibit severe behavioral difficulties that can result in expulsion from homes, schools and various community programs. With the structure, consistency and positive reinforcement provided by behavioral treatment programs, the behavior of these children often improves, they can frequently be maintained in these settings, and they are sometimes found to have been misdiagnosed. However, they often have continued dependency on the external structure provided by the behavioral treatment program. This is manifested by a failure to generalize positive behaviors in alternate settings and/or to internalize the values and motivation provided by the external structure. These children tend to show no indication of experiencing the emotions of joy, pride, shame, guilt, anxiety or fear. Their behavior appears to be strictly influenced by external stimuli and does not seem to be modulated by emotions. They tend to exhibit what appears to be a false sense of high self-esteem, show no indication of having a conscience, and seem to lack any genuine emotional expressiveness other than anger. A theoretical interpretation based on behavioral principles of the issues discussed above will be provided with specific behavioral treatment strategies to address these issues.

 
Hey, You’re a Behavior Analyst, Don’t Get All Emotional on Me.
ROBERT K. ROSS (BEACON Services)
Abstract: When discussing the treatment of children who are labeled as having emotional and behavioral challenges, many descriptions may be used to indicate behaviors of concern. These terms may include: lack of conscience, lack of “genuine” emotionality, refusal to take responsibility for their actions, inappropriately high levels of self esteem. Traditionally many people view these areas as internal psychological issues and thus not the province of intervention for behavior analysts. This presentation will describe how Behavior Analysts can and should operationally define these euphemisms for observable and measurable behavior. We will then describe how environmental contingencies may shape the presence, absence or “insincere” demonstration of these behaviors. Lastly, we will describe how the absence of precise descriptions of these terms may set the occasion for the application of imprecise and ill defined interventions, and a willingness not to measure outcomes of these often poorly described treatments.
 
Talking about Traumatic Experiences from the Past: Therapeutic or Traumatizing?
WALTER WITTY PRATHER (Agency for Persons with Disabilities)
Abstract: Often traditional therapists see the need to talk with their clients about traumatic events that have happened in the past in order to allow those clients to "deal with" the pain from their trauma and to "get some relief". The idea is that their clients will be able to "move on" and cope more effectively with the challenges in their present life once they have “dealt with” their trauma. Behaviorists question the legitimacy of this approach to therapy for several reasons. First, there is the risk that talking about these events may set the occasion for the same trauma to occur that occurred when the event first took place. Secondly, there is the possibility that some of the facts about what actually occurred are inaccurate or erroneous. This is possible based on research findings related to recovered memories and the difficulty in obtaining accurate information about an event that occurred in the past. Finally, the specific goals of therapy are neither clearly delineated nor objectively defined and quantified. The presenter will provide alternative methods using sound behavioral principles that accomplish specific goals for improved behaviors of clients who experience present difficulties due to traumatic past events.
 
When Psychiatric Symptoms Become Functional.
CYDNEY JO YERUSHALMI (Agency for Persons with Disabilities)
Abstract: As a behavior analyst, how are you supposed to respond to a client who says, at your first meeting, “I have an anger management problem.” Or a mother introduces you to her child and says, “ I have bipolar disorder, and so does she.” With these introductory remarks, you are to understand that their behaviors are beyond their control and that very likely, you will be unable to be effective either. People who have had traditional “talk therapy” are convinced that they are victims of their diagnoses and that the words used to describe their symptoms have in some magical way become them. This paper will discuss the effect that explanatory fictions have on clients and the barriers that interfere with behavior analysis. It will look at ways that the behavior analyst can overcome those barriers in order to provide effective behavioral treatment.
 
 
Symposium #403
CE Offered: BACB
Precision Teaching and Augmentative Communication
Monday, May 28, 2007
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Elizabeth H
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Alison L. Moors (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting)
CE Instructor: Kelly J. Ferris, M.A.
Abstract:

Four papers on augmentative communication device and autism will be presented. Paper topics include: Modifying Existing Curricula for Use with Augmentative Communication Devices; Producing Generative Language on Augmentative Communication Devices using Precision Teaching: Quasi-Experimental Designs; Pre-Skills to support Augmentative Communication Devices; Modifying the Layout of an Augmentative Communication Device to Measure the Affects on a Child with Autisms Vocabulary Acquisition and Spontaneous Device Use

 
Modifying Existing Curricula for Use with Augmentative Communication Devices.
KELLY J. FERRIS (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Alison L. Moors (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting)
Abstract: Direct Instruction curricula are rich with learning opportunities for students with and without autism who are speakers. Within these curricular sequences, the high frequency of student responding and high rate of teacher feedback serve an effective teaching arrangement. However, students who use alternative means to communicate can also benefit from this type of instruction. This paper will illustrate successful modifications for the use of Direct Instruction curricula with students with autism who are not speakers but communicate with augmentative communication devices. Data on a Standard Celeration Chart will be presented showing students’ progress through different curricular sequences.
 
Producing Generative Language on Augmentative Communication Devices Using Precision Teaching: Quasi-Experimental Designs.
HOLLY ALMON (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Alison L. Moors (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Kelly J. Ferris (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Kristin Wilkinson Smith (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting)
Abstract: This presentation will highlight several examples of using precision teaching to teach language skills to children with autism who use augmentative communication devices which in turn fosters generative language. Beyond simple requesting, there are many skills that must be taught systematically in order for children with autism to become fluent device users. Data on a Standard Celeration Chart will illustrate the environmental arrangements used to evoke spontaneous speech, the tracking of spontaneous speech, and utilization of curricular sequences and data systems to best capture spontaneous language use.
 
Pre-Skills to Support Augmentative Communication Devices.
ALISON L. MOORS (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting)
Abstract: This presentation will describe a systematic programming approach for teaching the necessary pre-skills that child with autism need in order to become successful candidates for augmentative communication devices. Data will be presented on a Standard Celeration Chart illustrating common skill sequences and the description of component skills necessary to navigate dynamic display voice output devices. Actual student data and video clips will be included.
 
Modifying the Layout of an Augmentative Communication Device to Measure the Affects on a Child with Autism’s Vocabulary Acquisition and Spontaneous Device Use.
AMY KING (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Kelly J. Ferris (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting)
Abstract: This presentation will discuss device modifications and the affect on a student’s generative language, exploration and spontaneous use of his augmentative communication device. Data will be presented on a Standard Celeration Chart showing students’ progress through different instructional sequences.
 
 
Symposium #407
CE Offered: BACB
School Based Functional Assessments, Analysis, and Function Based Interventions
Monday, May 28, 2007
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
America's Cup AB
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project)
CE Instructor: Linda S. Heitzman-Powell, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium includes four studies concerning functional assessments, analysis and function based interventions in school settings.

 
Functional Assessment with a Student with Autism in a Special Education Setting.
RACHEL L. WHITE (University of Kansas), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project)
Abstract: This study uses the functional behavior assessment (FBA) process for schools suggested by Crone and Horner (2003) to develop a function based intervention for a fourth grade student with autism in a special education setting. An FBA interview and direct observation were used to develop a written schedule intervention. Effects of the written schedule on student behavior were measured using a reversal design. Student engagement and compliance increased and teacher prompts decreased. A functional analysis conducted in the classroom confirmed the hypothesized functions of behavior and supported the use of the written schedule intervention. The need for future research in the use of the FBA process in schools is discussed.
 
Training a Reading Teacher to Implement a Functional Analysis and Intervention.
EMILY D. SHUMATE (University of Kansas and Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project)
Abstract: This presentation will describe the training procedures used to teach a reading teacher how to run the play, escape, and attention conditions of a functional analysis and how to implement a function based intervention. The presentation will also describe the effectiveness of the functional analysis and intervention. The referred student was identified as being a reading and a behavior risk and attended an inner city school. The functional analysis was conducted in the reading classroom while the teacher was conducting the daily session with the target student and four other students. Training consisted of a 15 minute meeting going over the conditions and giving the teacher color coded sheets with a short description of each condition that he could refer to during the sessions and they served as a stimulus for condition changes. The results of the functional analysis suggested that attention was maintaining behavior. The intervention was a differential reinforcement of other behaviors procedure. The teacher also used a check-off sheet to monitor his rate of attention and to help him thin the schedule. During intervention the students problem behaviors decreased to near zero and during the last two follow-up probes the rate of problem behaviors was at zero.
 
Escape to Attention: Differentiating between Attention and Escape Behavior during an Escape Condition.
LINDA S. HEITZMAN-POWELL (University of Kansas), Kimberly K. Bessette (University of Kansas)
Abstract: This study modifies the traditional functional analysis process (Iwata, 1982, 1994) to differentiate between “escape” behavior and “escape to attention” behavior. An FBA interview and direct observation were used to develop a hypothesis about the function of the behavior. Results indicated that the behavior “served multiple functions”, a common report from school FBA’s. Initially, the behavior appeared to be maintained by escape. However, diverted attention resulted in significant increases in problematic behavior. Results indicated that traditional escape methodology resulted in levels of target behavior that were similar to attention conditions. During the modified FA, the modified task removal (escape condition) resulted in small increases in target behaviors, while the diverted attention condition resulted in significant increases in challenging behavior. The need for future research in the use of the FBA process in schools is discussed.
 
An Investigation of Functional Assessment and Function Based Intervention Plans in Schools Implementing School-Wide PBS.
LORI L. NEWCOMER (University of Missouri)
Abstract: The presentation reflects a study designed to investigate (1) the efficacy of functional assessment-behavior support planning for students diagnosed as having EBD, (2) the robustness of indirect strategies in generating valid hypotheses, (3) the efficiency and effectiveness of behavior support plans based on functional assessment versus plans that are not and (4) maintenance and generalization of plans in schools that have developed school wide discipline systems of positive behavior support. A series of single subject and descriptive studies are presented. The study was conducted in two phases. Study One examines (a) functional assessment strategies in general education settings with students with EBD and who are considered at risk for school failure to determine the most parsimonious strategies that lead to effective interventions, and (b) if functional assessment leads to more efficient and effective interventions than traditional approaches. Study two focuses on the potential impact of school-wide systems of PBS on student behavioral outcomes at the tertiary level. Study participants included students in grades 1, 2 and 3 who display chronic problem behaviors and who have been labeled EBD. They attended a school that met criteria for implementation of Schoolwide Systems of PBS as measured by the Systems Evaluation Tool (SET).
 
 
Symposium #408
CE Offered: BACB
International Symposium - Selected Techniques of Supported Inclusion for Young Children with Autism
Monday, May 28, 2007
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Elizabeth G
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute)
CE Instructor: Joel P. Hundert, Ph.D.
Abstract:

As children with autism move into general educational classrooms, there is a need to develop effective and contextually-practical interventions. There is little evidence that placement of children with autism in a general education classroom setting by itself, will produce significant gains in their academic or social skills. This symposium will present a number of techniques associated with the success of supported inclusion for children with autism. One paper will present data on the use of embedded instruction to teach children with autism within a general education setting. A second study will describe a study of training paraprofessionals to support adolescents with autism in secondary schools. The third paper will present data on generalization across tasks of teaching children with autism to answer why questions. The fourth paper will discuss the use of a transitional classroom to prepare children with autism for supported inclusion and z method of evaluating the match between the expectations of a potential receiving classroom and the needs of a child with autism.

 
Training Teachers to Develop Inclusive Class Interventions For Preschoolers With Disabilities.
JOEL P. HUNDERT (Behaviour Institute)
Abstract: Embedded instruction holds promise as an intervention that can be used to teach children with autism in general education settings, particularly when there is a sizeable discrepancy between the academic skill level of a child with autism and the rest of the students in the class. Embedded instruction has been shown to be effective in teaching IEP objectives to children with autism in general education classrooms and has been rated by educators as an acceptable intervention. However, research on the effectiveness of embedded instruction is limited and research on variables associated with the effect of embedded instruction is almost non-existent. For example, typically the total number of embedded instructional trials per day implemented in studies has been between 10 and15. Presumably, increased learning may be able to occur with increased practice of embedded instruction trials. The paper will describe the results of a study in which the amount of embedded instruction practice was increased and effects examined on acquisition and generalization of skills.
 
The Effect of Paraprofessional Training on Active Engagement of Adolescents with Autism in Inclusive Secondary Schools.
DONNA C. CHANEY (Behaviour Institute), Olivia Alexandre (McMaster University), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute)
Abstract: As part of the movement to include children with autism into general education, some secondary schools are attempting to educate adolescents with autism in such general education classes as history, geography, and music. When compared to similar efforts for younger children with autism in elementary schools, the inclusion of adolescents in secondary schools has additional challenges including: a) transition of adolescents from class to class each period; b) the involvement of several teachers in planning and delivering education for the adolescents with autism; and, c) a large discrepancy between the skill set of many adolescents with autism and their typically-developing peers. This paper will describe the results of a study in which secondary school paraprofessionals were taught to develop individualized curriculum materials and provide direct teaching of adolescents with autism in inclusive classrooms. Effects of this training on the active engagement in functional tasks of three adolescents with autism and on the behaviors of paraprofessionals will be described.
 
The Development and Coordination of A Comprehensive Plan to Support a Youth with Autism in Secondary School.
COURTNEY MICHELLE MOODY (Behaviour Institute), Sari van Delft (Behaviour Institute), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute), Donna C. Chaney (Behaviour Institute)
Abstract: There have been several examples of successful teaching of children with autism tasks such as reading, mathematics, and spelling in general education classrooms in which there is a correct answer associated with each presented question. Yet, children with autism included in general education classrooms may be exposed to learning that does not involve a direct and fixed association between a question and an answer. Such tasks would include answering “why” questions in which there may be a number of plausible answers. This paper will describe the results of a study in which children with autism were presented with three types of tasks that involve answering “why” questions: a) observing a sequence of pictures depicting a story; b) listening to a brief story; and, c) listening to a general question. A multiple-probe design across stimuli was used to evaluate the acquisition of “why” questions and generalization to untrained stimuli for two children with autism. The results indicated that training effects generalized to novel stimuli within the same type of “why” questions, but limited generalization occurred from one type of question to the next.
 
A Description of a Transitional Classroom to Move Children with Autism into General Education Classrooms.
NICOLE WALTON-ALLEN (Behaviour Institute)
Abstract: Transition classrooms have been used to ease the movement of some young children with autism from a discrete trial teaching format to learning within the instructional formats more typical in general education classrooms. This paper will describe the Preparatory Class at Behaviour Institute, as one example of a transition classroom. The presentation will describe intervention strategies used for teaching children with autism to learn within a group setting including individualized group instruction, unintrusive reinforcement and prompting procedures and embedded instruction. Also presented will be the method for making a transition from the Preparatory Class to the general education classroom setting and the assessment of the behaviors and skills of the child with autism in relationship to expectations of the receiving classroom.
 
 
Symposium #409
CE Offered: BACB
Theory and Philosophy in Behavioral Science: Issues in Development and Advancement
Monday, May 28, 2007
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Cunningham B
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Marianne L. Jackson (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Mitch Fryling, M.A.
Abstract:

Theory and philosophy have important roles in the development and advancement of behavioral science. This symposium will include four papers related to theory and philosophy. The first paper discusses the extension of behavior analytic theory to the important area of adherence, particularly as it relates to health. The second paper addresses the role of classical conditioning in the evolution of behavioral science. The third paper describes the relationship between philosophy and behavioral science. Lastly, the fourth paper addresses the concept of probability in behavioral science.

 
A Behavior Analytic Account of Adherence.
MITCH FRYLING (University of Nevada, Reno), William O'Donohue (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Many of the most pressing problems in society today can be prevented or managed via adherence to prescribed regimens. Chronic health conditions (e.g., diabetes, hypertension) require ongoing monitoring, planning, and intervention. A behavior analytic account of adherence to prescribed regimens may facilitate the development of effective intervention strategies. This presentation will describe a behavior analytic approach to assessment and intervention in this area. Implications for understanding caregiver adherence to behavior intervention plans will also be discussed.
 
The Impact of Classical Conditioning in the Evolution of Behavior Science.
DIANA M. DELGADO (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Skinner’s operant conditioning arose as a new paradigm that explained a wider and more complex range of behaviors than those accounted for by respondent conditioning. As introduced by Skinner operant conditioning is understood as a new kind of causality that replaced the mechanistic S-R approach. Since then, the analysis of behaviors both simple and complex has been predominantly of an operant type. By contrast, classical conditioning processes when acknowledged are given but a secondary role within behavior science. As a result, research in classical conditioning processes has evolved as part of the psychobiological and cognitive approaches and apart from behavior science. However, stimulus-stimulus relations are often fundamental in the analysis of complex human behavior and a unidirectional type of causality, such as that implied in biological phenomena, is seldom implied. The benefits and implications of re-cognizing Pavlovian relations from an ontogenetic view of behavior are discussed and some promising areas of research are highlighted.
 
An Interbehavioral Perspective on the Need for a Bidirectional Relationship with Philosophy.
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: A science of behavior has much to gain and to offer a reciprocal relationship with philosophy. A philosophy of science can serve many important roles in scientific enterprises, including the semantic supervision of sciences, monitoring the coherence of sciences, and fostering effective interdisciplinary studies among sciences. Each of these will be discussed in turn and some examples of their relevance to a science of behavior are described. We will then turn our attention to the reciprocal nature of scientific interactions and to the benefits that a science of behavior can offer philosophy and other sciences. A science of behavior has a subject mater that is ubiquitous in science; human behavior or the behavior of the scientist. As such we can contribute a significant amount to other sciences through effective interdisciplinary study and are better equipped to describe the interbehavioral history of the scientist, in relation to the events studied. We conclude that a science of behavior must take on the task of addressing its philosophical assumptions if it is to participate in the expanding area of interdisciplinary study. Furthermore it needs to rise to the tasks outlined and make its own unique contributions to other sciences and the philosophy of science.
 
Philosophical Discussion of Probability in Behavior Analysis.
DONALD R. KARR (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The concept of probability is fundamental to much of behavior analysis, yet there is no unambiguous interpretation of probability that is applicable to all experimental or applied settings. Since its inception in the late 17th century, inspired principally by games of chance, numerous philosophical formulations of probability have been proposed. This presentation will focus on several interpretations of probability by behavior analysts including the eminent pioneers J.R. Kantor and B.F. Skinner. Brief treatments of each of three categories of probability theories are presented as follows: (a) conventional interpretations; (b) frequency interpretations; and (c) subjective interpretations. Highlights of early and later historical developments are discussed. Specific analyses of the interpretations of Kantor and Skinner including their similarities and differences are offered.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #412
CE Offered: BACB
Tutorial: Back to the Future Part Two: Renovations and Innovations in Behavioral Treatment for ADHD
Monday, May 28, 2007
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Douglas B
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: John A. Northup, Ph.D.
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Presenting Authors: : JOHN A. NORTHUP (University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis (ABA) has contributed greatly to the treatment of behaviors related to a diagnosis of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) since the inception of the field. Early ABA studies still provide the foundation for now routine recommendations such as the token economy and behavioral parent training. However, recently these early treatments have become much more refined and systematized. The application of functional analysis principles and procedures as well as the development of sophisticated concurrent operant assessment procedures have also led to new and innovative behavioral treatments for ADHD. The purpose of this presentation is to present recent functional analysis and concurrent operant assessment research related to the treatment of ADHD in the context of the past, the present, and our future.

 
JOHN A. NORTHUP (University of Iowa)
Dr. John A. Northup is currently an Associate Professor in School Psychology at the University of Iowa. He received his Ph.D. from the University of Iowa, completed a post-doctoral fellowship at the Kennedy-Krieger Institute, John Hopkins University School of Medicine and was previously an Associate Professor at Louisiana State University. His research interests are in the areas of the assessment and treatment of disruptive behavior disorders. He is currently conducting research on the development of functional analysis and assessment procedures for typically-developing children, the evaluation of medication (e.g., Ritalin) effects in the classroom, and drug-behavior interactions.
 
 
Symposium #413
CE Offered: BACB
Outcome Data from Caregivers and Children Participating in Floridas Behavior Analysis Services Program
Monday, May 28, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Betsy B
Area: CSE/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Stacie Neff (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Hewitt B. Clark (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Stacie Neff, M.S.
Abstract:

Floridas Behavior Analysis Services Program (BASP) is a statewide program for dependent children and their caregivers. Over 60 board certified behavior analysts from the University of South Florida and the University of Florida work with parents and staff to improve their interactions with previously abused and neglected children. Caregivers receive training in the Tools for Positive Behavior Change Curriculum and learn how to implement individualized behavior plans when necessary. Three presentations within the current symposium discuss outcome results with both caregivers and children. The results of these studies indicated that the training and/or individual assessments were effective in producing positive outcomes (i.e., decreasing teen runaway behavior and increasing the positive interactions of caregivers). The final presentation applied the same curriculum, which is typically only taught to those affiliated with child welfare, to volunteers in the community who were interested in taking a parenting class. This study indicated positive outcomes on child behavior and also showed that additional measures of caregiver stress and depression can improve after training. In summary, the results of the current studies indicate that the BASP program can be effective in making positive changes in both child and caregiver behavior.

 
A Functional Approach to Reducing Runaways and Stabilizing Placements for Adolescents in Foster Care.
DAVID GELLER (University of South Florida), Hewitt B. Clark (University of South Florida), Bryon Robert Neff (University of South Florida), Michael Cripe (University of South Florida), Terresa A. Kenney (University of South Florida), Stacie Neff (University of South Florida)
Abstract: A significant problem in the field of child protection is that of teenagers running from their foster placements. In this presentation, it is argued that a functional and behavior analytic approach could be effective in reducing the problem of runaways. A functional approach involves conducting assessments regarding the motivations for running, involving the teens themselves in the assessment process, and implementing subsequent interventions designed to make the placements more appealing to the youth, thereby reducing the probability of running. As an early demonstration of this approach, thirteen adolescents with histories of running participated in the functional interventions. Data on placement changes and days on the run showed significant pre-post differences. The total percent of days on the run for the group decreased from 40% of days in baseline to 11% of days post-intervention. Individual data using an AB design will also be presented to illustrate the process of intervention with three severe cases of running. The approach is discussed in terms of the potential benefits of a functional and behavior analytic perspective on foster care and child protection.
 
Using the Tools for Positive Behavior Change to Improve Staff Interactions in Group Homes for Foster Care Children.
KIMBERLY CROSLAND (University of South Florida), Catherine Wilcox (University of South Florida), Wayne A. Sager (University of South Florida), Alfredo Blanco (University of South Florida), Tamela Giddings (University of South Florida), Glen Dunlap (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Staff training is an often used intervention designed to strengthen caregiver behaviors that may function to decrease inappropriate child behavior and increase appropriate child behaviors. Weise (1992) conducted a critical review of caregiver training research and suggested that more studies need to collect specific direct observation data on caregiver behavior. She reported that approximately 83% of published caregiver training studies only used subjective measures, such as rating scales. The current study collected both baseline and treatment measures, employing a multiple baseline design across three group homes. All caregivers were trained in the Tools for Positive Behavior Change Curriculum. Direct observation measures were conducted in which data were collected on positive interactions, negative interactions (i.e., coercives), and tool use. Incident report data were also obtained. Reliability measures were obtained for approximately 15% of the sessions. Increases in both positive interactions and tool use were observed at all three group homes in the treatment phase while decreases in negative interactions were also found for two of the group homes. For group home #1, positive interactions increased from an average of 32% in baseline to an average of 83% post-training and continued to maintain high levels during follow-up observations.
 
Evaluating the Outcomes of PBC Training on Child Behavior and Parental Stress and Depression.
AMANDA M. KEATING (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Bryon Robert Neff (University of South Florida), Glen Dunlap (University of South Florida)
Abstract: The majority of parent training studies have evaluated skills acquisition of the parent while few studies have specifically taken direct observation measures of child behavior change. Even fewer evaluate the changes in auxiliary parental factors such as stress, depression, and locus of control. Using an AB design with repeated measures, this study evaluated the effects of the Tools for Positive Behavior Change on both child and parent behavior. Parents from Hillsborough County attending the positive behavior change program were taken from a community sample and in home observation measures were conducted during baseline, training, and post training. Results showed that parent’s pre-test tool role play scores averaged 23% during baseline and increased to 86% post-training. Direct observation measures also showed improvements in specific child behaviors including tantrums, noncompliance, and aggression. Indicators of parental stress and depression both decreased more than one standard deviation. Locus of control measures showed parents in the class reported a greater sense of having control over environmental events after training.
 
 
Symposium #414
CE Offered: BACB
Performance Feedback and Video Technology: Training from Education to Athletics
Monday, May 28, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Emma C
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: John Stokes (Simmons College)
CE Instructor: John Stokes, Other
Abstract:

There are many challenges with training staff and teachers in Humans service agencies and schools with limited time and resources Administrator and supervisory must find way to quickly and accurately train staff to be able to perform with students and individuals in school day program and residential setting. This symposium provide several example of multiple training interventions, using video Feedback to train educational assessment and interaction skills to teachers parents and direct care staff The first presentation describes a method for training parents and staff to implement functional analysis using performance feedback and Video Feedback to increase accuracy of implementation of consequence during conditions. The second presentation describes a performance management intervention that used Video observation to increase effective interaction skills increasing clinical interaction skills for teachers in a school and residential programs. The third presentation describes a training program to teach discrete trial training to staff in a residential school for children with Autism. All presentation represents interventions used across multiple staff in education and therapeutic environments.

 
The Effects of Video Feedback in Training Parents and Direct Care Staff to Implement Functional Analysis Conditions.
MARY BOLTIN (Vinfen Corporation), John Stokes (Simmons College), Megan Guidi (Simmons College and The Vinfen Corporation)
Abstract: Accuracy in implementing appropriate consequences during Functional Analysis condition is critical in gaining accurate outcome. The present study examined the use of instructional workshop for staff and parent, Performance feedback and Video Feedback to conduct functional analysis. Results indicated that six of eight participant met accuracy criterion following the video feedback training. Follow up data taken at 1 week and 1 month indicated that a high level of accuracy was maintained in all subjects. Five participants accurately conducted sessions with students in the home. Inter-observer reliability was conducted for 70% of session. Reliability ranged from 31%-100% with a mean score of 87.5% accuracy. Data is represented graphically.
 
Utilizing Performance Feedback and Video to Increase Athletic Performance of High School Football Players.
JOHN STOKES (Simmons College), Elise Cooke (Holliston Public Schools)
Abstract: In the field of human services, utilizing effective training methods for developing and monitoring staff work performance is critical to the maintenance of a high quality of life for individuals served. The same principles that used for increasing work skills can also be used to increase the skills used for most sports. In this study five high school football players were exposed to a training package which utilized video as a performance feedback tool as well as tag teaching to improve desired athletic skills. There was verbal feedback, video feedback and the use of successive approximation with a tag teacher provided. Player’s performances were assessed in a multiple baseline design. Results indicated an increase in desired athletic skills in all 5 participants following the video-self-monitoring training package. Each player was trained to competency then maintenance checks were conducted for a 2 week period. Results showed that skill performance was maintained. Inter-observer agreement on the dependent variable was collected during 100% of the sessions and averaged 94.65% (graphs available upon request).
 
Performance Feedback: A Component Analysis with Extended Generality.
KRISTOFER VAN HERP (Greater Lawrence Educational Collaborative), Stephanie Nostin (Greater Lawrence Educational Collaborative)
Abstract: Performance feedback has been shown to be an effective teaching tool and motivator in a wide variety of professional environments. Performance feedback typically consists of two key components; corrective and positive feedback. Recent studies have demonstrated positive effects of performance feedback, but have come up short in maintenance outcomes (Moore et al, 2002) and generality to supplementary curriculum (Leblanc, Ricciardi & Luiselli, 2005). The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of corrective feedback and positive feedback independently and as a treatment package through the use of a reversal design. In addition to, investigating each component’s extended temporal effects as well as generality across a curriculum of activities. This was done through a sequential feedback program involving 6 instructional assistants of varied tenure, and their ability to implement discrete trial instruction with children on the autism spectrum. Results showed that corrective feedback alone displayed superior generative effects of improved instruction than that of positive feedback alone; but combined in a treatment package they were superior to both individually. This was shown through improved discrete trial instruction across a curriculum and 14 weeks beyond training.
 
 
Symposium #420
CE Offered: BACB
Clinical Behavior Analysis: Evaluating Treatment for Bulimic Behavior and Smoking
Monday, May 28, 2007
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Edward D
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amanda Bosch (University of Florida)
Discussant: David Reitman (Nova Southeastern University)
CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium includes three papers with recent research on the treatment of binge eating and purging associated with bulimia, and smoking. In the first study, Bosch and colleagues describe a study in which extinction was used to treat binge eating maintained by automatic negative reinforcement. In the second study, Azrin and Kellen describe research in which a slowed eating rate resulted in a decreased level of purging behavior associated with bulimia. In the final paper, Anderson and Gaynor describe a multifaceted behavioral intervention for smoking. David Reitman will serve as discussant and comment on the papers.

 
Evaluation of Extinction as a Functional Treatment for Binge Eating.
AMANDA BOSCH (University of Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Amy Gross (Western Michigan University), Peter J. Knudson (North Dakota State University), Carrie M. Brower-Breitwieser (North Dakota State University)
Abstract: Binge eating is primarily maintained by automatic negative reinforcement in the form of relief from negative emotions elicited by negative thinking. Although extinction has been thought impossible with behaviors maintained by automatic negative reinforcement, this study evaluated the application of extinction with binge eating. Four women who reported engaging in binge eating at least twice a week participated. To implement extinction, participants listened to an audio tape recording of their own negative thinking associated with their negative emotional responses when they began binge eating to prevent alleviation of the negative emotions contingent on binge eating. The procedure effectively reduced the frequency and duration of the binges, in addition to reducing the number of calories consumed during a binge for all participants when the procedure was correctly implemented. Implications and suggestions for future research are discussed.
 
Bulimic Purging Altered by the Rate of Eating.
NATHAN H. AZRIN (Nova Southeastern University), Michael J. Kellen (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract: Self-induced vomiting was found to decrease when the rate of eating was experimentally decreased in a study of several profoundly retarded institutionalized residents exhibiting this unusual problem. Experiments with normal nonretarded outpatients diagnosed as bulimic revealed that this same result occurred for these typical outpatient bulimics obtaining a quantitative measure of the urge to vomit after eating slowly the same "taboo" foods that otherwise resulted in bulimic purging when eaten rapidly. These results suggest a possible effective treatment for bulimic purging.
 
A Multi-Modal Treatment for Cigarette Smokers.
JAMES ANDERSON (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Smoking is a serious health problem worldwide. Several intervention techniques to help people quit have demonstrated some measure of success, though none has clearly distinguished itself as a superior method of treatment. Nicotine transdermal systems have become increasingly popular and have demonstrated some success, but relapse rates remain alarmingly high. Psychology has offered some promising intervention techniques, yet none has produced consistent data of sustained abstinence. Motivational Interviewing (MI), Exposure Therapy, Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), and contingency management have all demonstrated promise in assisting smokers to achieve abstinence. In the present study, we have combined aspects of all of these treatment techniques. The protocol includes one session of MI (in order to assess and facilitate desire and commitment to change), seven sessions of ACT-enhanced exposure therapy with concurrent scheduled smoking reduction (to help the patient learn to tolerate withdrawal symptoms while accepting their inevitability and maintaining his or her commitment to abstinence), and a week of contingency management (in order to help patients achieve an initial period of total abstinence that previous research has indicated is a good predictor of long-term success in maintaining abstinence). The presentation will provide a detailed rationale for the present protocol, available data, and future implications.
 
 
Symposium #421
CE Offered: BACB
Estudios en Paises de Habla Hispana
Monday, May 28, 2007
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Betsy A
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mapy Chavez Cueto (Wagner College)
CE Instructor: Mapy Chavez Cueto, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Este simposio presentara estudios que han sido realizados ya sea en paises de habla hispana, or por investigadores de habla hispana. Todas las presentaciones seran en espaol.

 
Comparación de Diferentes Procedimientos de Discriminación en el Marco de la Lectura y Escritura, y el Papel de las Contingencias Diferenciales.
MAPY CHAVEZ CUETO (Wagner College), Carlos V. Garcia-Cruz (Escuela Magisterio y Colegio Ave Maria), Inmaculada Gomez Becerra (Universidad Almerí­a, Spain)
Abstract: Se trata de un estudio experimental sobre la eficacia de distintos procedimientos de discriminación en el marco del aprendizaje de lectoescritura. Así el objetivo es la comparación de diversos procedimientos de adquisición de discriminaciones a la base y/o propias de la lecto-escritura (formas simples, formas compuestas, arriba-abajo, delante-detrás). Se aplicará un diseño intrasujeto con línea base múltiple y tratamiento alterno, y un diseño entresujeto. En el estudio participarán un total de 15 niños con edades comprendidas entre 3 y 5 años, que aún no tienen la habilidad de leer ni escribir. La tarea experimental y, a su vez, aplicada será la discriminación e identificación de diferentes elementos estimulares organizados siguiendo el formato de un sistema de aprendizaje de lecto-escritura ampliamente diseminado y elaborado bajo el mismo prisma metodológico y conceptual (en concreto, el sistema de “Superlectoescritura” de García y Luciano, 1996). Los procedimientos aplicados son los siguientes: - Procedimiento 1º: Discriminación con mínima probabilidad de error, a través de un método de igualación a la muestra junto a la aplicación de contingencias diferenciales y sistemáticas de los errores en la tarea experimental (reforzamiento de las respuestas correctas y corrección con práctica positiva de los errores). - Procedimiento 2º: Discriminación ensayo-error, sin uso de un método de igualación a la muestra, aunque si se incorporan contingencias diferenciales respecto de los errores. - Procedimiento 3º: Discriminación ensayo-error, sin igualación a la muestra y sin aplicación de contingencias diferenciales ni sistemáticas.
 
Emergencia de las Relaciones de Equivalencia y de las Analogías en el Desarrollo Verbal y Otros Repertorios Prerrequisitos.
INMACULADA GOMEZ BECERRA (Universidad Almerí­a, Spain), Maria Rosa Garcia Barranco (Universidad Almerí­a, Spain), Mapy Chavez Cueto (Wagner College)
Abstract: Se trata de una línea de investigación en curso cuyo objetivo general es conocer en qué momento del desarrollo normativo se muestran respuestas de equivalencia generalizadas y analogías como relaciones de orden superior, así como trata de analizar el papel de determinados comportamientos prerrequisitos y simbólicos (Horne y Lowe, 1996; Luciano, Barnes-Holmes y Barnes-Holmes, 2001; Luciano, Gómez y Rodríguez Valverde, in review). Se presenta un primer estudio de tipo transversal, en el que participan 8 preescolares de diferentes grupos de edad cronológica (de 20 a 33 meses). Se evalúan la equivalencia visual-visual a través de igualación a la muestra. Además, se evalúan las habilidades lingüísticas receptivas y expresivas, con diversas pruebas estandarizadas utilizadas en estudios anteriores de equivalencia con bebés (Peláez, Gewirtz, Sánchez y Mahabir, 2000; Horne y Lowe, 2001); el repertorio de conducta de hablante como propio oyente (Greer y Keohane, 2005); y el nivel de desarrollo de otras operantes como la imitación generalizada, las habilidades de categorización y las abstracciones espacio-temporales; la mayoría de ellas medidas directamente en situaciones estructuradas, así como informadas por padres y educadores. Los resultados son analizados destacando el papel del naming, del porcentaje de vocabulario expresivo, de las habilidades de categorización y de la imitación vocal. Y se enfatiza la necesidad de entrenamiento con múltiples ejemplos (MET) para futuros estudios. Luego se aplica un segundo estudio longitudinal que supone tomar medidas repetidas a lo largo de doce meses de los 8 preescolares de diferentes grupos de edad cronológica que participaron en el estudio anterior, evaluando de nuevo la equivalencia visual-visual a través de igualación a la muestra, así como todas las habilidades que en el estudio transversal resultaron relacionadas con los diferentes niveles de repertorio simbólico. Aquellos niños que alcanzaron el nivel máximo en las tareas de equivalencia en el estudio 1, fueron evaluados en ejecuciones simbólicas de orden superior como las relaciones de equivalencia-equivalencia y analogías, a la par que otros repertorios considerados prerrequisitos o íntimamente relacionados, como el porcentaje de vocabulario expresivo, habilidades de categorización y de extraer semejanzas, naming y coeficiente intelectual. El tercer estudio pretende conocer en que momento del desarrollo normativo se muestran respuestas de equivalencia-equivalenci
 
Comparación entre un Entrenamiento en Nominación y uno de Razón Fija en la Emergencia de Clases de Equivalencia.
YORS A. GARCIA (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: El objetivo del actual estudio fue comparar dos procedimientos para facilitar la emergencia de clases de equivalencia en estudiantes universitarios. En una condición, los participantes fueron entrenados en primera instancia a nombrar los estímulos de tres clases diferentes, los cuáles luego fueron condicionalmente relacionados. En una segunda condición, los participantes fueron entrenados en primera instancia a emitir respuestas bajo un programa de razón a estímulos de tres clases diferentes, los cuáles luego fueron condicionalmente relacionados. En la condición de control, los participantes fueron directamente entrenados en discriminaciones condicionales, seguido por una prueba de equivalencia. Un procedimiento de “think aloud” fue utilizado en las tres condiciones durante el entrenamiento en discriminaciones condicionales y las pruebas de equivalencia. Los resultados sugieren que las dos condiciones fueron igualmente eficaces en facilitar la emergencia de clases de estímulos. Igualmente los resultados del análisis de protocolos sugieren que nominar los estímulos no es necesario para la formación de clases de equivalencia.
 
 
Symposium #423
CE Offered: BACB
Food Selectivity and Refusal: Home and School Case Studies of Evaluation, Interventions, Outcomes, and Limitations
Monday, May 28, 2007
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Elizabeth G
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joseph Gentry (The May Institute)
Discussant: Robert F. Putnam (The May Institute)
CE Instructor: Colleen Ann O'Leary-Zonarich, M.A.
Abstract:

Research has shown positive reinforcement to be an effective strategy for increasing food consumption in children with developmental disabilities who display food selectivity/refusal. Three papers will review background, incidence, significance, assessment, intervention, outcomes, and limitations with three different students diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorders who display food selectivity and/or refusal across home and school environments. Each paper will discuss systematic intervention, including a variety of antecedent and consequence strategies used to promote increased food consumption across home and/or school environments. Papers will also present individualized programs tailored to the child and team and that using one or more types of interventions concurrently or with multiple baseline approaches may generate outcomes quickly to create team confidence. The impact of several variables will be presented; including, developing technically sound protocols, identifying functional reinforcers, promoting comprehensive team involvement and communication, treatment integrity, data collection, and limitations of interventions. Results presented will show significant improvements in meal times and increased food consumption for all three children, with results sustained over time with maintenance procedures in place.

 
Getting Started at Home and School: Feeding Assessment and Intervention to Increase Consumption.
COLLEEN ANN O'LEARY-ZONARICH (The May Institute)
Abstract: This paper will discuss the initial feeding evaluation process and intervention completed with a 6-year-old girl diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder who also displayed severe food selectivity. Assessment and intervention was completed across home and school environments. Assessment procedures and results will be reviewed to highlight critical planning logistics involved when initiating feeding protocols. Procedures used included a multiple baseline format (across settings and adults) and a combination of sampling, blending, and fading procedures paired with positive reinforcement. Results will indicate an increase in the number of nutritious foods and drinks accepted from baseline levels, which is consistent with documented research suggesting that similar antecedent control procedures are effective in treating food selectivity. Discussion points will include staff and parent training procedural options considered, logistical issues, differences across settings and adults, and the continued need for and impact of strong programming in public school systems.
 
Enhancing the Effectiveness of Blending Treatments: Mystery Motivator and Positive Reinforcement to Increase Food Consumption.
LAURIE KAUFMAN (The May Institute), Joseph Gentry (The May Institute)
Abstract: This case study evaluated the impact of a modified Mystery Motivator system on a food blending treatment to increase the consumption of non-preferred foods in a child with autism displaying food selectivity. In previous research, use of the Mystery Motivator has led to increases in the consumption of non-preferred foods with a child on the spectrum. The use of positive reinforcement in the form of finishing preferred foods as well as earning tokens was used to replicate previous findings and extend them using blending techniques. Blending treatment has been well established throughout the literature for food refusal and selectivity, and results suggest that the reinforcement uncertainty and variable ratio of reinforcement of the Mystery Motivator may be an interesting way to increase the effectiveness of blending treatments in children with developmental disabilities.
 
treatments in children with developmental disabilities Increasing Food Acceptance Using Blending and Subsequent Simultaneous Presentation within the Public School Setting.
CYNTHIA ANN SIMONE (Nashoba Regional School District)
Abstract: Previous research demonstrated that food refusal maintained by escape can be treated effectively through combining antecedent and consequent manipulations. In the current study, we used a multi-component treatment package following both functional and feeding assessments to treat food refusal by blending and fading foods and then presenting accepted foods paired with novel foods through simultaneous presentation. An 8-year old male with multiple disabilities was trained and assessed in the public school setting across 2 years in a changing criterion design. Results indicated an increase in novel food acceptance and combinations of food from 9 in baseline to 35 following intervention. Results were maintained over time. These results were consistent with prior research suggesting that antecedent control procedures are effective in treating food refusal. These results are discussed in terms of blending and fading procedures, simultaneous presentation, escape extinction and reinforcement as well as limitations and practical considerations within this setting.
 
 
Symposium #424
CE Offered: BACB
Intervening in Child Abuse and Neglect: Project 12-Ways' Innovations and a Canadian Replication
Monday, May 28, 2007
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Edward C
Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: James F. McGimsey (AdvoServ)
CE Instructor: Brandon F. Greene, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Since 1979 Project 12-Ways has served families with a history of child abuse and neglect. The Project has operated under the auspices of the Behavior Analysis & Therapy Program at SIU and, therefore, adopts an experimental-clinical approach to rendering service. Recent innovations will be described including the first attempt at an international replication in Ontario, Candada.

 
Facilitating Involvement in Vocational and Avocational Activity among Unemployed Parents with a History of Child Abuse and Neglect.
BONNIE M HENRY (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University), Alan Summers (Illinois Department of Human Services), Dianne Bradie-Gregoire (Illinois Department of Human Services)
Abstract: A variable that is predictive of the likelihood of parents perpetrating child abuse/neglect is the employment status of parents. That is, unemployed individuals are at greater risk of inflicting child maltreatment. The majority of parents served by Project 12-Ways are, and have been, chronically unemployed. Most subsist on various tax-supported subsidies (e.g., disability payments for themselves or their children). This presentation will describe the effort to involve these individuals in vocational and avocational activities. The effort involved an assessment of preferred activities and an intensive problem solving process that incrementally engaged the parents in productive activity. The implications for this process and its relevance to addressing the problem of child abuse and neglect will be discussed.
 
Project 12-Ways' Canadian Replication: Issues in Managing a Direct Replication.
DANA M. DAHMAN HARVEY (Kawartha-Haliburton Children's Aid Society), Autumn Kaufman (Kawartha-Haliburton Children's Aid Society), Hugh Nicholson (Kawartha-Haliburton Children's Aid Society), Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: A Children's Aid Society (CAS) in Ontario, Canada identified Project 12-Ways as an "evidenced based practice" in the intervention of child abuse and neglect. Members of the CAS visited the Project's headquarters in Illinois and elected to undertake a replication beginning in late 2006. Now, after one year into the replication, a variety of issues have been identified as critical to the process. The scope and nature of these will be described in this presentation. In addition, the relevance of issues associated with replicating other large scale programs (e.g., Teaching Family Model) will be presented in the context of the current effort.
 
Project 12-Ways Canada: Evidence of the Replication of an Evidence-Based Practice.
AUTUMN KAUFMAN (Kawartha-Haliburton Children's Aid Society), Dana M. Dahman Harvey (Kawartha-Haliburton Children's Aid Society), Hugh Nicholson (Kawartha-Haliburton Children's Aid Society), Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: "Evidence based practice" is a popular term in human services that presumably refers to the importance of adopting treatment practices that have empirical evidence of effectiveness. Thus, some professionals are lulled into the belief that such practices are readily identified or claim to have adopted such practices without any substantiating evidence. However, the question of whether an "evidenced based practice" has been successfully adopted requires evidence itself. This presentation will present the evidence to indicate the successful adoption of the Project 12-Ways model in Canada. Various challenges to this adoption will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #426
CE Offered: BACB
Issues in School-Based Functional Assessment
Monday, May 28, 2007
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
America's Cup AB
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jennifer Soeda (California State University, Fresno)
Discussant: Stephanie M. Peterson (Idaho State University)
CE Instructor: Jennifer L. Austin, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The use of functional assessment prior to treatment selection is considered best practice in a range of settings, including schools. However, promoting quality school-based functional assessments is often a challenging endeavor. This symposium will explore some of the issues surrounding functional assessments in schools, including the relative value of function-based interventions for typically developing children, challenges to the quality of school-based functional assessments, and models for improving functional assessment practices within school districts.

 
An Analysis of the Importance of Function in Treatment Selection for Children with Minor Behavior Problems.
JENNIFER SOEDA (California State University, Fresno), Jennifer L. Austin (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: One of the challenges facing researchers and practitioners alike has been determining the most practical, yet effective assessment methods for producing desired treatment outcomes. Although functional assessment and analysis procedures have shown considerable value within the field of applied behavior analysis, concerns regarding time and efficacy have hindered their consistent use within school settings. This study assessed the comparative treatment utility of function-based interventions with non-function-based interventions for high incidence, low severity behavior problems in four typically developing children. Results via an ABAC research design indicated that interventions based upon a functional behavior assessment were more effective and efficient at reducing off-task behaviors than an intervention which attempted to create a new function for appropriate behavior across all four participants. Social validity measures also indicated the functional intervention to be more effective, efficient, and easier to implement.
 
Training School Personnel to Conduct Functional Behavior Assessments: Are We Part of the Solution or Part of the Problem?
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (California State University, Fresno), Jennifer Soeda (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: Conclusions regarding the adequacy with which school personnel conduct functional behavior assessments and analyses appear to be dependent upon the range of behaviors these personnel are expected to perform. With regard to relatively simple protocols, such as conducting standard functional analysis conditions, school personnel tend to do quite well. However, when asked to conduct, interpret, and plan interventions based on functional behavior assessments, results are less promising. One potential reason for these deficits regards the model of training employed within both school systems (e.g., workshops and other trainings conducted by behavior analysts) and non-behavioral degree programs (e.g., school psychology). Within both contexts, there exists the potential to misrepresent the complexity of functional behavior assessments. These misrepresentations might be caused by a variety of factors, including a general misunderstanding of the functional behavior assessment literature or the contingencies surrounding meeting FBA mandates required by law (i.e., IDEA 2004). This presentation will review the extant literature on functional assessments conducted by school personnel and will seek to provide a critical analysis of the effectiveness of current training models, including those considered to be behavior analytic in nature. Behavior analysts’ roles in providing an accurate account of the scope of functional behavior assessments (and the training necessary to conduct them) also will be examined.
 
The Behavior Analyst in the Public School System: A Model for Enacting Best Practices in Functional Assessment and Intervention.
AMANDA N. ADAMS (California State University, Reno)
Abstract: School districts are a growing area of practice for behavior analysts. Functional assessment is one area that schools have a growing need for behavior analysts and this presentation will discuss the methods of doing FBAs and disseminating training for FBA’s in a school district. Although current BCBAs may know how to conduct FBAs, the specifics to working well in a public school system from a methodology and practice standpoint are important features that will be the focus of this talk. The ways to intervene and the considerations of working as a behavior analyst in a public school system will be a focus of relating our data and information to audience participants. FBA data from more than 40 assessments conducted in public schools will be presented to illustrate several points.
 
 
Symposium #428
CE Offered: BACB
Parameters of Staff Training and Performance-Based Evaluations in Intensive Behavioral Intervention Programs for Children with Autism
Monday, May 28, 2007
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Elizabeth H
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Len Levin (Coyne & Associates, Inc.)
Discussant: Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
CE Instructor: Len Levin, Ph.D.
Abstract:

ABA-based treatment and education programs for children with autism frequently require staff to conduct highly structured, 1:1 intervention sessions. The staff that fill these positions are typically psychology undergraduates or B.A. level graduates, and many have not had formal training or coursework in behavior analysis or behavioral intervention techniques. Consequently, most ABA-based service providers develop and implement their own training protocols and performance-based evaluations to facilitate the acquisition of intervention skills in these entry-level, front-line staff. This symposium will discuss this critical issue of staff training and performance in ABA-based programs in home, school, and center-based settings. The presenters will emphasize performance-based criteria to assess skills in the areas of discrete-trial teaching; incidental teaching; mand training; teaching in dyads; fluency; and problem-solving via functional analyses. Training procedures will be described in detail, data on staff performance will be presented, and the implications of staff training and performance on the efficacy of intensive behavioral intervention will be discussed.

 
Training and Evaluating the Critical Treatment Skills of Interventionists in Home-Based, Intensive Behavioral Intervention Programs for Young Children with Autism.
LEN LEVIN (Coyne & Associates Inc.), Tiffany Bauer (Coyne & Associates Inc.), Jessica Ann Korneder (Coyne & Associates Inc.), Paul Coyne Coyne (Coyne & Associates Inc.), M. Alice Coyne (Coyne & Associates Inc.)
Abstract: In many areas of the country, public policy has created resources for young children with autism to receive intensive, home-based, early intervention treatment and education services that are based on the principles of applied behavior analysis. This has created a new demand for “front line” interventionists to implement highly prescribed, behavioral techniques. Assuming that the intervention is overseen by a qualified behavior analyst, the efficacy of the intervention is still dependent on the home interventionist’s skills with respect to the execution of these techniques in the absence of continuous, on-site supervision. This presentation will review an intensive training protocol to facilitate the acquisition of these intervention skills, specifically the implementation of three different types of discrete-trial drills, and the implementation of incidental teaching-type strategies to promote spontaneous language. Performance-based data will be presented to assess the efficacy of the training protocol in facilitating the acquisition of these intervention skills.
 
Staff Training in a Center-Based Program: Ensuring Competency in Core Instructional Areas and Dyad Instruction.
MARY JANE WEISS (Rutgers University), Dania L. Matthews (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Todd Frischmann (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Ensuring staff competency is a widespread concern for trainers and supervisors in ABA programs designed for children with autism. Ineffective instruction is a primary reason for the failure of students to progress. Staff members require specific performance-based criteria and feedback to effectively master instructional skills. As the teaching procedures within ABA multiply and become increasingly complex, the need for treatment integrity is even more critical. Core areas of instruction for students with autism requiring precision in implementation include discrete trial instruction, incidental teaching and other naturalistic teaching strategies, mand training, rate-building, classroom management, and dyad instruction. Dyad instruction is especially important in classrooms and in settings in which 1:1 instruction is not available or in which functioning with less staff support has been identified as a goal. In this presentation, treatment integrity targets for rate-building and dyad instruction will be discussed. Assessments for each of these areas will be shared, as well as data on their use.
 
Shaping Staff Repertoires Critical to Fully Competent Service Delivery.
MICHAEL FABRIZIO (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting)
Abstract: Regardless of the instructional arrangement selected, direct care staff members who implement behavior analytic services require at least three critical repertoires: verbal behavior about the service they deliver (talking about what they are doing), contingency-shaped behavior related to delivering the service (implementing prescribed procedures), and verbally mediated behavior related to decision making (using learner/client data to change procedures). This presentation will discuss the importance that shaping and maintaining these repertoires plays in the delivery of a range of behavior analytic teaching formats and will present example data and procedures for improving staff performance related to effective service delivery.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #432
CE Offered: BACB

Preventing Serious Problems Associated with Autism: Some Validated and Promising Strategies

Monday, May 28, 2007
3:30 PM–4:20 PM
Douglas C
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Glen Dunlap, Ph.D.
Chair: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University)
GLEN DUNLAP (University of South Florida)
Dr. Glen Dunlap is a professor at the University of South Florida in Tampa. He is one of the pioneers in the Positive Behavior Support movement and serves as one of the founding editors of the Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions. Glen has directed a large number of federal and state projects typically focused on identifying the factors that foster the development of challenging behavior and then assisting families and professionals, working in partnership, to prevent the development of these challenges. Dr Dunlap is the author of a long list of books, books chapters, and research articles on intervention and disability. His research interests include the role of choice in intervention, early and family focused intervention and the creation of sustainable and community-based interventions for persons with severe disabilities.
Abstract:

Autism is a complex and heterogeneous disability that is associated with a myriad of serious problems that affect the lives of the diagnosed child as well as family members and others who are close to the child. Such problems include challenging behaviors, family disintegration, isolation, and highly restricted learning opportunities. A number of interventions have been implemented in efforts to prevent or remediate these problems. This presentation will describe several of the most conspicuous problems associated with autism, along with selected prevention strategies that have been validated with experimental data or that seem particularly promising as a result of quasi-experimental findings and clinical experience.

 
 
Symposium #434
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis vs. the Biomedical Model of Mental Disorders
Monday, May 28, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Edward AB
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Stephen E. Wong (Florida International University)
CE Instructor: Stephen E. Wong, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will critically examine the biomedical model of mental disorders and its underlying assumptions, diagnostic system, empirical evidence, clinical outcomes, professional and corporate sponsors, and wide spread promotion through educational and media campaigns. Ways in which the biomedical approach suppresses research and practice of behavior analysis with persons with mental disorders will also be discussed.

 
Psychiatry’s Flight from Science: A 2007 Update.
W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University)
Abstract: This presentation updates last year’s presentation which described the guild interests of psychiatry and the financial interests of the pharmaceutical industry and how the two have dovetailed to push acceptance of the biological causation model of behavioral/psychological disorders. The claims of biological causation have gone well beyond the data. Following a brief review of the topic, highlights of the past year will be presented including issues such as new research on the placebo effect; lobbying efforts by the pharmaceutical and psychiatry industries; advertising of drugs; and others.
 
A Behavioral Analytic Look at Mental Disorders, the DSM-IV, and Functional Effects of Psychotropic Medications.
MERRILL WINSTON (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.)
Abstract: This presentation critiques diagnostic criteria for mental disorders listed in the DSM-IV, as well as examines functional effects of medications (in terms of behavior) as opposed to their supposed neurochemical effects. The presentation provides behavior analysts with a framework that they may use to better understand mental disorders and how treatment goals may be formulated. Participants will also be more prepared to “get to the heart of the matter” regarding the problems that give rise to a particular diagnosis. Individuals will also be better equipped to help evaluate the effectiveness and appropriateness of various medications as they pertain to target behaviors.
 
Behavior Analysis vs. Biomedical/Pharmacological Treatment of Psychosis.
STEPHEN E. WONG (Florida International University)
Abstract: This presentation will review behavior analyses of psychotic disorders comparing them to biomedical treatments, the latter almost entirely reliant on “antipsychotic” drugs. The biomedical model of psychotic disorders and anti-psychotic drugs will be critiqued, revealing their weak scientific foundation, therapeutic shortcomings, and harmful effects. Ideological, political, and economic factors maintaining the biomedical model’s preeminence over behavior analysis will also be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #436
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluation of the Relation between Descriptive Analyses and Functional Analyses
Monday, May 28, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Elizabeth DE
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Eileen M. Roscoe, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Although descriptive analyses only provide correlational information about antecedent and consequent events associated with problem behavior, they may be useful in some situations. The four papers included in this symposium discuss various extensions of descriptive assessment methodology. In the first paper, Sacha Pence will discuss results from a study comparing outcomes from two commonly used descriptive assessment methods to outcomes obtained from a functional analysis. In the second paper, Jessa Love will review descriptive analysis and functional analysis data from 30 children diagnosed with autism, noting the relation between behavioral function and a number of other dependent variables, including referral source, diagnosis, response topography, descriptive assessment type, and functional analysis characteristics. In the third paper, Curtis Harris will discuss a study evaluating the utility of conducting a structured descriptive assessment method when a functional analysis resulted in unclear outcomes. In the final paper, Erin Camp will describe a study evaluating the utility of an antecedent descriptive analysis by comparing probabilities of both antecedents and consequences of problem behavior to results obtained during a functional analysis.

 
Evaluation of the Relative Validity of Two Descriptive Analysis Methods.
SACHA T. PENCE (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), Mary Chiang (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Although research has compared outcomes from descriptive assessments to those obtained from functional analysis, no study to date has compared the relative validity of different descriptive assessment methods. Because different descriptive assessment methods vary greatly with respect to their time and resource requirements, it may be helpful to determine whether methods that vary on these dimensions also differ in how they correspond with outcomes obtained from a functional analysis. This study compared the outcomes of two descriptive analysis methods, the ABC method and the interval-based method, to the results obtained from functional analyses. Six individuals diagnosed with autism, who exhibited problem behavior, participated. Functional analyses indicated that participants’ problem behavior was maintained by social-positive reinforcement (n = 2), social-negative reinforcement (n = 2), or automatic reinforcement (n = 2). Results showed that both descriptive analyses were useful in differentiating between behavior maintained by social versus automatic reinforcement, but were not useful in differentiating between behavior maintained by social positive versus social negative reinforcement.
 
Functional Assessment of Problem Behavior of Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Summary of 30 Outpatient Cases.
JESSA R. LOVE (Western Michigan University), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Centers for Disease Control (2006) recently reported that the prevalence of autism spectrum disorders (ASD) among children aged 4 to 17 years has increased to approximately 5.6 out of 1000 children. Problem behavior constitutes a diagnostic criterion class (e.g., stereotypy) and common clinical concern (e.g., self-injury, aggression) for this population. Recently, a number of researchers have published experimental-epidemiological analyses of the topographic and functional characteristics of problem behavior of individuals with developmental disabilities. One of the uses of such reports is the ability to predict the probability of behavioral functions under certain conditions (e.g., topography, diagnosis). However, no large-N summaries based on the objective observation of problem behavior of individuals with ASD have been published to date. The purpose of the present study is to summarize 30 cases from an outpatient problem behavior clinic serving children with ASD, including autism and Asperger’s disorder. The relation between behavioral function, as determined via experimental and descriptive analysis, and the following variables will be reported: referral source, diagnosis, response topography, descriptive assessment type, and functional analysis characteristics.
 
Clarifying Variables Associated with Problem Behaviors Using a Structured Descriptive Assessment.
CURTIS J. HARRIS (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Bryan S. Lovelace (University of North Texas), Jessica Hobbs (University of North Texas), Heather A. Moore (University of North Texas), Roxanne L. Wolf (University of North Texas), Donnie M. Staff (University of North Texas)
Abstract: This study evaluated the utility of a structured descriptive assessment (SDA) as an alternative method of functional assessment. Initially, an analogue functional analysis, conducted to assess the problem behavior of one adult with developmental disabilities, produced inconclusive results. Subsequently, an SDA was conducted in the individual’s natural environment with the direct-contact caregivers acting as therapists. The results from the SDA showed that problem behavior occurred during the demand condition but was maintained by attention. A treatment based on the results of the SDA was implemented in a reversal design and resulted in a notable reduction in the occurrences of problem behavior. This outcome suggests that SDA procedures may be useful when results from analogue functional analyses are inconclusive.
 
Antecedent versus Consequent Events as Predictors of Problem Behavior.
ERIN CAMP (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Jennifer Lynn Hammond (University of Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of Florida)
Abstract: Although descriptive analyses are limited to the identification of correlational relations, they have been used occasionally in an attempt to identify the functional characteristics of problem behavior. Results of previous research have shown that attention is observed frequently as a consequence for problem behavior, even in cases when a functional analysis has shown that attention is not a functional reinforcer. Because the correlation between problem behavior and attention may arise simply because attention is “prescribed” as a means of terminating serious problem behavior, it is possible that antecedent events (establishing operations) might be better predictors of problem behavior than consequences. This study compares the probabilities of both antecedents and consequences of problem behavior during descriptive analysis to the results of a traditional functional analysis to assess the utility of an antecedent descriptive analysis.
 
 
Symposium #437
CE Offered: BACB
Further Developments in the Assessment and Treatment of Sex Offenders with Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 28, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Annie AB
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jorge Rafael Reyes (University of Florida)
Discussant: Carrie S. W. Borrero (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Jorge Rafael Reyes, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium will include three papers on the assessment and treatment of sex offenders with developmental disabilities. In the first presentation, Jorge R. Reyes will show data from an investigation on the manipulation of pre-session factors on responding during an arousal assessment. In the second presentation, Astrid Hall will discuss the development of the portable plethysmograph and show data related to the assessment of arousal in community settings.. In the third presentation, Timothy R. Vollmer will provide an overview of the general model of assessment that we have developed for working with this population as well as some implications of this model. The discussant is Carrie S. W. Borrero who has published extensively in the areas of behavioral assessment and developmental disabilities.

 
The Influence of Pre-Session Factors in the Assessment of Deviant Arousal.
JORGE RAFAEL REYES (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Astrid Hall (Seguin Unit)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that arousal assessments utilizing the penile plethysmograph can identify differential patterns of arousal for sex offenders with developmental disabilities (e.g., Reyes et al., 2006). In this study, we used arousal assessments to evaluate the influence of pre-session factors. The pre-session factors included masturbation and suppression instructions. Masturbation and instructions were selected because clinicians have suggested that they may influence assessment outcomes. To date, there is no empirical evidence for this assertion. Four male sex offenders with developmental disabilities volunteered to participate as part of their ongoing clinical assessment and treatment. Conditions were conducted in which the pre-session factor was either in effect or not in effect. Results showed that both masturbation and suppression instructions reduced arousal levels during assessments.
 
Evaluation of a Portable Plethysmograph Device in the Assessment of Sex Offenders with Developmental Disabilities.
ASTRID HALL (Seguin Unit), Jorge Rafael Reyes (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Plethysmograph assessment of sexual arousal for sex offenders with developmental disabilities have questionable external validity because it is not known whether the arousal obtained in clinic assessments is representative of arousal obtained outside of the clinic setting. Therefore, the purpose of the current clinical evaluation was to evaluate the use of a portable plethysmograph. This device consists of a penile strain gauge connected to a portable computer which is unobtrusive and capable of being discretely worn in the community. Two male sex offenders with developmental disabilities participated as part of their ongoing clinical assessment and treatment. First, clinic-based plethysmograph assessments were conducted. Second, the portable plethysmograph was tested in the clinic. Results showed similar patterns of arousal using both the non-portable and the portable plethysmograph. Third, the portable plethysmograph was tested away from the clinic using target videos and photos. Fourth, the portable plethysmograph was tested in the community during normally occurring community activities. Results showed that the device was capable of capturing periods of arousal and non-arousal for both participants. Potential treatment implications for the use of the portable plethysmograph will be discussed.
 
A Behavioral Model for the Assessment of Sex Offenders with Developmental Disabilities.
TIMOTHY R. VOLLMER (University of Florida), Jorge Rafael Reyes (University of Florida), Kimberly Sloman (University of Florida), Astrid Hall (Seguin Unit)
Abstract: The assessment of sex offenders has been a widely investigated area. Numerous assessment methods have been utilized in attempting to gauge an individual's sexual preferences and their risk for re-offense. The purpose of the presentation will be to describe the assessment components for a behavioral model. The model is intended to assess components of sexual offending that may be both respondent and operant in nature. For example, assessing an individual's arousal to appropriate and inappropriate stimuli, as well as the conditions under which an offense may be committed. The various components of the model include reviewing any information related to the offense (i.e., police records), arousal assessments involving the penile plethysmograph, preference assessments for victim characteristics, and covert observations in high-risk situations (i.g., children present) and in the presence of high-risk materials (e.g., magazines with pictures of children). All of this information would be combined to produce a profile of an individual to potentially provide information and as a means of goal setting and establishing individualized interventions.
 
 
Symposium #439
CE Offered: BACB
Sources of Verbal Developmental Cusps: An Empirically Derived Skinnerian Account
Monday, May 28, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Molly AB
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate )
CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

We present four papers on functional or correlations between instructional history interventions and the emergence verbal developmental cusps and capabilities. These include the relation between naming and other measures, the relation between the observational training and verbal social behavior and empathy, a comparison of single and multiple exemplar instruction on emergence of Naming, and the effect of MEI induced Naming on advanced listener comprehension. The acquisition of these higher order operants allow children to learn from instruction they could not previously learn from or accelerate learning in several realms.

 
The Effects of Naming on Language Acquisition.
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School), Jeanne Marie Speckman (The Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract: We analyzed the verbal capabilities of 50 students attending a preschool for children with special needs. All participants were between the ages of three and five years and had developmental delays. The Preschool Language Scale- (Fourth Edition) was administered to all students at the beginning of the school year along with The Preschool Inventory of Repertoires for Kindergarten. In addition, we tested for the prevalence of Naming in students' repertoires. Throughout the school year we re-tested for the prevalence of Naming and once it was acquired, the PLS-4 and PIRK were re-administered. Results show the rates of acquisition of "language skills" for students with and without Naming repertoires and rates before and after the emergence of naming.
 
Induction of Naming: A Comparison of Multiple and Singular Exemplar Instruction.
NIRVANA PISTOLJEVIC (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School), Lauren M. Stolfi (The Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract: We compared the effects of singular exemplar instruction (SEI) and multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) on the emergence of untaught listener and speaker responses, or naming, for 2-dimensional stimuli by preschool children who were missing the naming capability. In combined experimental-control group and nested single case multiple probe designs, we taught training sets of pictures using multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) to one group of 4-participants using a multiple probe design and the same sets using single exemplar instruction (SEI) to another set of 4-participants. Naming emerged from MEI but not SEI. Subsequently, the SEI group received MEI and naming emerged for them also.
 
The Effects of Observational Training on the Acquisition of Reinforcement for Listening.
TRACY REILLY-LAWSON (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School), Darcy M. Walsh (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: Experiment 1investigated the effects of a yoked contingency in a social listener reinforcement game on participants’ conversational units. Experiment 2 tested the effects of a multiple exemplar instruction on the development of empathy. In Experiment 1, data were collected on the number of sequelics, conversational units, “wh” questions, vocal approvals and vocal disapprovals during 5 minute probe sessions after meeting criterion on each objective of the listener reinforcement game. Data showed that the total number of verbal interactions in the play area increased significantly. In Experiment 2 multiple exemplar instruction was implemented to teach the participants empathy. The results showed an increase in correct responses to empathy questions.
 
The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction on the Emergence of Naming in First Graders and Its Relation to Listener Comprehension.
DENISE O'SULLIVAN (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School)
Abstract: Typically developing first graders in a public elementary school were assessed for the presence of a Naming repertoire. Students without naming responses were matched and then randomly assigned to experimental and control groups, each also receiving multiple probe single case designs. Prior to treatment, a standardized assessment for listener comprehension was administered for all students. Multiple exemplar instruction was begun with the experimental group, with follow-up probes for naming for both groups after the experimental group met MEI criterion. Following treatment and the emergence of Naming, the listener comprehension assessment was re-administered across both groups, and treatment for the control group was subsequently begun. Results replicate the MEI effect and relations between naming and listener comprehension will be identified.
 
 
Symposium #473
CE Offered: BACB
International Symposium - Basic, Applied and Translational Research on Conditioning and Derived Relational Responding: Treatment Implications
Tuesday, May 29, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Del Mar AB
Area: EAB/CBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Simon Dymond (University of Wales, Swansea)
CE Instructor: Simon Dymond, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Findings from basic, applied, and translational research on conditioning and derived relational responding are presented. The first presentation describes a novel paradigm to investigate interoceptive conditioning, with implications for panic disorder. The second presentation describes researcn derived transfer of evaluative learning, with implications for generalised anxiety disorder. The third presentation describes a translational research model of derived avoidance behavior, with implications for anxiety and phobias. The final presentation outlines multiple-exemplar training strategies to facilitate derived relational responding, with implications for intellectual interevention.

 
Experimental Evaluation of the Interoceptive Conditioning Account of Panic Disorder: Surprising Results with Applied Implications.
DEAN ACHESON (University of Albany), John P. Forsyth (University at Albany, State University of New York)
Abstract: The modern learning theory account of panic disorder (Bouton, Mineka & Barlow, 2001) suggests that fear of bodily cues is acquired and maintained via a learned respondent relation between benign bodily sensations and full blown fearful responding (i.e., a panic attack). Thereafter, bodily cues function to elicit panic attacks, and are thus responded to fearfully. This phenomenon is known as interoceptive conditioning. Despite the role afforded interoceptive fear conditioning in etiologic accounts of panic disorder, there are no good experimental demonstrations of such learning in humans. This presentation will detail a series of experiments evaluating the interoceptive fear learning account using 20% carbon dioxide enriched air (CO2) as an interoceptive CS (i.e., physiologically inert 5-s exposures) and US (i.e., physiologically prepotent 15-s exposures) in a healthy human sample. The results of these studies, involving several different contingency arrangements and psychophysiological response domains, were surprising in showing that random / unpaired contingencies yielded the most robust fear learning; learning that was also highly resistant to extinction. These findings, in turn, will be discussed in the context of contemporary learning accounts of panic pathology, with implications for the design of prevention and treatment programs.
 
Transfer of Self-Efficacy Function after Evaluative Learning: Clinical Implications.
CHARLOTTE N. DACK (University of Wales, Swansea), Phil Reed (University of Wales, Swansea), Louise A. Mchugh (University of Wales, Swansea)
Abstract: Experiment 1 examined whether self-efficacy functions related to performance on two different reinforcement schedules (i.e., DRL and DRH) would transfer via derived relations. Participants (n = 16) were first trained and tested for two 3-member classes (A1-B1-C1 and A2-B2-C2). The first two members of each group (i.e., A and B) were nonsense words, while the third member was an affective word: 'good' for C1, and 'bad' for C2. They also completed an evaluative conditioning task and a transfer of evaluative function test. It was found that the DRH schedule produced significantly higher self-efficacy ratings than the DRL schedule. A transfer of stimulus properties emerged between the stimulus class members. The coloured circle that signalled high rate behaviour (DRH) and high self-efficacy was selected in the presence of stimuli associated with 'good', and the coloured circle that signalled low rate behaviour (DRL) and low self-efficacy was selected in the presence of stimuli associated with'bad'. Experiment 2 and 3 replicated these findings but controlled for the rate of reinforcement and rate of responding. Implications for understanding the development of generalised problems seen in anxiety and depressive disorders are discussed.
 
Derived Transformation of Avoidance Response Functions: Implications for Clinically Significant Fear and Avoidance.
SIMON DYMOND (University of Wales, Swansea), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), John P. Forsyth (University at Albany, State University of New York), Robert Whelan (University College Dublin), Julia Rhoden (University of Wales, Swansea)
Abstract: Three experiments were conducted in order to test a translational research model of derived avoidance based on the transformation of avoidance response functions in accordance with same and opposite relational frames. Using the Relational Completion Procedure, participants were first exposed to non-arbitrary and arbitrary relational training and testing in order to establish Same and Opposite relations between non-word stimuli. The training tasks were; Same-A1-B1, Same-A1-C1, Opposite-A1-B2, Opposite-A1-C2. Next, in an avoidance conditioning procedure, B1 signaled a simple avoidance response. Participants who showed conditioned avoidance also showed derived avoidance to C1 in the absence of a direct aversive history with C1. Participants who were not exposed to relational training and testing did not show derived avoidance. Experiment 2 showed that this effect was not a by-product of instructional control, and Experiment 3 demonstrated a more complex pattern of transformation. Implications of the translational model for understanding clinically significant fear and avoidance behaviors are discussed.
 
Improving Relational Skills in Adults and Children Using Multiple Exemplar Training.
SARAH N. O'CONNOR (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Denis P. O'Hora (University of Ulster)
Abstract: The current paper will outline the findings of two experiments designed to test the utility of multiple exemplar relational training as a means of improving arbitrarily applicable relational responding in both adults and children. Six experimental adult subjects were exposed to intensive multiple exemplar training for Same/Opposite responding using novel stimulus sets. This involved providing feedback and reinforcement for correct responding on a trial-to-trial basis during relational tests which were administered only once per stimulus set. All subjects showed modest improvements in Same/Opposite relational responding across novel stimulus sets and all reached the mastery criterion within 10 exposures to relational training/testing. A further six adult subjects did not receive multiple exemplar training, but were exposed to successive relational tests for Same and Opposite using novel stimulus sets. Only two of these subjects reached the mastery criterion on a novel stimulus set. Similar results were obtained using a group of 8-12 year old children. These results seem to suggest that relational skills can be generalised to novel stimulus sets and this has implications for the development of applied interventions for intellectual deficit.
 
 
Symposium #475
CE Offered: BACB
Functional Analysis and Treatment in Home Settings
Tuesday, May 29, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Emma AB
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ajamu Nkosi (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Bryan J. Davey, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analysis in home settings typically involves the application of data-based instructional or skill acquisition procedures such as discrete trials training. However, increasingly, referrals are made for behavior reduction. This symposium highlights advancements in functional analysis and behavioral interventions within home settings. One paper will present data on the use of a punishment procedure used following functional analysis when the identified reinforcer, attention from a young child, could not be controlled due to development and age limitations. The second paper will present data and discussion on a child failing to acquire a communicative response in FCT after her aggression was determined to have been maintained by attention. Several different approaches in the FCT training process will be included. The third paper will present a case example of home consultation for multiple referrals from the goal setting meeting through implementation of compliance training, FCT, and skill acquisition programs in a 7-year-old boy with autism. The final paper will present functional analysis and treatment analysis data in the home settings following similar analyses in the school setting. The reduction of SIB in a 6-year-old girl with autism will be presented from both settings.

 
Decreasing Attention-Maintained Aggression in a Child with Autism Using Punishment.
MICHAEL M. MUELLER (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Christine Palkovic (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Amanda J. Mann (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.)
Abstract: Functional Behavioral Assessment (FBA) that included functional analysis determined that the aggression of a 4-year-old boy was maintained by the attention of his 3-year-old brother also diagnosed with autism. When the attention of the brother could not be reliably controlled (i.e., systematically withheld or delivered) a punisher assessment compared several potential punishment procedures. The most aversive procedure was identified as a basket hold. The basket hold was used on a high preference behavior to test its punishing effects and then implemented to decrease aggression. The use of positive reinforcement and punishment after functional analyses will be discussed.
 
Failure to Acquire Communicative Responses during FCT when Reducing Attention-Maintained Aggression.
AMANDA J. MANN (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Michael M. Mueller (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Bryan J. Davey (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.)
Abstract: Many studies have demonstrated that functional communication training (FCT) is an effective treatment in reducing problematic behaviors and in shaping an alternative (communicative) response. Although research has demonstrated the efficacy of FCT as a treatment with a variety of behaviors maintained by social consequences, few studies have systematically evaluated failure to acquire the alternative response. In the current study, a functional analysis identified attention as the maintaining variable for aggressive behavior. FCT to teach a communication behavior was attempted using several different training meethods. We will discuss failure to acquire the alternative response during FCT. In addition, this study will present variations in training the alternative response and how these training methods may affect the acquisition of the desired response, and how the quality of attention maintaining the problem behavior may affect the success of a function based treatment for attention maintained behavior.
 
A Case Example of Home Consultation to Reduce Multiple Problem Behaviors.
BRYAN J. DAVEY (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Michael M. Mueller (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Meaghan Timko (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.)
Abstract: In home consultation, it is common for parents to have multi0le concerns. In the present case example, data will be provided on a home consultation that reduced multiple forms of problem behavior. The presentation will begin with the results of a goal setting meeting to prioritize service provision. Data will be presented from each of the assessments and interventions during the consultation process that addressed aggression, noncompliance, and turn taking behaviors. Aggression was addressed through FCT and generalization to the parents. Noncompliance was addressed with Effective Instruction Delivery and systematic prompting; Turn taking was addressed via positive reinforcement for appropriate turn taking and game playing behaviors.
 
Generalization of Functional Analysis and Effective Treatment of SIB from School to Home Settings.
CHRISTINE PALKOVIC (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Michael M. Mueller (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Ajamu Nkosi (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.)
Abstract: SIB often occurs across multiple environments. However, it cannot be assumed that behavioral function remains constant across those different settings. As such, effective treatment choices demand individualized assessments. When SIB occurs at very high levels, brief generalization analyses can take place in the generalization setting to limit intentionally reinforcing high rates of SIB. When results are similar across settings, brief treatment evaluation of generalized interventions can shorten evaluation duration and quicken the speed with which effective treatments are implemented across settings. The current study is a case example in which functional analysis results demonstrated attention and tangible reinforcement function in a 7-year-old girl with autism in a public school classroom. Brief treatment evaluations determined that a treatment using NCR attention, access to preferred items, and extinction was effective in eliminating SIB maintained by attention. FCT to request preferred tangibles was effective in eliminating SIB maintained by access to tangible items. Following these evaluations in the school setting, brief functional analysis and brief treatment evaluation of the same treatments were used in the home. Behavioral function across settings was the same and the same treatments were used in the school and home environments to eliminate high rates of SIB.
 
 
Symposium #479
CE Offered: BACB
Thinking Outside the Prompt: Innovative Teaching and Prompting Strategies for Students with Autism
Tuesday, May 29, 2007
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Madeleine AB
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Elizabeth Martineau (Nashoba Learning Group)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Martineau, Other
Abstract:

Chronic prompt dependency is a common obstacle to mastering skills for many students with autism. The inability to respond in the absence of a prompt often requires the teacher to "go back to the drawing board" so to speak, undoing weeks or months of teaching. There is a strong research base for strategies such as visual, physical, or positional prompts in teaching children with autism, but a lack of sufficient research regarding what to do when these popular strategies fail. Multiple baseline and changing criterion designs were used to evaluate the efficacy of several prompting strategies not widely explored in the literature, such as shaping acoustic properties of stimuli or using vocal responses to prompt receptive language. Participants were adolescent boys with autism who repeatedly failed to acquire a variety of skills when taught using conventional prompting methods. Data show that altering the topography of the prompts themselves (rather than changing the fading procedure) was effective in teaching these students receptive language skills, matching skills, intraverbal responses, and appropriate transition behavior. In each case the alternative prompt was successfully faded to allow independent responding to occur, breaking the pattern of chronic prompt dependency previously displayed by these students.

 
Using a Vocal-Textual Response as a Priming Technique for Receptive Language Tasks.
JESSICA ST. PIERRE (Nashoba Learning Group), Tara L. Montoure (Nashoba Learning Group), Elizabeth Martineau (Nashoba Learning Group), Jessica Slaton (Nashoba Learning Group)
Abstract: Receptive language tasks are typically taught using gestural or positional prompts to assist the student in pointing to the correct item. Matching a written text to an object is generally taught only after the student is able to receptively identify the object. However, for some students who experience multiple treatment failures in acquiring receptive language skills, a “reverse” teaching sequence of establishing text-to-object matching first can facilitate acquisition of receptive language. A 15 year old boy with autism who failed to acquire receptive identification of objects through direct teaching was taught to match written texts to objects as an intermediate step (though he could not receptively identify the objects or texts). A multiple baseline design was used across three different sets of three objects each. Data show that matching the object to a text and reading the text out loud was an effective priming technique for establishing correct responding in receptive language trials. This technique was systematically faded, allowing independent responses to occur without any priming. The end result was mastery of several skills through one teaching program: text to object matching and vice versa, reading texts out loud, and receptive object identification.
 
Acoustic Stimulus Shaping to Prompt Intraverbal Responses.
TARA L. MONTOURE (Nashoba Learning Group), Elizabeth Martineau (Nashoba Learning Group)
Abstract: Within-stimulus prompts generally alter some visual aspect of the stimulus (such as size or color) so that the target stimulus itself serves as a prompt for correct responding. It is also possible, however, to create a within-stimulus prompt by altering an acoustic property of the stimulus. Changing the volume, tone, or speed of an auditory stimulus can assist the student in producing or selecting a specific desired response. For children with autism who have poor visual discrimination skills, this type of within-stimulus prompt may be preferable to other prompts that rely on visual discrimination. The random assignment of a high- or low-pitched tone to different vocal antecedents was used as a prompt to teach a 12 year old boy with autism intraverbal responses. The acoustic prompt was then faded until the vocal antecedents were delivered in normal conversational tones. A multiple baseline design was used across 3 different responses to establish correct responding with an acoustically altered stimulus. A changing criterion design was then used to systematically fade the tone of the stimulus back to a natural conversational sound. Data show that this prompt was effective in establishing intraverbal responses in a student for whom all previous attempts had failed.
 
Discriminating in “Continuous” and “Discontinuous” Stimulus Fields.
JESSICA SLATON (Nashoba Learning Group), Elizabeth Martineau (Nashoba Learning Group)
Abstract: A “continuous” field is one wherein all stimuli are presented on the same flat, 2-dimensional surface (such as a book with many words on each page, or a picture with multiple items in the picture). A “discontinuous” field is one wherein each stimulus is its own separate entity (such as two separate flash cards, each with a printed word). The ability to discriminate between stimuli in a continuous field is a critical skill, as many stimulus fields are continuous (words on a page, numbers on a microwave, and icons on a computer screen). Correct matching and visual discrimination in a discontinuous field does not automatically generalize to a continuous field. A 14 year old boy with autism who possessed strong matching skills in discontinuous fields only was taught to also discriminate among stimuli in a continuous field, allowing him to acquire new skills or generalize previously learned skills that required the use of continuous fields. A changing criterion design was used to shape a discontinuous field of numbers (ten separate number cards) into a continuous field (all ten numbers on one card), to facilitate use of the microwave, copy machine, and other appliances that require the use of a keypad.
 
Using Behavioral Momentum to Prompt Transitions.
TARA L. MONTOURE (Nashoba Learning Group), Elizabeth Martineau (Nashoba Learning Group)
Abstract: Transitioning from one activity to another frequently occasions inappropriate responses such as screaming, flopping, aggression or bolting in students with autism. The use of a warning to signal the transition is a successful antecedent intervention for preventing these behaviors in many students, but can sometimes act as a discriminative stimulus that evokes tantrum behaviors prior to transitioning. An 11 year old boy with autism who displayed flopping, aggression and other inappropriate responses during transitions was engaged in a series of behavioral momentum trials prior to each transition, in place of a warning. A changing criterion design was used to systematically fade the number of trials delivered while still maintaining appropriate transition behavior. Data show that the implementation and systematic reduction of behavioral momentum trials was successful in reducing inappropriate transition behaviors to near-zero levels. The use of a warning to signal transitions was then successfully re-introduced to bring appropriate transition behavior under control of the natural language typically used by parents, babysitters, teachers, and other members of the community.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #481
CE Offered: BACB

Precision Teaching for Students and Adults with Developmental Disabilities and Autism: Wheres the Data?

Tuesday, May 29, 2007
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Douglas A
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Marlene Cohen, Ed.D.
Chair: Alison L. Moors (Private Practice)
MARLENE COHEN (Rutgers University)
Dr. Marlene Cohen, Ed.D., BCBA is a Research Assistant Professor at the Graduate School of Applied and Professional Psychology, Director of Adult and Transitional Services at the Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, and part-time instructor at the Graduate School of Education, Rutgers University. She received her Ed.D. in Educational Leadership from Nova Southeastern University and is a board certified behavior analyst. Dr. Cohen has over 25 years of experience with students and adults with autism in both private and public settings. Currently, Dr. Cohen is the President and co-founder of the New Jersey Association for Behavior Analysis. She has presented at both national and international conferences on a variety of applied behavior analysis topics.
Abstract:

A frequent criticism of precision teaching in the field of applied behavior analysis is that this method of instruction has not undergone the rigors of empirical research. There is a growing interest, in particular, about the potential effects achieved by precision teaching with frequency building procedures with children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). At present, there are no widely available empirical reports of precision teaching with frequency building procedures with students and adults with ASD. The limited research documenting the significant benefit of this teaching strategy has implications for education and the field of applied behavior analysis. Marlene Cohen and her colleagues at the Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center at Rutgers University have conducted three years of empirical research in precision teaching with frequency building with older learners with ASD. Specifically, their research has addressed the impact of precision teaching with frequency building procedures for the Big 6 plus 6 motor skills on the functional skills of adolescents and adults with autism receiving applied behavior analysis treatment. They have also evaluated the impact of frequency building for component language skills on the conversation complexity of an adult with autism. Current research focuses on the selection of aims for this population and evaluating which aims will produce the most efficient results. While a modest beginning, the empirical evidence suggesting that precision teaching is both efficient and effective with adolescents and adults with ASD has important implications. Dr. Cohens research uses single subject designs to assess the impact of precision teaching with individuals with ASD. Dr. Cohen will address the need for additional research examining other empirical questions regarding precision teaching with this population, and will offer suggestions for further research.

 
 
Symposium #485
CE Offered: BACB
Application of Behavior Analysis at the Program-Wide Level
Tuesday, May 29, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Emma C
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon, M.S.
Abstract:

A hallmark of behavior analysis is a focus of intervention at the level of the individual. Interventions occurring at the organizational or facility-wide level may have significant effects at the level of individual clients and Staff. The presentations in this symposium all represent behavior analytic work with implications for application at the program-wide level.

 
Effects of a Unit-Wide Special Activity Program on Maladaptive Behavior.
KIMBERLY SLOMAN (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Jorge Rafael Reyes (University of Florida)
Abstract: We evaluated the effects of a unit-wide special activity program on the occurrence of maladaptive behavior in offenders with developmental disabilities. During the program, residents could earn access to the special activity contingent upon the absence of maladaptive behavior for the week prior to the activity. The special activity was a catered lunch, music, and conversation with staff members. We alternated the weeks that the program was in place and compared rates of maladaptive behavior during the special activity weeks to non-special activity control weeks. The results showed lower levels of maladaptive behavior during the weeks that the program was in place. Factors influencing program efficacy as well as the cost effectiveness of the program will be discussed.
 
A Method for Obtaining Interobserver Agreement on Data Collected Daily over Twelve-Hour Periods.
JILL MARIE HARPER (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Myrna E. Libby (New England Center for Children), Sorrel Ryan (New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children), Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: xii. Interobserver agreement is a typical requirement for the publication of data and has become a hallmark of behavior analytic research in which the data collection is not automated. Interobserver agreement can be thought of as adding to the believability of the data and placing interobserver agreement requirements on clinical data may have several benefits including identifying problems with response definitions, data collection methods, and staff data collection training. In the present study, a system for obtaining interobserver agreement on data collected daily, over twelve-hour periods at a residential school for children diagnosed with developmental disabilities was evaluated. Following implementation of the interobserver agreement data collection system, methods for increasing the amount of time in which interobserver agreement data were obtained were examined.
 
Reliability Assessment of Protective Hold Implementation.
AVA E. KLEINMANN (The May Institute), Gary M. Pace (The May Institute)
Abstract: Many human services and behavioral healthcare organizations rely on data collection to evaluate outcome. For data to be interpretable it must be recorded reliably. Reliability, or interobserver agreement (IOA), refers to the consistency of measurement over time. The importance of IOA assessment when collecting and evaluating data is heightened when considering extraordinary, and sometimes controversial, interventions. For example, protective holding (therapeutic restraint) may be required for some consumers who present with challenging behaviors (e.g., aggression, SIB). Given the restrictiveness and inherent risks in this type of procedure, reliable data recording of protective holding is a necessity in order to document effectiveness and justify continued implementation. To date, no published protocols exist to address this clinical need at the systems level. The present study designed and implemented a systems protocol for recording IOA data for protective holding across an entire educational program. Results indicated that the protocol yielded valuable clinical data with a minimal investment of staff resources. The findings will be discussed in the context of best practices in behavior analysis including the use of these data as an index of accountability, as an approach towards risk management, and as a clinical tool at a number of levels.
 
Evaluation of a Negative Reinforcement-Based Treatment for Increasing Independent Transitioning Using Data Collected by Direct-Care Staff.
PAULA RIBEIRO BRAGA-KENYON (New England Center for Children), Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Interobserver agreement is rarely obtained for data collected by direct-care staff in clinical settings. The present study provides an illustrative example of the use of a data collection procedure that required multiple staff to agree on the report of each recorded episode in evaluating a behavioral intervention. A negative reinforcement-based treatment package was used with a 10 year-old participant who was diagnosed with autism and had a history of difficult transitions to and from the school bus. Preference assessments did not yield any effective reinforcers for walking to and from the school bus. A functional analysis of the participant’s aggression indicated that escape from demands functioned as a reinforcer for aggressive behavior. Access to escape from demands was used to reinforce independent transitioning in an ABAB design. Results indicated that using escape from demands to reinforce independent walking to and from the school bus was effective.
 
 
Symposium #486
CE Offered: BACB
Applying Behavior Analysis to Group-Based Interventions
Tuesday, May 29, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
America's Cup AB
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon)
CE Instructor: Cynthia M. Anderson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Recently, increased attention has been directed at analysis of effects of secondary level or targeted group interventions with students who require additional social behavioral and/or academic support. Although these interventions have been demonstrated to be effective in some situations, more research is needed. This symposium addresses this need by examining further variables that affect outcomes of secondary interventions. In sum, studies to be presented suggest that secondary level interventions play a critical role in preventing the development of more serious problem behavior in schools. In the first presentation, Rodriguez and colleagues present data from First Steps to Success, a secondary intervention designed for children who begin school exhibiting antisocial behavior. Rodriguez et al. present data useful for identifying variables affecting the success of the program and for identifying students likely toand not torespond to the intervention. The second presentation by Fairbanks et al focuses on data obtained from a response to interventions model of behavior support, summarizing results of three studies conducted across multiple elementary classrooms. In this study, students first received a general, classroom restructuring intervention. Students who were not successful received progressively more individualized and intensive interventions. Fairbanks et al. will discuss how such a tailored model of interventions requires fewer resources from a school and may lead to improved student outcomes. The third presentation, by MacLeod, et al presents the results of secondary level intervention, the Behavior Education Program (BEP) in two parts: Part 1 is an evaluation of the effectiveness of the BEP with approximately 37 elementary school children exhibiting behavioral challenges in school. Part 2 examines the effectiveness of function-based interventions with a subset of the students who did not respond to the BEP. The final presentation is by Kauffman et al., and evaluates effectiveness and stimulus fading in a secondary level intervention similar to the BEP, Check n Check out. Although there is a growing research base supporting the efficacy of this intervention, further examination of maintenance of effects is needed. This study looks at maintenance over time and evaluates as well effects of removing intervention components systematically.

 
An Evaluation of Variables Affecting the Success of First Steps to Success.
BILLIE JO RODRIGUEZ (University of Oregon), Deborah Russell (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon), Robert H. Horner (University of Oregon)
Abstract: First Steps for Success is a “packaged” targeted intervention designed for children who begin school exhibiting signs of antisocial behavior. It is considered a packaged intervention because it consists of multiple components implemented in a standard format for all participating children. First Steps for Success may be used with children in grades k-3, but is used most often in in kindergarten and first grade. The intervention occurs primarily at school; initially a trained consultant works closely with the student, providing frequent feedback on the student’s behavior. The goal of this phase is to (a) bring student behavior under the antecedent control of a “red/green” card used to provide feedback, and (b) bring appropriate responding under control of reinforcement contingencies. When the student is successful in this phase, the consultant gradually transfers stimulus control to the teacher and the program systematically is faded until the student is responding to the same contingencies maintaining other student’s appropriate behavior. First Steps has been found to be successful with approximately 65% of students with whom it is applied. In this presentation we will present data evaluating variables that may contribute to successful and nonsuccessful outcomes including the function of the child’s behavior and fidelity of implementation.
 
Integrating Levels of Behavior Support in the Classroom.
SARAH A. FAIRBANKS (University of Connecticut), George Sugai (University of Connecticut), Brandi M. Simonsen (Spectrum Center), Diane Marie Myers (University of Connecticut)
Abstract: This presentation will describe a social behavior response to intervention model of behavior support, by summarizing the results of three interconnected studies conducted across multiple elementary classrooms. The first study is an evaluation of classroom behavior management, specifically, establishing, explicitly teaching, posting and reinforcing classroom expectations across target students and comparison peers. The second study is an evaluation of a check-in and check-out intervention implemented across participants who were non-responsive to the classroom management intervention. The third study is an evaluation of the impact of implementing function-based behavior interventions across participants who were less responsive to the check-in check-out intervention. Results and implications for future research and practice, with regard to response to intervention systems at the classroom level, will be discussed (note. This study will be conducted over the next few months to fulfill requirements for a doctoral degree).
 
Examining the Combined Effects of Secondary Level Interventions and Individualized Function-Based Support Strategies.
KATHERINE SANDRA MACLEOD (University of Utah), Leanne Hawken (University of Utah), Robert E. O'Neill (University of Utah)
Abstract: This session will examine the results of secondary level intervention, the Behavior Education Program (BEP) in two parts: Part 1 is an evaluation of the effectiveness of the BEP among approximately 37 elementary school children. Part 2 examines the effectiveness of function-based interventions with a sample of the students who have not been successful with the BEP. have been demonstrated to be effective in reducing problem behaviors among students who are not responding to school wide interventions. However, recent research has suggested that not all students are successful in secondary level interventions, in part due to maintaining functions of their problem behavior. It is proposed that functional assessment, a technology used to identify factors maintaining problem behavior, would be helpful in clarifying if the BEP is differentially effective depending on the function of the problem behavior. This would assist in identifying students who may benefit most from participation in the BEP. In addition, functional assessment may also benefit students who are not successful in the BEP by assisting in the development of an effective behavior intervention plan.
 
Evaluation of Stimulus Fading in a Secondary Intervention.
AMY L. KAUFFMAN (University of Oregon), Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Check in Check out (CICO) is a targeted group intervention that is designed to provide behavioral support for students who are at-risk for developing serious behavior problems. This intervention is designed to be efficient in delivery and cost effective so that multiple students may receive support. Check in Check out includes: a daily “check in” and “check out” with a school staff member, daily teacher feedback, a home-school component, and a reward system for desired behavior. Although there is a growing research base supporting the efficacy of this program, no studies have examined maintenance of reductions in problem behavior upon fading. The present study examines (1) if a functional relation exists between CICO and reductions in problem behavior, and (2) which components of CICO can be successfully faded with reductions in problem behavior maintaining. In addition, this study examines if teacher attention predicts successful fading of CICO. Clinical and conceptual implications of these results, methodological limitations, and future research directions will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #487
CE Offered: BACB
Comparing Preference and Reinforcer Assessment Methods with Varying Populations
Tuesday, May 29, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Ford AB
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tracey Toran (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Richard B. Graff, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium presents research on comparing different types of preference assessments in varying populations. In the first study, verbal and tangible paired-stimulus preference assessments were compared in 4 preschoolers with autism. In the tangible assessment, on each trial 2 stimuli were placed in front of the participant. In the verbal assessment, participants were asked, Do you want x or y. The two assessments identified the same most- and least-preferred item for only 2 of 4 participants, suggesting that verbal assessments may not reliably identify reinforcers for young children with autism. In the second study, preference assessments were conducted using differing stimulus modalities (pictures, written words, and spoken words) with 9 typically-developing elementary students. Results indicated that assessments using pictures and written words most closely approximated results from tangible assessments, and vocal stimuli least approximated results using tangible stimuli. In the third study, paired-stimulus and multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessments were conducted across a large number of participants to determine how often preference assessments were associated with problem behavior. Results indicated that different types of assessments were associated with varying amounts of challenging behavior. Results from all studies add to the literature on accurately identifying reinforcers in various populations.

 
Using Preference Assessments to Evaluate the Correspondence between “Saying” and “Doing” in Preschoolers with ASDs.
THERESA CERRONE (New England Center for Children), Amy D. Lipcon (New England Center for Children), Danielle Vigeant (New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Although a great deal of research has been published on identifying reinforcers for individuals with developmental disabilities, the extent to which preschool children with autism can identify their own reinforcers has rarely been explored. In this study, verbal and tangible paired-stimulus preference assessments were compared in 4 preschoolers with autism. In the tangible assessment, on each trial 2 stimuli were placed in front of the participant. In the verbal assessment, on each trial participants were asked, “Do you want x or y”. For both assessments, the percentage of opportunities each stimulus was chosen or named was calculated, and preference hierarchies were developed. A second observer independently collected data on 50% of trials on both assessments. For all participants, interobserver agreement was above 98% for the stimulus chosen or named. The two assessments identified the same most- and least-preferred item for only 2 of 4 participants; for these participants, reinforcer assessments demonstrated that high-preference items functioned more effectively as reinforcers than low-preference items. These results suggest that verbal preference assessments may be reliable predictors of reinforcers for some, but not all, young children with autism.
 
Alternative Preference Assessment Methods for Elementary School Students.
CLAIRE C ST. PETER (West Virginia University), Elizabeth S. Athens (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Common stimulus preference assessments may have limitations with typically-developing elementary school students. In particular, assessments may involve lengthy periods of time or consumption of large amounts of edible items. We assessed the possibility of using other stimulus modalities (pictures, written words, and spoken words) during preference assessments. Nine typically-developing elementary students participated. To determine the reliability of comparisons over time, we first assessed test-retest with paired choice (PC) and multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) assessments, using edible items. Test-retest results were acceptable for 5 of the 9 participants. Acceptable test-retest was necessary for the comparison of alternative stimulus modalities because comparisons across stimulus types would not be valid if divergent outcomes were obtained using the edible item. For these 5 participants, consistent test-retest allowed more confident comparisons between the alternative stimulus modalities and actual item assessments. During alternative assessments, participant preference was determined by their selection of pictures, written words, or spoken words corresponding to the actual items. Overall, results from pictorial stimuli most closely approximated results using actual stimuli and vocal stimuli least approximated results using actual stimuli. Alternative stimulus modalities might be viable for preference assessments with typically-developing students, particularly when limitations of item-based assessments are a concern.
 
A Comparison of Stimulus Preference Assessments for Participants Who Exhibit Problem Behavior.
JESSICA J. ALVERSON (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), Timothy Piskura (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: When conducting stimulus preference assessments, dependent variables of interest often include differential approach responding, assessment duration, and preference stability. A dependent variable that has received little attention is participants’ problem behavior associated with different assessment methods. During Study 1, we conducted two commonly used preference assessment methods, the paired-stimulus (PS) and multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) methods across a large number of participants to determine how often preference assessments were associated with problem behavior. During Study 2, functional analyses were conducted with a subset of participants from Study 1 who exhibited problem behavior during preference assessments. Following this, repeated preference assessments, including the PS, MSWO, and response restriction (RR) methods, were conducted to identify whether different methods were more or less likely to occasion problem behavior. Based on the outcomes, further data analyses or treatment assessments were conducted to identify the antecedent event associated with problem behavior or to identify a treatment that could be used in conjunction with preference assessments.
 
 
Symposium #489
CE Offered: BACB
Functional Analysis and Treatment in School Settings
Tuesday, May 29, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Emma AB
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael M. Mueller (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.)
Discussant: T. Steuart Watson (Miami University)
CE Instructor: Michael M. Mueller, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will present papers on advancement of school-based functional analysis and treatment studies. Increasingly, behavior analysts rely on experimental methodologies to elucidate the reinforcing effects of multiple potential variables that occur simultaneously in classroom settings. One paper will present functional analysis and treatment of escape and attention maintained aggression. Using DNRA, the student increased rate of academic problem completion as aggression was eliminated. The second paper will present data on multiple functional and follow-up functional analyses in which SIB was found to be evoke by simultaneously touching the child and interrupting ongoing activities and reinforced by continued access to those activities. The third paper will present two case examples of how a Direct Behavioral Consultation (DBC) Model was applied to behavioral referrals for severe behaviors in a classroom setting. The examples will present the DBC model from FBA, functional analysis, preference assessments, controlled treatment evaluations, and generalization of treatment to multiple teachers and multiple settings. Follow-up data are also presented.

 
Using Within- and Across-Session DNRA to Decrease Aggression and Increase Problem Completion in a Classroom Setting.
AJAMU NKOSI (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Michael M. Mueller (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Bryan J. Davey (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.)
Abstract: A functional analysis demonstrated that the aggression of a 8-year-old boy with Down Syndrome was maintained by escape from academic tasks and social attention. Providing 20-s breaks contingent on an increasing schedule of problem completion was used to decrease aggression and increase problem completion during 5-min work activities that were presented before 5-min breaks. Within-session breaks were faded out until the child worked for 5-min. Session length was then faded from 5 to 10 min so that the child ultimately worked for 10 min to access a 5 min between session break.
 
Functional Analysis and Treatment of SIB Occasioned by Requests to Stop an Ongoing Activity while Being Touched.
BRYAN J. DAVEY (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Michael M. Mueller (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Christina Palermo (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Ajamu Nkosi (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.)
Abstract: The assessment and treatment of SIB exhibited by students with developmental disabilities in public school settings presents a special challenge for behavioral consultants. Due to the potential for harm to the child as well as the potential for other children to model these dangerous behaviors analogue settings are often used to ensure safety and limit disruption to other students. Once analyses are completed including an analysis of treatment options, the treatment can then be used within the classroom to assess generalization of treatment effects to the natural environment with the teacher utilizing the intervention. In this study functional analyses and treatment analyses were conducted in an analogue setting in a public school. Following treatment analysis the teacher was trained to implement the intervention in the natural environment. Data were collected to show generalization of treatment effects. For this study, a functional analysis was conducted on a student who frequently exhibited SIB of multiple topographies within the classroom setting. Analogue functional analysis outcomes revealed high rates of SIB were maintained by access to ongoing activities. Follow-up analyses were conducted to isolate the variables within this session. These analyses included and evaluation of do versus don’t requests and the occurrence of touch versus no touch accompanying the interruption. A follow-up analysis showed that the child exhibited SIB during the interrupt sessions only when he was given a demand to stop an ongoing activity while being physically touched. Treatment analysis revealed that the presentation of a preferred edible item simultaneously while the demand, with physical touch, was presented. Results indicated this treatment resulted in significant reductions of the child SIB and that the treatment effects were consistent when evaluated in the classroom setting.
 
Using Direct Behavioral Consultation to Reduce Severe Problem Behavior: Two Comprehensive Case Examples in Public Schools.
MICHAEL M. MUELLER (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Ajamu Nkosi (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.), Bryan J. Davey (Southern Behavioral Group, Inc.)
Abstract: The problem of demonstrating the efficacy of behavioral interventions in reducing severe problem behavior poses a unique challenge to behavior analysts in general but particularly to those working as behavioral consultants in public school settings. In school settings behavioral consultants are often challenged to not only “prove” that their recommendations will be effective in treating a particular problem behavior but also to demonstrate that their recommendations are capable of being implemented by school staff. This study describes and presents two comprehensive Direct Behavioral Consultative examples for assessing, treating, and training others to implement treatments for severe problem behavior in a school setting. The self-injurious and aggressive behaviors of a 14-year-old female student diagnosed with autism were first assessed utilizing both indirect and direct functional behavior assessment procedures including functional analysis. Following the functional behavior assessment procedures, both a preference assessment and brief treatment analysis were conducted in an analogue setting to test the efficacy of a treatment intervention based on the function of the student’s problem behaviors. Finally, the treatment analysis was extended to the student’s natural classroom environment using a behavioral consultant, the student’s paraprofessional and teacher as direct therapists for all experimental sessions. The results of the treatment analysis in the student’s natural classroom environment, as displayed in a multiple baseline design, showed a significant decrease in the student’s problem behaviors with generalization across three individuals.
 
 
Symposium #490
CE Offered: BACB
Stimulus Control Issues in Visually Mediated Instruction for People with Autism and Developmental Disabilities
Tuesday, May 29, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Ford C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services)
Discussant: Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services)
CE Instructor: Robert K. Ross, M.S.
Abstract:

Many individuals with autism and or developmental disabilities present with strengths in learning skills and behavior when the instruction is supported with visual materials, particularly when compared to verbal cues alone. This symposium will highlight how control of adaptive responses can be effectively established using visual supports and then control of those responses can be transferred to other more natural environmental stimuli. Three case examples will be presented emphasizing the careful establishment of stimulus control and then the systematic transfer of that control.

 
The Use of Visual Supports to Reduce the Rates of Excessive Question Asking in an Adult Day Treatment Facility.
STEVEN WOOLF (BEACON Services)
Abstract: A 29-year-old adult diagnosed with mild mental retardation and obsessive-compulsive disorder was referred for behavioral treatment due to excessive question asking. The individual exhibited minimal sustained object manipulation with vocational materials, eloped from training settings, and asked staff members questions/expressed concerns for an average duration of 15-minutes per episode. A “hassle” log was introduced so the individual could write down his questions and the problems encountered on a daily basis. He was reinforced at the end of the day for bringing his hassle logs to his support coordinator to discuss for the final 10-minutes of the day. As a result, vocational interaction with materials significantly increased and elopement behavior significantly decreased.
 
Use of Activity Schedules to Teach Acceptance of the Word “No”.
BETH ANNE MILES (BEACON Services)
Abstract: Children with autism frequently demonstrate difficulty with change in routine and being denied access to preferred items or activities. This behavior negatively affects the child and family’s daily social interaction and often limits the child’s access to the larger community. Research suggests that children with autism benefit from visually based instruction. In addition, visual supports can be effective in decreasing disruptive behavior by reducing the intensity of the attention provided. This study utilized an activity schedule with an embedded token system to reduce the tantrum behavior of one boy with autism that resulted when the children were told denied access to a preferred activity or a change in routine.
 
Increasing Food Acceptance in a Child with Autism Using Visual Activity Schedules.
ROBERT K. ROSS (BEACON Services)
Abstract: Many children with autism demonstrate limited or significantly restricted food repertoires. Approaches to increase the variety and volume of intake often focus on escape-extinction procedures. These approaches have been shown to be effective, however for many parents, clinicians and children, the intrusive nature of the procedure and the physical process of implementation, make their use unacceptable or non-preferred. Photographic activity schedules have been used to increase independent behavior, play skills, and completion of academic tasks. This presentation will describe the incorporation of an eating activity into a photographic activity schedule and the subsequent insertion of non-preferred foods. The data related to acquisition of non-preferred foods will be reviewed. The presentation will also show video clips of the acceptance of novel and previously non-preferred foods in a child with autism.
 
 
Symposium #493
CE Offered: BACB
Using Learning Data to Improve the Design of Learning Programs
Tuesday, May 29, 2007
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Madeleine AB
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
CE Instructor: Guy S. Bruce, Ed.D.
Abstract:

Behavior Analysis is defined by its pragmatic approach to understanding and changing human behavior. The application of behavior analysis to the design of learning programs means that designers collect data on the learning produced by their programs and use those data to develop programs that improve that learning. Three case studies describing how learning data were collected and used to improve the design of a learning program will be presented.

 
Teaching Parents of Children with Autism about Behavioral Intervention via On-Line Instruction: Using Learning Data to Evaluate and Improve Course Design.
RICHARD K. FLEMING (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Cheryl Gray (Praxis, Inc.), Charles Hamad (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Carol Curtin (University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract: Parents of children newly diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) need clear and accurate information in areas that include behavioral intervention. Frequently the internet proves an efficient means to that end, but that depends on the quality and presentation (instructional design) of the information. This paper describes the development and evaluation of an online course designed to introduce parents of children with ASD to the nature and types of research-supported behavioral interventions (Educating Parents: Behavioral Intervention in Autism, NIMH, 1R41MH071130-01, R. Fleming, PI). Focus groups with parents (n=16) and professionals (n=8), combined with other needs analysis procedures, provided useful advance information on content and design. Written content was developed, supported by brief video clips of behavioral instruction, among other design features. Twenty-one (21) parents then participated in a field evaluation of the course, providing us with demographic, pre-/post-test (learning) and satisfaction data. These data, particularly learning data, were analyzed to revise the course and guide a subsequent Phase II grant proposal. Field test results, evaluation procedures and revisions are presented and discussed.
 
Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction: Teaching and Research.
JOSEPH J. PEAR (University of Manitoba), Kirsten M. Wirth (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction (CAPSI) is an online teaching method that emphasizes written answers to questions. Students in CAPSI-taught courses write more and receive more feedback than possible in traditional courses. A unique archiving feature facilitates research on a number of issues of central importance to education. This presentation will discuss CAPSI-research findings with regard to developing higher-order thinking, the effects of feedback on student performance, the effects of peer reviewing (a central and unique feature of CAPSI) on the learning of the reviewers, improving the accuracy and quality of peer reviewing, the effectiveness of feedback on student performance as learners and as peer reviewers, procrastination and ways to reduce it.
 
Using Learning Efficiency Data to Improve the Design and Implementation of Learning Programs for Children with Autism.
GUY S. BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC), Donald J. McCary (St. Louis Special School District), James Keefe (Warren Achievement Center)
Abstract: Teachers of children with Autism collected data to evaluate the learning efficiency of their existing programs for teaching functional communication skills such as manding. Learning efficiency is a measure of the amount of improvement in a targeted skill produced in the amount of time the learner has spent interacting with a learning program. These data were graphed on a standard learning efficiency chart, allowing the teachers and their supervisors to evaluate current learning efficiencies by comparing their slopes to the slope of the learning efficiency criterion line. The teachers and their supervisors then made changes in the design and implementation of their learning programs that were not producing the desired learning efficiencies and collected additional learning efficiency data to evaluate whether changes in the learning program improved learning efficiencies.
 
 
Invited Panel #494
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis Values as Identified and Exemplified in Organizational Behavior Management, Education, and Science
Tuesday, May 29, 2007
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Douglas A
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory
Chair: Janet Ellis (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Janet Ellis, Ph.D.
Panelists: MARIA E. MALOTT (ABAI), SAUL AXELROD (Temple University), CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Abstract:

Our discipline has been criticized as too focused on data and paying little attention to values that define our culture as human beings. Values are an inherent part of basic science, education, and organizational behavior management. Our methodologies, our analyses, and our approach to dealing with the contingencies we face when working in schools and in organizations, and conducting research projects are discussed in this panel. This panel will present the challenges as well as the strategies that are/could be implemented to ensure that in each of these areas behavior analysis can meet the societal challenges we face as we make our contributions to the betterment of the general culture.

MARIA E. MALOTT (ABAI)
Dr. Maria E. Malott received her Ph.D. in applied behavior analysis from Western Michigan University in 1987. She was Vice President of Manufacturing for a plastic production company in the Midwestern United States and worked in process improvement and organizational management for nearly two decades in a variety of industries, including service, manufacturing, retail, education, and government. She created and managed her own consulting firm for 14 years doing organizational management work in public administration, the private sector, and for educational systems in several Latin-American countries, including Mexico, Colombia, Uruguay, Peru and Venezuela.
SAUL AXELROD (Temple University)
Dr. Saul Axelrod is Professor of Education at Temple University. He received his doctorate from Florida State University and was postdoctoral research fellow at the University of Kansas. His major interests include applying behavior analysis principles to the problems of managing classrooms, increasing the academic development of children of poverty, decreasing the self-injurious and aggressive behavior of people with severe handicaps, and disseminating effective educational technologies for children with autism. Dr. Axelrod has served on the editorial boards of several journals, including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Journal of Behavioral Education, Child and Family Behavior Therapy, and Behavior Modification. He is author of numerous journal articles. He is an author or editor of Behavior Modification for the Classroom Teacher, Behavior Analysis and Treatment, How to Use Group Contingencies, and the How to Improve Classroom Behavior Series. He is cofounder of the Delaware Valley Association for Behavior Analysis. In 2006, Dr. Axelrod was the first recipient of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s Michael Hemingway Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis.
CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Dr. Carol Pilgrim received her Ph.D. from the University of Florida in 1987 with a specialization in the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. She is currently Professor of Psychology and Associate Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences at the University of North Carolina, Wilmington, where she has been honored with a Distinguished Teaching Professorship (1994-1997), the North Carolina Board of Governors Teaching Excellence Award (2003), and the Faculty Scholarship Award (2000). She received the Chancellor’s Teaching Excellence Award and the College of Arts and Sciences Excellence in Teaching Award in 1992, and the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABA) Student Committee Outstanding Mentor Award in 2006. Her research contributions include both basic and applied behavior analysis, with an emphasis in human operant behavior, relational stimulus control, and the early detection of breast cancer. Dr. Pilgrim has served as Editor of The Behavior Analyst, Associate Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and The Behavior Analyst, Co-Editor of the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin, and as a member of the editorial boards of these and several other journals. She has served as President of the Association for Behavior Analysis, the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, Division 25 of the American Psychological Association, and the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis. Additionally, she has been Member-at-Large of the Executive Council of ABA and Division 25, and member of the Boards of Directors of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, and the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #495
CE Offered: BACB

Language Acquisition: Three Popular Myths Debunked

Tuesday, May 29, 2007
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Douglas B
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Ted Schoneberger, Ph.D.
Chair: Sam Leigland (Gonzaga University)
TED SCHONEBERGER (Stanislaus County Office of Education, Modesto, CA)
Ted G. Schoneberger has had 25 years of experience providing behavioral interventions to "special needs" clients. He is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst and currently employed as a behavior specialist for Stanislaus County Office of Education (Modesto, CA). He served for 16 years as a member of the adjunct faculty at California State University, Stanislaus, teaching courses in the Psychology Department and the Advanced Studies in Education Department. He has published papers and given presentations on theoretical and applied issues within behavior analysis. Specifically, with respect to the subject of language, he has published papers: (a) detailing Chomsky's departure from cognitivism, (b) reviewing arguments countering the Poverty of the Stimulus argument, and (c) most recently, critiquing selected autism treatment research (the latter appearing in the on-line Journal of Speech-Language Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis). He served for years as a board member of the Northern California Association for Behavior Analysis (now Cal-ABA) and is a past president of that organization. He also played a prominent role in bringing board certification of behavior analysts to California. He helped found the Society for Chaos Theory in Psychology, and serves as a member of the editorial board of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior.
Abstract:

A number of myths have been promulgated within the language acquisition literature. Of these myths, three have had a particularly deleterious effect on attempts to promote a behavior analytic approach to language acquisition. These myths are: Myth#1: Brown and Hanlon (1970), in their classic study, claimed that they were offering evidence that parents do not reinforce their children's grammatical utterances. This myth appears in the published works of psycholinguists, developmental psychologists, and even some behavior analysts. Myth#2: In his paper "Language Identification in the Limit," Gold (1967) proved that, without negative evidence (e.g., corrective feedback), a child cannot acquire a language. As with Myth#1, this second myth is widely and frequently cited. Myth#3: There is a single, valid definition of "verbal behavior." This myth is at the heart of the current call by proponents of relational frame theory to replace Skinner's definition with one they propose. In this paper, arguments and supporting evidence will be offered for rejecting these three myths.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #502
CE Offered: BACB

The Art of Functionally-Driven Therapeutic Interventions for High Maintenance Children

Tuesday, May 29, 2007
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Douglas A
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Teodoro Ayllon, Ph.D.
Chair: Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
TEODORO AYLLON (Behavioral Consultant)
Dr. Teodoro Ayllon has extensive experience working with children, adolescents, and families. He lectures on a therapeutic approach that regards problematic behavior, largely as a child’s effort to deal with, and control, his social environment. As it happens, the typical parental efforts to deal with problematic behavior have unintended consequences that tend to maintain negative patterns of behavior. Therefore, the treatment strategy is to replace ineffective parental practices with practices that encourage a child to seek positive experiences with his family. Dr. Ayllon is a Licensed Psychologist in the State of Georgia, and maintains a private practice in Atlanta. He is Professor Emeritus of Psychology at Georgia State University in Atlanta. He received his B.A. and M.A. degrees from the University of Kansas, and his Ph.D. degree in Clinical Psychology from the University of Houston in Texas. Dr. Ayllon is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association, and holds Board Certification, Diplomate in Clinical Psychology (ABPP). Over the years, Dr. Ayllon has served as a consultant to psychiatric hospitals, prison systems, schools, as well as private organizations and state and federal agencies. He has published over 80 scientific articles, and four books on therapeutic methods involving the emotional and behavioral problems of adults, teenagers, and children. They include, Ayllon & Azrin, The Token Economy: A Motivational System for Therapy and Rehabilitation, 1968; Ayllon, Milan, Roberts, & McKee, Correctional Rehabilitation and Management: A Psychological Approach, 1979; Ayllon & Freed, Stopping Baby’s Colic, 1989; Ayllon, T., How to Use Token Economy and Point Systems, 1999 (2nd Ed.).
Abstract:

Todays children confront parents with daily problematic behaviors involving repetitive inattention, forgetting, and manipulative clinging, whining, and emotional meltdowns. In addition, their communication with parents is often emotionally-laden involving back-talking, defiance, and in-your-face, confrontational, argumentative, and disrespectful interactions. Problematic children have low frustration, are oppositional, moody, and pay little attention to rules. While parents favor reasoning and logic in talking to a problematic child, he is impervious to such efforts. Instead, his learning style favors hands-on rather than word-oriented experiences. He needs concrete, reality-based experiences because he learns through active, two-way interaction with his parents. As it happens, parental responses to problematic behavior have unintended consequences that tend to maintain it. The focus of this workshop is two fold: first, to increase the clinical practitioners effectiveness by including a behavioral systems framework that looks at problematic behavior. The second objective is to familiarize the practitioner with the art of designing therapeutic interventions that respect the parents socio-cultural expectations and motivate them to collaborate and serve as the behavior change agents par excellence. Case studies illustrating functionally-driven strategies and tactics will be included in the workshop.

 
 
Panel #504
CE Offered: BACB
Caring Kids Preschool Project
Tuesday, May 29, 2007
12:00 PM–1:20 PM
America's Cup AB
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Lova C. Teixeira, M.S.
Chair: Andrea Duroy (California State University, Stanislaus)
LOVA C. TEIXEIRA (Private Consulting and Caring Kids Project)
MONICA ADRIAN (Caring Kids Project)
KYMBERLY DOANE (California State University, Stanislaus and Caring Kids Project)
WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus and Caring Kids Project)
Abstract:

The Caring Kids project is designed to provide services to preschool children with classroom skill deficits, or behavioral problems. The project will be described and data shared.

 
 
Symposium #505
CE Offered: BACB
Measuring Change: Assessment Issues in the Treatment of Autism
Tuesday, May 29, 2007
12:00 PM–1:20 PM
Mohsen AB
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project)
Discussant: Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project)
CE Instructor: Gerald E. Harris, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Demonstrating reliable improvement in children with Autism as a result of behavioral intervention is crucial to advancing the science of ABA. Scientific and accurate representation of treatment benefits is necessary to show others the value of ABA for this population. The 3 presentations in this symposium present data that increases the psychometric knowledge, and thus the utility, of the most widely used measures of intelligence and behavior problems in the autistic population. Data were collected from comprehensive assessments of a large sample of children diagnosed with autistic disorder as they participated in behavioral treatment programs. Sample sizes for the data analytic procedures are thus much larger than usually seen in this area. The first presentation examines change scores on the most popular comprehensive intelligence test, the WPPSI-III, in terms of reduction in variability across cognitive skills. The second presentation looks at a beginning large scale normative base for the WPPSI-III for children with autism. The third presentation investigates the interobserver agreement for an efficient behavior report instrument, the CBCL, for this special population. Together, these presentations advance our ability to demonstrate the effectiveness of behavioral interventions.

 
ABA Treatment Outcome for Children with Autism: Is Cognitive Variability Reduced?
GERALD E. HARRIS (Texas Young Autism Project), Wendy J. Neely (Texas Young Autism Project)
Abstract: Children with Autism are often characterized by wide variability across skill areas. Diagnostically, and in treatment literature, this issue is often cited (e.g., “splinter skills” or “using the child’s strengths to improve their deficit areas”) but research has not directly looked at this phenomenon. This presentation uses data from a large sample of children with autism to address questions in this area. Are children with autism, as a group, more variable in their cognitive skills than typically developing children? If so, does ABA intervention decrease the variability? Pre-treatment and post-treatment cognitive test data from 95 young children participating in long-term behavioral treatment programs are examined using current research statistical procedures to assess change over time as well as changes in variability across subtests. Findings support the common assumption that children with autism do exhibit increased cognitive variability, or scatter, and that ABA treatment can reduce this scatter to some degree. Implications for diagnostic and treatment outcome interpretations are discussed.
 
Normative Data on the WPPSI-III Intelligence Test for Children with Autism.
WENDY J. NEELY (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project), Glen O. Sallows (Wisconsin Early Autism Project), Tamlynn Dianne Graupner (Wisconsin Early Autism Project)
Abstract: Assessment of cognitive abilities of children with autism is crucial to planning, monitoring, and evaluating behavioral interventions. Little is known about the psychometrics of the most widely used intelligence test, the Wechsler Preschool and Primary Scale of Intelligence – 3rd Ed., for this population. Wechsler published a study in the WPPSI-III Technical Manual (The Psychological Corporation, 2002) addressing the utility of the WPPSI-III for this special population. However, several significant methodological problems are noted in that study, including a very small sample (n = 21), and restrictions of age and I.Q., as well as unknown test administration and scoring procedures for the data provided by an independent third party examiner. In the present study, data from standard initial administrations of the WPPSI-III to a much larger sample of children (n = 270) diagnosed with autism was analyzed and the results compared to the findings from the Wechsler study. Significant differences were found in means and distributions of subtest and composite area standard scores. Scores for lower functioning (I.Q. < 60) children with autism, in particular, were very different. These results provide a foundation for full development of a set of norms for use with the WPPSI-III with children with autism.
 
Behavior Reports: Interobserver Agreement of Parents of Children with Autism.
GERI MARIA HARRIS (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project)
Abstract: The Child Behavior Checklist (CBCL) is one of the most widely used measures of child behavior, yet little is known about its psychometric properties in relation to children with autism. This study examined the level of inter-parental agreement on the CBCL in the autistic population. Levels of inter-parental agreement in the autistic population were then compared with the levels of inter-parental agreement in other populations, such as typically developing children and children in high-risk families. Results for a sample of 165 mother-father pairs show that parents of children with autism overall exhibit a high level of inter-observer agreement. Agreement at the total problem behavior, internalizing, externalizing, and item level was computed and compared to inter-observer agreement of parents of typically developing children and other special child populations reported in published literature.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #508
CE Offered: BACB
Tutorial: Preparing Teachers for Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis in General Education and Special Education Settings
Tuesday, May 29, 2007
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
Douglas B
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Dolleen-Day Keohane, Ph.D.
Chair: Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Presenting Authors: : DOLLEEN-DAY KEOHANE (Columbia University Teachers College & CABAS)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis provides a framework through which evidence-based procedures can be designed, measured, and replicated to assure the effectiveness of teaching for typically developing and at risk students in general education, and students with disabilities in inclusion and special education classrooms. CABAS International research and development programs and the programs in applied behavior analysis at Columbia University Teachers College provide research-based graduate level training for teacher mentors, teachers, teacher assistants, researchers, and parents. The training consists of the completion of Personalized System of Instruction (PSI) modules based on increasing levels of verbal complexity and provides complete accountability through a systems-wide summary of data. Teachers complete a minimum of 30 modules (Teacher I, II, and Master Teacher), which include multiple exemplars of the vocabulary of the science and research-based approaches to best practices and problem solving. Mentor-supervisors complete three additional ranks (Assistant, Associate, and Senior Behavior Analyst) focused on research-based outcomes that produce significant contributions to practice. Teacher-mentors and teachers continually work toward mastery of skills related to professional performance and student acquisition. The CABAS Professional Advisory Board assures the quality of programs and training through Board Certification of credentials and provides university affiliation for all CABAS Certified Programs.

 
DOLLEEN-DAY KEOHANE (Columbia University Teachers College & CABAS)
Dr. Dolleen-Day Keohane is an Adjunct Associate Professor of Education at Columbia University Teachers College and a Senior CABAS Consultant. She holds a CABAS Senior Behavior Analyst Rank as well as a CABAS Assistant Research Scientist Rank. She arranges and supervises teaching/research internships for student teacher interns, teachers, and teacher-mentors in the Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis program at Teachers College as part of a two-year Master’s degree program leading to certification in regular and special education. She consults to school districts and publicly funded private schools with CABAS model classrooms in the United States, and CABAS research and development model schools in England and Ireland. She has published articles in a variety of journals related to teacher preparation, problem solving using a verbally governed algorithm, organizational behavior management approaches to teacher preparation and educational systems, measuring acquisition and performance in educational settings, designing research and development model schools for children with autism and related communication disabilities as well as typically developing children, the acquisition of verbal developmental capabilities by children with and without disabilities. Dr. Keohane has also co-authored chapters and is co-author on a text book (in press) related to teaching as applied behavior analysis.
 
 
Panel #509
CE Offered: BACB
Untangling the Web: Further Discussions on a Science of Behavior and Complex Behavioral Phenomena
Tuesday, May 29, 2007
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
Del Mar AB
Area: TPC/VBC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Janet S. Twyman, Ph.D.
Chair: Janet S. Twyman (Headsprout)
DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College)
HENRY D. SCHLINGER (California State University, Los Angeles)
GREG STIKELEATHER (P.E.E.R. International)
Abstract:

This panel will consist of a dialogue concerned with peeling back the layers of complex environment-behavior relationships to determine what a science of behavior can tell us about how such relationships occur. Among the phenomena addressed will be memory, problem-solving, rule-following, function-altering operations, verbally-mediated events, cascades of imagery, and verbal composition.? Such phenomenon cannot be analyzed as simple responses under the control of a discriminative stimulus or setting, nor can they be adequately understood at a molar level. Rather, this panel will discuss these problems as programs of behavior under multiple control of both environmental antecedents and other behavior; stimulus control in such cases can be thought of as a web of concurrent influences. Behavior analysis gives us the tools to untangle the web, strand by often covert strand, without appealing the to the mind and internal "causes" such as thinking, perception, memory, and morality, suggesting a truly radical behaviorism.

 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}